Transcript
ONE STAGE GAS BURNERS RIELLO 40 FS SERIES
FS3 FS5 FS8 FS10 FS20
11 23 46 52 81
÷ ÷ ÷ ÷ ÷
35 58 93 116 218
kW kW kW kW kW
The Riello 40 FS series of one stage gas burners, is a complete range of products developed to respond to any request for light industrial application. The Riello 40 FS series is available in five different models, whit an output ranging from 11 to 218 kW, divided in four different structures. All the models use the same components designed by Riello for the Riello 40 FS series. The high quality level guarantees safe working. In developing these burners, special attention was paid to reducing noise, to the ease of installation and adjustment, to obtaining the smallest size possible to fit into any sort of boiler available on the market. All the models are approved by the EN 676 European Standard and conform to European Directives for EMC, Low Voltage, Machinery and Boiler Efficiency. All the Riello 40 FS burners are tested before leaving the factory.
TS0027UK00
TECHNICAL DATA
Model
FS3
FS5
FS8
Setting
Servomotor
--
run time
--
Heat
kW
11 - 35
23 - 58
46 - 93
52 - 116
81 - 218
output
Mcal/h
9,5 - 30
20 - 50
40 - 80
45 - 100
69,7 - 187,5
5,2 - 11,6
8,1 - 21,8
6 - 13,4
9,5 - 25,3
2 - 4,4
3,1 - 8,4
0/40
Fuel / air data
Net calorific value G20 gas kWh/Nm3
Electrical data
FS20
One stage type
Working temperature °C min./max. G20 gas density
kg/Nm3
G20 gas output
Nm3/h
10 0,71 1,1 - 3,5
2,3 - 5,8
4,6 - 9,3
Net calorific value G25 gas kWh/Nm3
G25 gas density
kg/Nm3
G25 gas output
Nm3/h
8,6 0,78 1,3 - 4
2,7 - 6,7
5,3 - 10,8
Net calorific value LPG gas kWh/Nm3
25,8
LPG gas density
kg/Nm3
LPG gas output
Nm3/h
Fan
type
Air temperature
max. °C
40
Electrical supply
Ph/Hz/V
1/50/230 ±10%
Aux. electrical supply
Ph/Hz/V
Control box
type
Total electrical power kW Protection level
2,02 0,4 - 1,4
0,9 - 2,2
1,8 - 3,6
forward tilted blades
-525 SE/5F
525 SE/3F
525 SE/3F
508 SE
508 SE
0,1
0,11
0,13
0,13
0,25
IP
Motor electrical power kW
40 0,09
0,09
0,09
0,09
0,15
Rated motor current
A
0,6
0,65
0,7
0,7
1,4
Motor start current
A
4
4
4
4
7,5
Motor protection level IP
20
Ignition transformer
incorporated in the control box
Operation Approval Emissions
FS10
Sound pressure
dB(A)
CO Emissions
mg/kWh
NOx Emissions
mg/kWh
Directives
separated from the control box
intermittent (at least one halt every 24 h) 56
60
66
67
73
< 40 ≤ 120 90/396/EEC, 89/336/EEC, 73/23/EEC, 98/37/EEC, 92/42/EEC
Conforming to Certifications
EN 676 CE - 0063 AP6680
Reference conditions: Temperature: 20 °C Pressure: 1013.5 mbar Altitude: 100 m a.s.l. Noise was measured in the boiler room behind the burner at a distance of 1 meter.
Since the Company is constantly engaged in the production improvement, the aesthetic and dimensional features, the technical data, the equipment and the accessories can be changed. This document contains confidential and proprietary information of RIELLO S.p.A. Unless authorised, this information shall not be divulged, nor duplicated in whole or in part.
FIRING RATES
15
1,5
10
1
FS5
FS3
0
0,5
hPa (mbar)
mm H2O
5
0 0
10.000
0
48
20.000
10
30.000
20
30
40.000
40
kcal/h
50.000
50
60
kW
4,8
FS20 40
4,0
32
3,2
24
2,4
16
1,6
FS10 FS8
0
0,8
hPa (mbar)
mm H2O
8
0 20.000
20
40.000
40
60.000
60
80.000
80
Useful working field for choosing the burner Test conditions conforming to EN 676: Temperature: 20 °C Pressure: 1013.5 mbar Altitude: 100 m a.s.l.
100
100.000
120
120.000
140
140.000
160
160.000
180
180.000
200
200.000
220
kcal/h
240 kW
FUEL SUPPLY
GAS TRAINS The burners are set for fuel supply from either the right or left hand sides. Depending on the gas output and the available pressure in the supply line, you should check the correct gas train to be adapted to the system requirements. The gas train is Multibloc type, containing the main components in a single unit. Except for the MBDLE 055 model, a valve seal control (as accessory) can be fitted to the Multibloc gas trains. The MBDLE 055 Multibloc gas train can be fitted only to the left of the burner.
MBDLE 403 - 405 - 407 - 410
L1
L 4 6 7
2
1
P2
3
P1
MULTIBLOC 8
9
5 11
12
10 LEAK DETECTION CONTROL DEVICE
1
Gas delivery pipe
2
Manual valve
3
Vibration damping joint
4
Gas pressure gauge
5
Filter
6
Gas pressure switch
7
Safety solenoid
8
Adjustment solenoid: firing delivery adjustment (rapid opening) maximum delivery adjustment (slow opening)
9
Pressure regulator
MBDLE 055
L1
10 Leak detection control device for valves 7 and 8 (accessory)
L
11 Gas train-burner adapter MULTIBLOC 4 7 1
2
3
P2
5
12 Burner
14
6
P1
13 Shutter with adjustment screws
15 P3
9
14 Pressure regulator setting device
13
15 Regulation solenoid 11 13
12
P1 Combustion head pressure P2 Upstream pressure from the filter P3 Upstream pressure from the control valve L
Gas train supplied separately
L1 To be performed by the installer
Øo
Y
Y
Øo
W
W
Øi
Øi X
X
Z
Z
The dimensions of the gas trains vary depending on their construction features. The following table shows the dimensions of the gas trains that can be fitted to Riello 40 FS burners, intake diameter and the coupling flange to the burner.
MULTIBLOC
Name
Code
Øi
Øo
X mm
Y mm
W mm
Z mm
MBDLE 055
3970571
1/2"
1/2"
307
155
31
122
MBDLE 055
3970569
1/2"
1/2"
307
155
31
122
MBDLE 403
3970551
1/2"
1/2"
275
136
26
100
MBDLE 403
3970533
1/2"
1/2"
275
136
26
100
MBDLE 405
3970552
1/2"
1/2" (*)
321
186
46
120
MBDLE 405
3970530
1/2"
1/2"
321
186
46
120
MBDLE 405
3970500
3/4"
3/4"
371
186
46
120
MBDLE 407
3970531
3/4"
3/4"
371
186
46
120
MBDLE 407
3970553
3/4"
3/4"
371
186
46
120
MBDLE 410
3970532
1"
3/4"
405
221
55
145
(*) With 1/2” - 3/4” reduction nipple supplied.
PRESSURE DROP DIAGRAMS The diagrams indicate the minimum pressure drop of the burners with the various gas trains that can be combined with them; the values thus calculated represents the minimum required input pressure to the gas train. NATURAL GAS
LPG FS3
G20 12
G25 ∆P
mbar
∆P
mbar
FS3
LPG 12
14
5
10
5 E0
L BD
12
M 8
LE
D MB
3
40
10
8
6
6 4
combustion head + gas train combustion head
combustion head + gas train combustion head
10
8
DLE
MB
055
03
LE 4
MBD
6
4
2 2
0
0 5
10 9,5
10
15
15
20
25
11
Gas train
25
20
Code
Terminal block
MBDLE 055
3970571
•
MBDLE 403
3970551
•
30
30
35
kcal/h x 1000
kW
Pressure loss
Pressure loss
4 2
0 5
10 9,5
10
15 11
Plug and socket
15
25
20
20
25
30
30 kcal/h x 1000
35
kW
NATURAL GAS
LPG FS5 G25 22
05 5
16
LPG ∆P
20
16
BD
LE
∆P
mbar
G20
mbar
FS5
M
16
12
14 10 12
3 40 DLE MB
8
405 DLE MB 407 DLE MB
6
14
18
10 8
combustion head + gas train combustion head
combustion head + gas train combustion head
14
5 05 LE BD M 03 E4 DL B M 5 40 DLE MB 07 LE 4 MBD
12
10
8
6
6 4
Pressure loss
4 2
2 0
0 10
30
20
20
Gas train
Output kW
MBDLE 055
3970569
-
MBDLE 055
3970571
-
MBDLE 403
3970533
≤ 45 (*)
MBDLE 403
3970551
≤ 45 (*)
0 10
20
58
Terminal block
Plug and socket •
• •
30
20
60 kW
50
40
Code
2
50 kcal/h x 1000
40
30
23
Pressure loss
4
Gas train
Code
Terminal block
MBDLE 405
3970530
MBDLE 405
3970552
MBDLE 407
3970531
60 kW
50
40
30
23
50 kcal/h x 1000
40
58
Plug and socket •
• •
•
(*) With natural gas.
NATURAL GAS
LPG G25 18
mbar
16
12
combustion head + gas train combustion head
∆P
14
10
LPG 14
12
combustion head + gas train combustion head
∆P
FS8
G20 14
mbar
FS8
M
10
07 05 E4 E4 DL L B M BD M
8
12 10 8
6
6 4
05
E4
L BD
07
E4
L BD
M 8
6
4
2
2 0
0 30
30
39,5
50
40
50
60
60
70
46
Gas train
Code
Output kW
MBDLE 405
3970530
≤ 80 (*)
MBDLE 405
3970552
≤ 80 (*)
(*) With natural gas.
70
80
80
90 93
Terminal block
90 kcal/h X 1000
100
2
0
110 kW
30
30
39,5
50
40
50
60
60
70
70
80
46
Plug and socket •
•
Pressure loss
Pressure loss
4
Gas train
Code
MBDLE 407
3970531
MBDLE 407
3970553
Terminal block
90 93
Plug and socket •
•
80
90 kcal/h X 1000
100
110 kW
NATURAL GAS
LPG FS10 G25 20
combustion head + gas train combustion head
14
∆P
mbar
G20 16
12
LE
D MB 10
LE
D MB
8
7 40
14
5
40
16
10 LE 4 MBD
12 10 8
6
LPG 16
14
18
combustion head + gas train combustion head
∆P
mbar
FS10
05
E4
DL
MB
12
407 DLE MB 4 10 DLE MB
10
8
6
6 4
Pressure loss
4 2
2 0
0 40
45
50
55
60
60
50 52
65
70
70
75
80
85
90
80
90
116
Gas train
2
0
95 100 kcal/h x 1000
110
100
Pressure loss
4
Code
Output kW
Terminal block
MBDLE 405
3970500
≤ 80 (*)
•
MBDLE 407
3970531
-
•
MBDLE 410
3970532
-
•
40
45
50 52
kW
50
55
60
60
65
70
70
80
75
80
85
90
100
90
95 100 kcal/h x 1000
110 116
kW
Plug and socket
(*) With natural gas.
NATURAL GAS
LPG
G20 35
G25 45 40
30
combustion head + gas train combustion head
∆P
mbar
FS20
35 25 30 20
25
10
20
E4
07
15
DL MB
LE 4 MBD
15
LPG 35
30
combustion head + gas train combustion head
∆P
mbar
FS20
10
25
20
07 LE 4 MBD 0 1 4 LE MBD
15
10
5
5 0
0 70
100
80
120
100
120
140
140
160
180 200 kcal/h x 1000
160
180
200
81
Gas train
Pressure loss
Pressure loss
10
Terminal block
5
0 70
kW
220 218
100
80
100 81
Code
Output kW
Plug and socket
MBDLE 407
3970531
≤ 180 (*)
•
MBDLE 410
3970532
-
•
(*) With natural gas.
note For pressure levels different from those indicated above,
please contact Riello Burners Technical Office.
120
120
140
140
160
180 200 kcal/h x 1000
160
180
200
220 218
kW
DIMENSIONING OF THE FUEL SUPPLY LINES The following diagram enables pressure drop in a pre-existing gas line to be calculated and to select the correct gas train. The diagram can also be used to select a new gas line when fuel output and pipe length are known. The pipe diameter is selected on the basis of the desired pressure drop. The diagram uses methane gas as reference; if another gas is used, conversion coefficient and a simple formula (on the diagram) transform the gas output to a methane equivalent (refer to figure A). Please note that the gas train dimensions must take into account the back pressure of the combustion chamber during operations. Control of the pressure drop in an existing gas line or selecting a new gas supply line. The methane output equivalent is determined by the formula fig. A on the diagram and the conversion coefficient. Once the equivalent output has been determined on the delivery scale ( V ), shown at the top of the diagram, move vertically downwards until you cross the line that represents the pipe diameter; at this point, move horizontally to the left until you meet the line that represents the pipe length. Once this point is established you can verify, by moving vertically downwards, the pipe pressure drop of on the botton scale below (mbar). By subtracting this value from the pressure measured on the gas meter, the correct pressure value will be found for the choice of gas train. Example:
- gas used - gas output - pressure at the gas meter - gas line length - conversion coefficient
- equivalent methane output V =
G25 9.51 mc/h 20 mbar 15 m 0.62 (see figure A)
9.51 0.62
= 15.34 mc/h
- once the value of 15.34 has been identified on the output scale ( V ), moving vertically downwards you cross the line that represents 1" 1/4 (the chosen diameter for the piping); - from this point, move horizontally to the left until you meet the line that represents the length of 15 m of the piping; - move vertically downwards to determine a value of 1.4 mbar in the pressure drop botton scale; - subtract the determined pressure drop from the meter pressure, the correct pressure level will be found for the choice of gas train; - correct pressure = ( 20-1.4 ) = 18.6 mbar
30 22 15 12 9 6
V
45 61 76 95 122 152 1
2
10
20
3
4
15,34
5 6 7 8 10
30 40 50 60
20
80 100
200
400
600 800 1000
3
6"
PIP
EL
EN
GT
4"
H(
m)
2"
4
1 - G20 0,62 - G25 1,18 - G31
2
Figure A 0,1
0,2
PIPE DIAMETER 0,3
0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 1
PRESSURE DROP (mbar)
1,4
2
3
4
5
6
2 1/
3/
{
=
1/
f
1"
f
3"
2"
2 1/ 1" 4 1/ 1"
V = Gas output Nmc/h
VENTILATION The different ventilation circuits always ensure low noise levels with high performance of pressure and air delivery, inspite of their compact size. The burners are fitted with an adjustable air pressure switch, conforming to EN 676 standards.
Air suction
COMBUSTION HEAD
The combustion head in Riello 40 FS burners is the result of an innovative design, which allows combustion with low polluting emissions, while being easy to adapt to all the various types of boilers and combustion chambers. Simple adjustment allows the internal geometry of the combustion head to be adapted to the burner output.
Combustion head
Flange
Combustion chamber dimensions used in the test laboratory Ø cm d=25
d=30
d=40
d=50
1,6
Ø
1 0,8 0,6 L(m) 0,5 0,4 0,3
L
0,2 L (m) = 0,23 x 0,1 Mcal/h 10 kW 10
2 20
3 30
4
5
40 50
With simple adjustments, the burner can be adapted to combustion chambers that are slightly different from those used in the tests.
100 100
20 200
30
kW 10
40
300 400 500
Example: burnt thermal delivery = 105 kW; L (m) = 0,23 x 10,5 = 0,74 (m); Ø = 40 (cm)
ADJUSTMENT
BURNER OPERATION MODE All these models are one stage operation.
Checked Variable
“One stage” operation °C bar
Output
time ON
ON
OFF
OFF time
Air adjustment
IGNITION FS3 - FS5 - FS8 Normal
Lock-out due to ignition failure
(A)
TR M Ignition transformer
Lock-out
35s min
5s max for GS3 3s max for GS5
35s min
5s max for GS3 3s max for GS5
Time (s)
Time (s)
FS10 - FS20 Normal
(A)
Lock-out due to ignition failure
TR M Ignition transformer
Lock-out
3s
38s
3s
38s
3s
Time (s)
Time (s)
(A) Lock-out is shown by a led on the appliance. Correct operation for FS3, FS5 and FS8 models 0s The burner begins the ignition cycle 0s-35s Pre-purge with the air damper open 35s Ignition Lock-out due to ignition failure If the flame does not light within the safety limit (3s for FS3 model and 5s for FS5 and FS8 models) the burner locks-out. Correct operation for FS10 and FS20 models 0s The burner begins the ignition cycle 0s-3s Safety time 3s-38s Pre-purge with the air damper open 41s Ignition Lock-out due to ignition failure If the flame does not light within the safety limit (3s) the burner locks-out.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS to be made by the installer
Electrical connections must be made by qualified and skilled personnel in conformity with the local regulations in force.
Control box fitted with an ignition transformer in FS3, FS5 and FS8 models
FS3 is fitted with terminal block: FS 10 and FS 20 are fitted with 7 and 6 pole sockets, FS5 and FS8 are available in both the configurations.
“ONE STAGE” OPERATION FS3 - FS5 - FS8 Terminal block
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 TS
SB TR TS VS V1 P F
- Lock out led - Regulating thermostat - Safety thermostat (manual reset) - Security valve - One stage valve - Gas pressure switch - Fuse
SB
F
TR
1 2 3
Grey
1 2 3
P GAS
PE L N 230V ~ 50Hz
VS
Black
V1
FS5 - FS8 - FS10 - FS20 Burner electrical wiring B4 S3 T2 T1 N
7-pole socket
L1
Gas train electrical wiring 3 2 1 N
Ph
7-pin plug SB
6-pole socket 6-pin plug
TS
h1
TR
h1 SB TR TS VS V1 P F
- Single stage hour meter - Lock out led - Regulating thermostat - Safety thermostat (manual reset) - Security valve - One stage valve - Gas pressure switch - Fuse
Black
1 2 3 N L PE 230V ~ 50Hz
The following table shows the supply lead sections and types of fuse to be used. Model
F L
A mm2
F = Fuse
FS3
FS5
FS8
230V
230V
230V
230V
230V
6 1
6 1
6 1
6 1
6A 1
L = Lead section
FS10
FS20
VS
Grey
1 2 3 V1
P Gas
EMISSIONS
mg/kWh
The emission data have been measured in the various models at maximum output, in conformity with EN 676 standard.
NO2 EMISSIONS
120 115 110 105 100 95 90 85 80
mg/kWh
FS3
FS5
FS8
FS10
FS20
FS10
FS20
CO EMISSIONS
50 40 30 20 10 0
dB(A)
FS3
FS5
FS8
NOISE EMISSIONS (sound pressure)
80
60
40 20
0 FS3
FS5
Special attention has been paid to noise reduction in the FS3 model. The model is fitted with sound-proofing material inside the cover.
FS8
FS10
FS20
OVERALL DIMENSIONS (mm)
These models are distinguished by their reduced size, in relation to the outputs achieved, which means they can be fitted to any boiler actually on the market.
BURNERS A
F
G
H B
L
I
C D Reduction nipple
N
E
M
Model
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
L
M
N
FS3 FS5 FS8 FS10 FS20
252 272 305 305 350
215 233 262 262 298
Rp 1/2 Rp 1/2 Rp 3/4 Rp 3/4 Rp 3/4
25 28 33 33 33
55 -
100 100 110 110 120
230 295 347 347 389
91 91 105 105 125
132 138 142 142 152
165 180 204 204 230
37 48 61 61 67
Rp 3/8 -
P
Q
R
BURNER-BOILER MOUNTING FLANGE FS20
FS3 - FS5 - FS8 - FS10
O
45°
O
45°
Model
45°
45° S
P
U
Q
P
FS3 FS5 FS8 FS10 FS20
O 170 170 185 185 170
140 140 160 160 170 155 200
S
T
U
11
130 130 130 130 -
10 10 11 11 -
R
T
PACKAGING
Model Z Y X
FS3 FS5 FS8 FS10 FS20
X
Y
Z
kg
365 435 473 473 525
325 345 413 413 453
300 315 320 320 365
9 10 16 16 16
INSTALLATION DESCRIPTION
Installation, start up and maintenance must be carried out by qualified and skilled personnel. The burner is set in factory on standard calibration (minimum output), if necessary adjustments can be made on the basis of the maximum output of the boiler. All operations must be performed as described in the technical handbook supplied with the burner. BURNER SETTINGS The air damper position can be easily adjusted removing the burner cover.
Head setting is easy and aided by a graduated scale, a test point allows reading the air pressure in the combustion head.
Riello 40 FS burners are fitted with an air pressure switch which, in accordance with EN 676 standards, can be adjusted by the installer using a graduated selector, on the basis of the effective working conditions.
MAINTENANCE Maintenance is easily solved because the combustion head can be disassemblied without having to remove the burner from the boiler.
BURNER ACCESSORIES
Remote control release kit for the 525-508 control box The 525-508 control box can be remotely released using an electric command kit. This kit must be installed in conformity with current regulations in force.
Remote control release kit for the 525-508 control box Burner
Kit code
FS3 - FS5 - FS8 - FS10 - FS20
3001030
Extended head kit “Standard head” burners can be transformed into “extended head” versions by using the special kit. Below the KITS available for the various burners are listed, showing the original and the extended lengths. Combustion head extension kit Burner
FS3 - FS5 FS8 - FS10 FS20
Standard head length (mm)
Extended head length (mm)
Kit code
100 110 120
125 170 280
3000820 3000864 3000873
End cone with turbulator disk End cone with turbulator disk Burner
FS5 FS8 FS10 FS20
Projection
Kit code
+15 +18 +18 +23
3000916 3000917 3000918 3000919
LPG kit For burning LPG gas, a special kit is available to be fitted to the combustion head on the burner, as shown in the following table: LPG kit Burner
Kit code
FS3 FS5 FS8 FS10 FS20
3000881 3000882 3000927 3000884 3000886
Town gas kit
Town gas kit Burner
Kit code
FS3 FS5 FS8 FS10 FS20
3000888 3000889 3000890 3000891 3000893
Seal control kit To test the valve seals on the gas train, (except for the model with Multibloc MBDLE 055) a special "seal control kit" is available. Seal control kit Burner
Kit code
FS3 - FS5 - FS8 - FS10 - FS20
3010123
BALANCED FLUE VERSION The R40 series balanced flue gas burner has been specifically designed to meet the increasing trend towards the use of balanced flue, otherwise known as room sealed appliances, which avoid the necessity of having a chimney to discharge the products of combustion. Balanced flue products are completely sealed from the environment in which they are installed, drawing air for combustion directly from the outside, thereby ensuring no unwelcome smells from the combustion. As a result of the burner components being completely enclosed this provides an additional benefit of low sound levels. This version is available for FS3 and FS5 only. Overall dimensions (mm) 96
288
91 249
308
Riello 40 FS Balanced Flue version
SPECIFICATION
A special index guides your choice of boiler from the various models available in the FS series. Below is a clear and detailed specification description of the product.
DESIGNATION OF SERIES Series: F
Fuel :
Natural gas
Size
F
S
3
AVAILABLE BURNER MODELS FS3 FS5 FS8 FS10 FS20
11 23 46 52 81
÷ 35 ÷ 58 ÷ 93 ÷ 116 ÷ 218
kW kW kW kW kW
SPECIFICATION DESCRIPTION
Burner Monoblock, gas burners, completely automatic, with one stage settings fitted with: - Fan with forward inclined blades - Cover lined with sound-deadening material - Metallic and fixed air damper with adjustment - Single phase electric motor 230 V, 50 Hz - Combustion head fitted with: - stainless steel head cone, resistant to high temperatures - ignition electrodes - ionisation probe - gas distributor - flame stability disk - Adjustable air pressure switch, with graduated selector, to guarantee burner lock out in the case of insufficient combustible air - Protection filter against radio interference - IP 40 electric protection level.
Gas train Fuel supply line in the Multibloc configuration, fitted with: - Filter - Pressure stabiliser - Minimum gas pressure switch - Safety valve - Single stage working valve with ignition gas output regulator.
Burner and gas train assembled Approval: - EN 676 standard. Conforming to: - 90/396/EEC (gas) - 73/23/EEC (low voltage) - 89/336/EEC (electromagnetic compatibility) - 92/42/EEC (performance) - 98/37/EEC (machines). Standard equipment: - Flange insulation screen - Screws and nuts for fixing the flange to the boiler - 7-pole socket - Instruction handbook for installation, use and maintenance - Spare parts catalogue - Hinge - Grommet. Available accessories to be ordered separately: - Remote release kit - Extended head kit - LPG kit - Town gas kit - Seal control kit - Alternative combustion head kit - Balanced flue version.
Lineagrafica
RIELLO S.p.A.
ISO 9001 Cert. n. 0061
- Via degli Alpini, 1 - 37045 LEGNAGO (VR) Italy Tel. ++39.0442630111 - Fax ++39.044221980 Internet: http://www.rielloburners.com - E-mail:
[email protected] Since the Company is constantly engaged in the production improvement, the aesthetic and dimensional features, the technical data, the equipment and the accessories can be changed. This document contains confidential and proprietary information of RIELLO S.p.A. Unless authorised, this information shall not be divulged, nor duplicated in whole or in part.
ONE STAGE GAS BURNERS RIELLO 40 GS SERIES
GS3 GS5 GS10 GS20
11 18 42 81
÷ ÷ ÷ ÷
35 58 116 232
kW kW kW kW
The Riello 40 GS series of one stage gas burners, is a complete range of products developed to respond to any request for home heating. The Riello 40 GS series is available in four different models, whit an output ranging from 11 to 232 kW, divided in four different structures. All the models use the same components designed by Riello for the Riello 40 GS series. The high quality level guarantees safe working. In developing these burners, special attention was paid to reducing noise, to the ease of installation and adjustment, to obtaining the smallest size possible to fit into any sort of boiler available on the market. All the models are approved by the EN 676 European Standard and conform to European Directives for EMC, Low Voltage, Machinery and Boiler Efficiency. All the Riello 40 GS burners are tested before leaving the factory.
TS0025UK00
TECHNICAL DATA
Model
GS3
GS5
Setting
Servomotor
R.B.L.
run time
6 ÷ 28
Heat
kW
11 - 35
18 - 58
42 - 116
81 - 232
output
Mcal/h
9,5 - 30
15,5 - 50
36 - 100
70 - 200
4,2 - 11,6
8,1 - 23,2
4,9 - 13,4
9,4 - 26,9
1,6 - 4,4
3,1 - 8,9
0/40
Fuel / air data
Net calorific value G20 gas kWh/Nm3
Electrical data
GS20
One stage type
Working temperature °C min./max. G20 gas density
kg/Nm3
G20 gas output
Nm3/h
10 0,71 1,1 - 3,5
1,8 - 5,8
Net calorific value G25 gas kWh/Nm3
G25 gas density
kg/Nm3
G25 gas output
Nm3/h
8,6 0,78 1,3 - 4
2,1 - 6,7
Net calorific value LPG gas kWh/Nm3
25,8
LPG gas density
kg/Nm3
LPG gas output
Nm3/h
Fan
type
Air temperature
max. °C
40
Electrical supply
Ph/Hz/V
1/50/230 ±10%
Aux. electrical supply
Ph/Hz/V
Control box
type
Total electrical power kW Protection level
2,02 0,4 - 1,4
0,7 - 2,2
forward tilted blades
-525 SE/5
525 SE/3
508 SE
508 SE
0,1
0,11
0,13
0,25
IP
Motor electrical power kW
40 0,09
0,09
0,09
0,15
Rated motor current
A
0,6
0,65
0,7
1,4
Motor start current
A
4
4
4
7,5
Motor protection level IP Ignition transformer
20
incorporated in the control box
Operation Approval Emissions
GS10
Sound pressure
dB(A)
CO Emissions
mg/kWh
NOx Emissions
mg/kWh
Directives
separated from the control box
intermittent (at least one halt every 24 h) 55
58
65
72
< 40 ≤ 120 90/396/EEC, 89/336/EEC, 73/23/EEC, 98/37/EEC, 92/42/EEC
Conforming to Certifications
EN 676 CE - 0063 AP6680
Reference conditions: Temperature: 20 °C Pressure: 1013.5 mbar Altitude: 100 m a.s.l. Noise was measured in the boiler room behind the burner at a distance of 1 meter.
Since the Company is constantly engaged in the production improvement, the aesthetic and dimensional features, the technical data, the equipment and the accessories can be changed. This document contains confidential and proprietary information of RIELLO S.p.A. Unless authorised, this information shall not be divulged, nor duplicated in whole or in part.
FIRING RATES
15
1,5
10
1
GS5
GS3
0
0,5
hPa (mbar)
mm H2O
5
0 0
10.000
0
48
20.000
10
30.000
20
30
40.000
40
50.000
50
kcal/h
60
kW
4,8
GS20
32
3,2
24
2,4
16
1,6
8
0,8
0
hPa (mbar)
4,0
mm H2O
40
GS10
0 20.000
20
40.000
40
60.000
60
80.000
80
Useful working field for choosing the burner Test conditions conforming to EN 676: Temperature: 20 °C Pressure: 1013.5 mbar Altitude: 100 m a.s.l.
100
100.000
120
120.000
140
140.000
160
160.000
180
180.000
200
200.000
220
kcal/h
240 kW
FUEL SUPPLY
GAS TRAINS The burners are set for gas supply from either the right or left hand sides. Depending on the fuel output and the available pressure in the supply line, you should check the correct gas train to be adapted to the system requirements. The gas train is Multibloc type, containing the main components in a single unit. Except for the MBDLE 055 model, a valve seal control (as accessory) can be fitted to the Multibloc gas trains. The MBDLE 055 Multibloc gas train can be fitted only to the left of the burner.
MBDLE 403 - 405 - 407 - 410
L1
L 4 6 7
2
1
P2
3
P1
MULTIBLOC 8
9
5 11
12
10 LEAK DETECTION CONTROL DEVICE
1
Gas delivery pipe
2
Manual valve
3
Vibration damping joint
4
Gas pressure gauge
5
Filter
6
Gas pressure switch
7
Safety solenoid
8
Adjustment solenoid: firing delivery adjustment (rapid opening) maximum delivery adjustment (slow opening)
9
Pressure regulator
MBDLE 055
L1
10 Leak detection control device for valves 7 and 8 (accessory)
L
11 Gas train-burner adapter MULTIBLOC 4 7 1
2
3
P2
5
12 Burner
14
6
P1
13 Shutter with adjustment screws
15 P3
9
14 Pressure regulator setting device
13
15 Regulation solenoid 11 13
12
P1 Combustion head pressure P2 Upstream pressure from the filter P3 Upstream pressure from the control valve L
Gas train supplied separately
L1 To be performed by the installer
Øo
Y Øo
W
Y
W
Øi
Øi X
X
Z
Z
The dimensions of the gas trains vary depending on their construction features. The following table shows the dimensions of the gas trains that can be fitted to Riello 40 GS burners, intake diameter and the coupling flange to the burner.
Code
Øi
Øo
X mm
Y mm
W mm
Z mm
MBDLE 055
3970569
1/2"
1/2"
307
155
31
122
MBDLE 055
3970571
1/2"
1/2"
307
155
31
122
MBDLE 403
3970533
1/2"
1/2"
275
136
26
100
MBDLE 403
3970551
1/2"
1/2"
275
136
26
100
MBDLE 405
3970530
1/2"
1/2" (*)
321
186
46
120
MBDLE 405
3970500
3/4"
3/4"
371
186
46
120
MBDLE 407
3970531
3/4"
3/4"
371
186
46
120
MBDLE 410
3970532
1"
3/4"
405
221
55
145
MBDLE 410
3970554
1"
3/4"
405
221
55
145
MULTIBLOC
Name
(*) With 1/2” - 3/4” reduction nipple supplied.
PRESSURE DROP DIAGRAMS The diagrams indicate the minimum pressure drop of the burners with the various gas trains that can be combined with them; the values thus calculated represents the minimum required input pressure to the gas train. NATURAL GAS
LPG GS3
G20 12
G25 ∆P
mbar
∆P
mbar
GS3
LPG 12
14
5
10
5 E0
L
BD
12
M 8
LE
D MB
3
40
10
8
6
6 4
combustion head + gas train combustion head
combustion head + gas train combustion head
10
8
055
DLE
MB
03
LE 4
MBD
6
4
2 2
0
0 5
10
15
15
10
20
Code 3970569
MBDLE 055
3970571
0
35
5
kW
10
15
15
10
Plug and socket •
•
Gas train
Code
MBDLE 403
3970533
MBDLE 403
3970551
20
35
kW
Plug and socket •
•
LPG GS5 G25 22
5
16
16
BD
LE
05
20
LPG ∆P
mbar
G20 mbar
30 kcal/h x 1000
30
25
Terminal block
NATURAL GAS GS5 ∆P
25
20
11
Terminal block
MBDLE 055
2
30 kcal/h x 1000
30
25
11
Gas train
25
20
Pressure loss
Pressure loss
4
M
16
12
14 10 12
3 40 DLE MB
8
405 DLE MB 407 DLE MB
6
14
18
10 8
combustion head + gas train combustion head
combustion head + gas train combustion head
14
12
LE
D MB
5
05
03 E4 DL MB 407 DLE 5 MB 40 E DL MB
10
8
6
6 4 4 2
2 0
0 10
15,5
18
30
20
20
Gas train
Output kW
MBDLE 055
3970569
-
MBDLE 055
3970571
-
MBDLE 403
3970533
≤ 45 (*)
MBDLE 403
3970551
≤ 45 (*)
(*) With natural gas.
50
40
Code
2
0
50 kcal/h x 1000
40
30
Pressure loss
Pressure loss
4
Terminal block
15,5
60 kW 58
18
Plug and socket •
• • •
10
Gas train
30
20
20
Code
MBDLE 405
3970530
MBDLE 405
3970552
MBDLE 407
3970531
50
40
30
Terminal block
50 kcal/h x 1000
40
Plug and socket •
• •
60 kW 58
NATURAL GAS
LPG GS10 G25 20
combustion head + gas train combustion head
14
∆P
mbar
G20 16
12
MB
5 40 LE BD M
10
8
DLE
16
407
14 12
10 LE 4
MBD
10 8
6
LPG 16
14
18
combustion head + gas train combustion head
∆P
mbar
GS10
LE
D MB
12
5
40
DLE
7
40
MB 10
DLE
MB
410
8
6
6 4
Pressure loss
4 2
2 0
0 37 40
45
50
55
60
60
50
65
70
70
75
80
90
80
85
90
2
0
95 100 kcal/h x 1000
110
100
116
42
Gas train
Pressure loss
4
Code
Output kW
Terminal block
MBDLE 405
3970500
≤ 80 (*)
•
MBDLE 407
3970531
-
•
MBDLE 410
3970532
-
•
37 40
45
50
kW
50
55
60
60
65
70
70
80
75
80
90
85
90
95 100 kcal/h x 1000
110
100
116
42
kW
Plug and socket
(*) With natural gas.
NATURAL GAS
LPG G25 45 40
30
combustion head + gas train combustion head
∆P
mbar
GS20
G20 35
35 25 30 20
25
07
E4
M
15
L BD
10 LE 4
D
MB
20
15
LPG 35
30
combustion head + gas train combustion head
∆P
mbar
GS20
10
25
20
DLE
MB 15
M BD
407
LE 4
10
10
5
5 0
0 70
100
80
120
100
120
140
140
160
Pressure loss
Pressure loss
10 5
0
180 200 kcal/h x 1000
160
200
180
70
kW
220
100
232
81
Gas train
Code
Output kW
MBDLE 407
3970531
≤ 180 (*)
MBDLE 407
3970553
≤ 180 (*)
Terminal block
Plug and socket •
•
100
80
120
120
140
140
160
180
Code
MBDLE 410
3970532
MBDLE 410
3970554
(*) With natural gas.
note For pressure levels different from those indicated above,
please contact Riello Burners Technical Office.
200
kW
220 232
81
Gas train
180 200 kcal/h x 1000
160
Terminal block
Plug and socket •
•
DIMENSIONING OF THE FUEL SUPPLY LINES The following diagram enables pressure drop in a pre-existing gas line to be calculated and to select the correct gas train. The diagram can also be used to select a new gas line when fuel output and pipe length are known. The pipe diameter is selected on the basis of the desired pressure drop. The diagram uses methane gas as reference; if another gas is used, conversion coefficient and a simple formula (on the diagram) transform the gas output to a methane equivalent (refer to figure A). Please note that the gas train dimensions must take into account the back pressure of the combustion chamber during operations. Control of the pressure drop in an existing gas line or selecting a new gas supply line. The methane output equivalent is determined by the formula fig. A on the diagram and the conversion coefficient. Once the equivalent output has been determined on the delivery scale ( V ), shown at the top of the diagram, move vertically downwards until you cross the line that represents the pipe diameter; at this point, move horizontally to the left until you meet the line that represents the pipe length. Once this point is established you can verify, by moving vertically downwards, the pipe pressure drop of on the botton scale below (mbar). By subtracting this value from the pressure measured on the gas meter, the correct pressure value will be found for the choice of gas train. Example:
- gas used - gas output - pressure at the gas meter - gas line length - conversion coefficient
- equivalent methane output V =
G25 9.51 mc/h 20 mbar 15 m 0.62 (see figure A)
9.51 0.62
= 15.34 mc/h
- once the value of 15.34 has been identified on the output scale ( V ), moving vertically downwards you cross the line that represents 1" 1/4 (the chosen diameter for the piping); - from this point, move horizontally to the left until you meet the line that represents the length of 15 m of the piping; - move vertically downwards to determine a value of 1.4 mbar in the pressure drop botton scale; - subtract the determined pressure drop from the meter pressure, the correct pressure level will be found for the choice of gas train; - correct pressure = ( 20-1.4 ) = 18.6 mbar
30 22 15 12 9 6
V
45 61 76 95 122 152 1
2
10
20
3
4
15,34
5 6 7 8 10
30 40 50 60
20
80 100
200
400
600 800 1000
3
6"
PIP
EL
EN
GT
4"
H(
m)
2"
4
1 - G20 0,62 - G25 1,18 - G31
2
Figure A 0,1
0,2
PIPE DIAMETER 0,3
0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 1
PRESSURE DROP (mbar)
1,4
2
3
4
5
6
2 1/
3/
{
=
1/
f
1"
f
3"
2"
2 1/ 1" 4 1/ 1"
V = Gas output Nmc/h
VENTILATION The different ventilation circuits always ensure low noise levels with high performance of pressure and air delivery, inspite of their compact size. The burners are fitted with an adjustable air pressure switch, conforming to EN 676 standards.
Air suction
Air pressure switch
COMBUSTION HEAD
The combustion head in Riello 40 GS burners is the result of an innovative design, which allows combustion with low polluting emissions, while being easy to adapt to all the various types of boilers and combustion chambers. Simple adjustment allows the internal geometry of the combustion head to be adapted to the burner output.
Combustion head
Flange
Combustion chamber dimensions used in the test laboratory Ø cm d=25
d=30
d=40
d=50
1,6
Ø
1 0,8 0,6 L(m) 0,5 0,4 0,3
L
0,2 L (m) = 0,23 x 0,1 Mcal/h 10 kW 10
2 20
3 30
4
5
40 50
With simple adjustments, the burner can be adapted to combustion chambers that are slightly different from those used in the tests.
100 100
20 200
30
kW 10
40
300 400 500
Example: burnt thermal delivery = 105 kW; L (m) = 0,23 x 10,5 = 0,74 (m); Ø = 40 (cm)
ADJUSTMENT
BURNER OPERATION MODE All these models are one stage operation.
Checked Variable
“One stage” operation °C bar
Output
time ON
ON
OFF
OFF time
Air damper partially open
Air damper completely open
IGNITION GS3 - GS5 Normal
Lock-out due to ignition failure
(A)
TR M Ignition transformer
Lock-out
35s min
5s max for GS3 3s max for GS5
35s min
5s max for GS3 3s max for GS5
Time (s)
Time (s)
GS10 - GS20 Normal
Lock-out due to ignition failure
(A)
TR M Ignition transformer
Lock-out
3s
38s
3s
38s
3s
Time (s)
Time (s)
(A) Lock-out is shown by a led on the appliance. Correct operation for GS3 and GS5 models 0s The burner begins the ignition cycle 0s-35s Pre-purge with the air damper open 35s Ignition Lock-out due to ignition failure If the flame does not light within the safety limit (3s for GS3 model and 5s for GS5 model) the burner locks-out. Correct operation for GS10 and GS20 models 0s The burner begins the ignition cycle 0s-3s Safety time 3s-38s Pre-purge with the air damper open 41s Ignition Lock-out due to ignition failure If the flame does not light within the safety limit (3s) the burner locks-out.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS to be made by the installer
Electrical connections must be made by qualified and skilled personnel in conformity with the local regulations in force. All the models are fitted with 7 and 6 pole sockets.
Control box fitted with an ignition transformer in GS3 and GS5 models
“ONE STAGE” OPERATION GS3 - GS5 - GS10 - GS20 Burner electrical wiring
Gas train electrical wiring
L1 7-pole socket
B4 S3 T2 T1 N
3 2 1 N
Ph 6-pole socket
7-pin plug
h1 SB TR TS VS V1 P F
TS
SB
h1
6-pin plug
F
- Single stage hour meter - Lock out led - Regulating thermostat - Safety thermostat (manual reset) - Security valve - One stage valve - Gas pressure switch - Fuse
Black
Grey
1 2 3
1 2 3
TR
~ 50Hz
VS
230V
N
L
P
V1
Gas
PE
GS3 - GS5 - GS20 Terminal block
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 TS
SB TR TS VS V1 P F
- Lock out led - Regulating thermostat - Safety thermostat (manual reset) - Security valve - One stage valve - Gas pressure switch - Fuse
F
TR
PE L N 230V ~ 50Hz
The following table shows the supply lead sections and types of fuse to be used. Model
F L
A mm2
F = Fuse
GS3
GS5
GS10
GS20
230V
230V
230V
230V
6 1
6 1
6 1
6A 1
L = Lead section
SB
1 2 3
Grey
P GAS
1 2 3 VS
Black
V1
EMISSIONS
mg/kWh
The emission data have been measured in the various models at maximum output, in conformity with EN 676 standard.
NO2 EMISSIONS
120 115 110 105 100 95 90 85 80
mg/kWh
GS3
GS5
GS10
GS20
CO EMISSIONS
50 40 30 20 10 0
dB(A)
GS3
GS5
GS10
GS20
NOISE EMISSIONS (sound pressure)
80
60
40 20
0 GS3
GS5
Special attention has been paid to noise reduction. All models are fitted with sound-proofing material inside the cover.
GS10
GS20
OVERALL DIMENSIONS (mm)
These models are distinguished by their reduced size, in relation to the outputs achieved, which means they can be fitted to any boiler actually on the market.
BURNERS A
G
H
B
I C
M
L
D E Reduction nipple
O
F
Rp 1/2 - R 3/8
N
Model
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
L
M
N
O
GS3 GS5 GS10 GS20
252 272 305 350
166 170 188 212
215 233 262 298
Rp 1/2 Rp 1/2 Rp 3/4 Rp 3/4
25 28 33 33
55 -
100 100 110 120
230 295 347 389
91 91 105 125
132 138 142 152
165 180 204 230
37 48 61 67
Rp 3/8 -
Model
P
Q
R
S
GS3 GS5 GS10 GS20
170 170 185 170
140 140 160 170
11
155
BURNER-BOILER MOUNTING FLANGE GS3 - GS5 - GS10
GS20 P
P
45°
45°
45°
45° R
Q
V
S
Q
T
U
T
U
- 130 - 130 - 130 200 -
V 10 10 11 -
PACKAGING
Z Y X
Model
X
Y
Z
kg
GS3 GS5 GS10 GS20
365 435 473 525
325 345 413 453
300 315 320 365
11 11 26 21
INSTALLATION DESCRIPTION
Installation, start up and maintenance must be carried out by qualified and skilled personnel. The burner is set in factory on standard calibration (minimum output), if necessary adjustments can be made on the basis of the maximum output of the boiler. All operations must be performed as described in the technical handbook supplied with the burner. BURNER SETTINGS The air damper position can be easily adjusted removing the burner cover.
Head setting is easy and aided by a graduated scale, a test point allows reading the air pressure in the combustion head.
Riello 40 GS burners are fitted with an air pressure switch which, in accordance with EN 676 standards, can be adjusted by the installer using a graduated selector, on the basis of the effective working conditions.
MAINTENANCE Maintenance is easily solved because the combustion head can be disassemblied without having to remove the burner from the boiler.
BURNER ACCESSORIES
Remote control release kit for the 525-508 control box The 525-508 control box can be remotely released using an electric command kit. This kit must be installed in conformity with current regulations in force.
Remote control release kit for the 525-508 control box Burner
Kit code
GS3 - GS5 - GS10 - GS20
3001030
Extended head kit “Standard head” burners can be transformed into “extended head” versions by using the special kit. Below the KITS available for the various burners are listed, showing the original and the extended lengths. Combustion head extension kit Burner
GS3 - GS5 GS10 GS20
Standard head length (mm)
Extended head length (mm)
Kit code
100 110 120
125 170 280
3000820 3000864 3000873
End cone with turbulator disk End cone with turbulator disk Burner
Projection
Kit code
GS5 GS10 GS20
+15 +18 +23
3000916 3000918 3000919
LPG kit For burning LPG gas, a special kit is available to be fitted to the combustion head on the burner, as shown in the following table: LPG kit Burner
Kit code
GS3 GS5 GS10 GS20
3000881 3000882 3000884 3000886
Town gas kit
Town gas kit Burner
Kit code
GS3 GS5 GS10 GS20
3000888 3000889 3000891 3000893
Seal control kit To test the valve seals on the gas train, (except for the model with Multibloc MBDLE 055) a special "seal control kit" is available. Seal control kit Burner
Kit code
GS3 - GS5 - GS10 - GS20
3010123
BALANCED FLUE VERSION The R40 series balanced flue gas burner has been specifically designed to meet the increasing trend towards the use of balanced flue, otherwise known as room sealed appliances, which avoid the necessity of having a chimney to discharge the products of combustion. Balanced flue products are completely sealed from the environment in which they are installed, drawing air for combustion directly from the outside, thereby ensuring no unwelcome smells from the combustion. As a result of the burner components being completely enclosed this provides an additional benefit of low sound levels. This version is available for GS3 and GS5 only.
Overall dimensions (mm) 96
288
91 249
308
Riello 40 GS Balanced Flue version
SPECIFICATION
A special index guides your choice of boiler from the various models available in the GS series. Below is a clear and detailed specification description of the product.
DESIGNATION OF SERIES
Series:
G
Fuel :
S
Natural gas
Size
G
S
3
AVAILABLE BURNER MODELS GS3 GS5 GS10 GS20
11 18 42 81
÷ ÷ ÷ ÷
35 58 116 232
kW kW kW kW
SPECIFICATION DESCRIPTION
Burner Monoblock, gas burners, completely automatic, with one stage settings fitted with: - Fan with forward inclined blades - Cover lined with sound-deadening material - Air damper, completely closed in stand by, with adjustment inside the cover - Single phase electric motor 230 V, 50 Hz - Combustion head fitted with: - stainless steel head cone, resistant to high temperatures - ignition electrodes - ionisation probe - gas distributor - flame stability disk - Adjustable air pressure switch, with graduated selector, to guarantee burner lock out in the case of insufficient combustible air - Protection filter against radio interference - IP 40 electric protection level.
Gas train Fuel supply line in the Multibloc configuration, fitted with: - Filter - Pressure stabiliser - Minimum gas pressure switch - Safety valve - Single stage working valve with ignition gas output regulator.
Burner and gas train assembled Approval: - EN 676 standard. Conforming to: - 89/336/EEC (electromagnetic compatibility) - 73/23/EEC (low voltage) - 98/37/EEC (machines) - 92/42/EEC (performance) - 90/396/EEC (gas). Standard equipment: - Flange insulation screen - Screws and nuts for fixing the flange to the boiler - 7-pole socket - Instruction handbook for installation, use and maintenance - Spare parts catalogue - Hinge - Grommet. Available accessories to be ordered separately: - Remote release kit - Extended head kit - LPG kit - Seal control kit - Town gas kit - Alternative combustion head kit - Balanced flue version.
Lineagrafica
RIELLO S.p.A.
ISO 9001 Cert. n. 0061
- Via degli Alpini, 1 - 37045 LEGNAGO (VR) Italy Tel. ++39.0442630111 - Fax ++39.044221980 Internet: http://www.rielloburners.com - E-mail:
[email protected] Since the Company is constantly engaged in the production improvement, the aesthetic and dimensional features, the technical data, the equipment and the accessories can be changed. This document contains confidential and proprietary information of RIELLO S.p.A. Unless authorised, this information shall not be divulged, nor duplicated in whole or in part.
ONE-STAGE GAS BURNER RDB S SERIES
RDB1 S
16 ÷ 47 kW
The Riello RDB1 S is a new model of one stage gas burners series, characterized for its small dimensions inspite of its high combustion performance. It is available in conventional flue and balanced flue versions. It has been developed to respond to any request for home heating, conforming to current regulations in force. This model uses the same components designed by Riello for the RDB series. The high quality level guarantees safe working. In developing this burner, special attention was paid to reducing noise, the ease of installation and adjustment, to obtaining the smallest size possible to fit into any sort of boiler available on the market. This model is approved by the EN 676 European Standard and European Directives, Gas Appliance, EMC, Low Voltage, Boiler Efficiency. The RDB1 S burner is tested before leaving the factory.
TS0013UK00
TECHNICAL DATA
RDB1 S
Model
One stage
Burner operation mode Modulation ratio at max. output
Servomotor
run time
Fuel / air data
Heat output
s kW Mcal/h
Electrical data
-16÷47 13,8 - 40,4
Working temperature
°C min./max.
Net calorific value G20 gas
kWh/Nm3
G20 gas density
kg/Nm3
0,71
G20 gas delivery
Nm3/h
1,6 - 4,7
Net calorific value G25 gas kWh/Nm3
0/40 10
8,6
kg/Nm3
0,78
G25 gas delivery
Nm3/h
1,9 - 5,46
Net calorific value LPG gas
kWh/Nm3
LPG gas density
kg/Nm3
2,02
LPG gas delivery
Nm3/h
0,6 - 1,8
Fan
type
Air temperature
max. °C
40
Electrical supply
Ph/Hz/V
1/50/230 ±10%
G25 gas density
Auxiliary electrical supply Ph/Hz/V
25,8
Centrifugal with forward curve blades
--
Control box
type
LANDIS LMG25
Total electrical power
kW
0,09
Auxiliary electrical power kW
-40
Protection level
IP
Motor electrical power
kW
0,09
Rated motor current
A
0,58
Motor start up current
A
2,4
Motor protection level
IP type
Ignition transformer
20 (BRAHMA) separated from the control box
V1 - V2
(--) - 15 kV
I1 - I2
(--) - 25 mA Intermittent (at least one stop every 24 h)
Operation
Approval Emissions
---
type
59,4
Sound pressure
dB(A)
Sound power
W
--
CO emission
mg/kWh
25
NOx emission
mg/kWh
Directive Conforming to Certification
110 89/336/EEC, 73/23/EEC, 98/37/EEC, 92/42/EEC EN 676 CE-0085BM0490
Reference conditions: Temperature: 20 °C Pressure: 1013 mbar Altitude: 0 m a.s.l. Noise measured at a distance of 1 meter.
Since the Company is constantly engaged in the production improvement, the aesthetic and dimensional features, the technical data, the equipment and the accessories can be changed. This document contains confidential and proprietary information of RIELLO S.p.A. Unless authorised, this information shall not be divulged, nor duplicated in whole or in part.
FIRING RATE
25
2,5
20
2
15
1,5
10
1
5
0,5
0
hPa (mbar)
mm H O 2
RDB1 S
0 10000
20000
15
20
30000
25
Useful working field for choosing the burner Test conditions conforming to EN 676: Temperature: 20°C Pressure: 1013.5 mbar Altitude: 0 m a.s.l.
30
35
kcal/h
40000
40
45
50
55
kW
FUEL SUPPLY
GAS TRAINS The burner is fitted with the gas train. The gas train is Multibloc type, containing the main components in a single unit, and a valve seal control (as accessory) can be fitted.
Gas train fixed in the burner
MBDLE 055 D01
L1
L MULTIBLOC 4
12
7
1
2
3
5
6
P2
8
9
10
P3
13
14
11 P1
1
Gas delivery pipe
2
Manual valve
3
Vibration damping joint
4
Gas pressure gauge
5
Manual shutter (supplied)
6
Filter
7
Gas pressure switch
8
Safety solenoid
9
Regulation solenoid
10 Pressure regulator 15
11 Shutter with adjustment screws (brake regulator) 12 Pressure regulator setting device 13 Shutter with adjustment screws (solenoid regulator) 14 Gas train-burner adapter 15 Burner P1 Combustion head pressure P2 Upstream pressure from the filter P3 Upstream pressure from the control valve L
Gas train supplied separately
L1 To be performed by the installer
MULTIBLOC
Name
MBDLE 055 D01
Gas train
PRESSURE DROP DIAGRAM The diagrams indicate the minimum pressure drop of the burners with the various gas trains that can be combined with them; the value thus calculated represents the minimum required input pressure to the gas train. NATURAL GAS
LPG
G20
G25 ∆P
M
LE BD
5 05
mbar
15
RDB1 S 15
LPG
1 D0 15
10
10
5
combustion head + gas train combustion head
combustion head + gas train combustion head
∆P
mbar
RDB1 S
55 E0 DL MB
10
1 D0
5
0
0
10
10
20
14
15 16
20
25
25
30
30
35
35
40
Pressure loss
Pressure loss
5
0
40 kcal/h X 1000
45 47
50 kW
10
10
15 16
Gas train MBDLE 055 D01
note For pressure levels different from those indicated above,
please contact Riello Burners Technical Office.
20
14
20
25
25
30
30
35
35
40
40 kcal/h X 1000
45 47
50 kW
SELECTING THE FUEL SUPPLY LINES The following diagram enables pressure drop in a pre-existing gas line to be calculated and to select the correct gas train. The diagram can also be used to select a new gas line when fuel output and pipe length are known. The pipe diameter is selected on the basis of the desired pressure drop. The diagram uses methane gas as reference; if another gas is used, conversion coefficient and a simple formula (on the diagram) transform the gas output to a methane equivalent (refer to figure A). Please note that the gas train dimensions must take into account the back pressure of the combustion chamber during operations. Control of the pressure drop in an existing gas line or selecting a new gas supply line. The methane output equivalent is determined by the formula fig. A on the diagram and the conversion coefficient. Once the equivalent output has been determined on the delivery scale ( V ), shown at the top of the diagram, move vertically downwards until you cross the line that represents the pipe diameter; at this point, move horizontally to the left until you meet the line that represents the pipe length. Once this point is established you can verify, by moving vertically downwards, the pipe pressure drop of on the botton scale below (mbar). By subtracting this value from the pressure measured on the gas meter, the correct pressure value will be found for the choice of gas train. Example:
- gas used - gas output - pressure at the gas meter - gas line length - conversion coefficient
- equivalent methane output V =
G25 9.51 mc/h 20 mbar 15 m 0.62 (see figure A)
9.51 0.62
= 15.34 mc/h
- once the value of 15.34 has been identified on the output scale ( V ), moving vertically downwards you cross the line that represents 1" 1/4 (the chosen diameter for the piping); - from this point, move horizontally to the left until you meet the line that represents the length of 15 m of the piping; - move vertically downwards to determine a value of 1.4 mbar in the pressure drop botton scale; - subtract the determined pressure drop from the meter pressure, the correct pressure level will be found for the choice of gas train; - correct pressure = ( 20-1.4 ) = 18.6 mbar
30 22 15 12 9 6
V
45 61 76 95 122 152 1
2
10
20
3
4
15,34
5 6 7 8 10
30 40 50 60
20
80 100
200
400
600 800 1000
3
6"
PIP
EL
EN
GT
4"
H(
m)
2
Figure A 0,1
0,2
PIPE DIAMETER 0,3
0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 1
PRESSURE DROP (mbar)
1,4
2
3
4
5
6
2
2"
4
1 - G20 0,62 - G25 1,18 - G31
1/
3/
{
=
1/
f
1"
f
3"
2"
2 1/ 1" 4 1/ 1"
V = Gas output Nmc/h
VENTILATION The ventilation circuit ensures low noise level with high performance of pressure and air delivery, inspite of their compact size. The burner is fitted with an adjustable air pressure switch, conforming to EN 676 standards.
Air suction
COMBUSTION HEAD
The combustion head in RDB1 S is the result of an innovative design, which allows combustion with low polluting emissions, while being easy to adapt to all various types of boilers and combustion chambers. Simple adjustment allows the internal geometry of the combustion head to be adapted to the burner output.
Combustion head
Dimensions of the flame
L
max
1
L min
1
D max
0,5
D min 0
0 0
100
200
300
Burner output (kW)
400
500
Flame diameter (m)
Flame length (m)
2
D
L
Example: Burner thermal output = 350 kW; L flame (m) = 1,2 m (medium value); D flame (m) = 0,6 m (medium value)
ADJUSTMENT
BURNER OPERATION MODE This model has one stage operation.
Checked variable
“One stage” operation °C bar
Output
time ON
ON
OFF
OFF time
Air damper
Air damper adjustment
START UP CYCLE Normal
Lock-out due to ignition failure
(A)
Thermostat
M Ignition transformer V1
Lock-out Air pressure gauge
2,5 s
2s 37 s
400 sm
2,5 s
2s
3s
400 sm
3s 36 s
time (s)
time (s)
(A) Lock-out is shown by a led on the appliance. Correct operation 0s The burner begins the ignition cycle. 2,5s - 39,5s Pre-purge with the air damper open. 39,5s - 42,5s The ignition transformer starts. Lock-out due to ignition failure If the flame does not light within the safety limit (3s) the burner locksout. When the flame-failure occurs during working, shut down takes place within one second.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Electrical connections must be made by qualified and skilled personnel, in conformity with the local regulations in force. This model is fitted with 4-pole socket for electrical connection.
Control box
“ONE STAGE” OPERATION Burner electrical wiring
~ 50Hz L
230V N
F TS ϑ S3
TL ϑ
S3 TL TS F
- Lock out led - Regulation thermostat - Safety thermostat (manual reset) - Fuse
L1
N L2
The following table shows the supply lead sections and types of fuse to be used. Model
RDB1 S 230V
F L
A mm2
F = Fuse
T6 1 L = Lead section
EMISSIONS
CO EMISSIONS
100 80
40 30
80 70 60 50
60
The emission data have been measured in the RDB1 S at maximum output, in conformity with EN 676 standard.
SOUND EMISSIONS (sound pressure)
dB(A)
120
mg/kWh
mg/kWh
NO2 EMISSIONS
20
40 30
40 10
20
20
10
0
0 RDB1 S
0 RDB1 S
RDB1 S
OVERALL DIMENSIONS (mm)
Thanks to certain construction features, this model can be fitted to any boiler on the market.
BURNER F B
E
C
H D I
L
Model
D
B
C
F
E
I
H
L
RDB1 S
222
195
141
115
207
168
89
20
Model
M
N
O
P
Q
R
RDB1 S
180
91
130
150
72
72
Model
X
Y
Z
kg
RDB1 S
395
350
340
12
BURNER-BOILER MOUNTING FLANGE M N 45° Q 11 R 45° O P
PACKAGING
Z Y X
INSTALLATION DESCRIPTION Installation, start up and maintenance must be carried out by qualified and skilled personnel. The burner is set in the factory on standard calibration (minimum output), if necessary adjustments can be made on the basis of the maximum output of the boiler. All operations must be performed as described in the technical handbook supplied with the burner.
BURNER SETTINGS The air damper position can be adjusted without removing the burner cover.
Combustion head is fixed. RDB1 S burner is fitted with an air pressure switch which, in accordance with EN 676 standards, can be adjusted by the installer using a graduated selector, on the basis of the effective working conditions.
The gas train is incorporated in the burner and can be easily adjusted without removing the burner cover.
MAINTENANCE AND ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS Maintenance is easily solved disassemblying the combustion head.
The 4-pole socket is fixed on the top of the burner.
BURNER ACCESSORIES
Balanced-conventional flue conversion kit All the RDB series models are easily converted from conventional flue to balanced flue, by replacing the plastic screen on the air intake with the connector for the air supply pipe. The reverse operation can be carried out on all the models from balanced flue to conventional flue burner, by replacing the connector on the air supply pipe with the plastic screen on the air intake. Balanced-conventional flue conversion kit Burner
RDB1 S
Balanced flue kit code
Conventional flue kit code
3062774
3062775
LPG kit For burning LPG gas, a special kit is available to be fitted to the combustion head on the burner as shown in the following table. LPG kit Burner
RDB1 S
Kit code for standard head
Kit code for extended head
3001076
-
SPECIFICATION
A special index guides your choice of boiler according to this model. Below there is a clear and detailed specification description of the product.
DESIGNATION OF SERIES
Series :
RDB
Size
Fuel :
S
Natural gas
Electrical supply to the system :
RDB
1
S
1/230/50
AVAILABLE BURNER MODEL RDB1 S
1/230/50
1/230/50
1/230V/50Hz
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Burner Monoblock, gas burner, completely automatic, with one stage settings fitted with: - Fan with forward curve blades - Cover lined with sound-deadening material - Air damper, with external adjustment, with no need to remove the cover - Single phase electric motor 230 V, 50 Hz - Combustion head fitted with: - stainless steel head cone, resistant to high temperatures - ignition electrodes - ionisation probe - gas distributor - flame stability disk - Adjustable air pressure switch, with graduated selector, to guarantee burner lock out in the case of insufficient combustible air - Protection filter against radio interference - IP 40 electric protection level.
Gas train Fuel supply line in the Multibloc configuration, fitted with: - Filter - Pressure stabiliser - Minimum gas pressure switch - Safety valve - Single stage working valve with ignition gas output regulator. Approval: - EN 676 standard. Conforming to: - Directive 98/37/EEC (machine) - Directive 73/23/EEC (low voltage) - Directive 89/336/EEC (electromagnetic compatibility) - Directive 92/42/EEC (efficiency). Standard equipment: - Sliding flange - Flange insulation screen - Screws and nuts for fixing the flange to the boiler - Instruction handbook for installation, use and maintenance - Spare part catalogue. Available accessories to be ordered separately: - Balanced-conventional flue conversion kit - LPG kit.
Lineagrafica
RIELLO S.p.A.
ISO 9001 Cert. n. 0061
- Via degli Alpini, 1 - 37045 LEGNAGO (VR) Italy Tel. ++39.0442630111 - Fax ++39.044221980 Internet: http://www.rielloburners.com - E-mail:
[email protected] Since the Company is constantly engaged in the production improvement, the aesthetic and dimensional features, the technical data, the equipment and the accessories can be changed. This document contains confidential and proprietary information of RIELLO S.p.A. Unless authorised, this information shall not be divulged, nor duplicated in whole or in part.
TWO STAGE GAS BURNERS RIELLO 40 FSD SERIES
FS5D FS20D
12/23 ÷ 58 58/81 ÷ 232
kW kW
The Riello 40 FSD series of two stage gas burners, is a complete range of products developed to respond to any request for light industrial process. The Riello 40 FSD series is available in two different models, with an output ranging from 29 to 210 kW, divided in two different structures. All the models use the same components designed by Riello for the Riello 40 FSD series. The high quality level guarantees safe working. In developing these burners, special attention was paid to reducing noise, to the ease of installation and adjustment, to obtaining the smallest size possible to fit into any sort of boiler available on the market. All the models are approved by the EN 676 European Standard and conform to European Directives for EMC, Low Voltage, Machinery and Boiler Efficiency. All the Riello 40 FSD burners are tested before leaving the factory.
TS0028UK00
TECHNICAL DATA
Model
FS5D
FS20D
Setting
Servomotor
Two stage
type
BERGER
run time
13
Heat
kW
12/23 - 58
output
Mcal/h
10/20 - 50
58/81 - 232 50/70 - 200
Working temperature °C min./max.
0/40
Electrical data
Fuel / air data
Net calorific value G20 gas kWh/Nm3
G20 gas density
kg/Nm3
G20 gas output
Nm3/h
10 0,71 1,2/2,3 - 5,8
5,8/8,1 - 23,2
Net calorific value G25 gas kWh/Nm3
G25 gas density
kg/Nm3
G25 gas output
Nm3/h
8,6 0,78 1,4/2,7 - 6,7
6,7-9,4 - 26,9
Net calorific value LPG gas kWh/Nm3
25,8
LPG gas density
kg/Nm3
LPG gas output
Nm3/h
Fan
type
Air temperature
max. °C
40
Electrical supply
Ph/Hz/V
1/50/230 ±10%
Aux. electrical supply
Ph/Hz/V
Control box
type
Total electrical power kW Protection level
2,02 0,4/0,8 - 2,2
2,2/3,1 - 9 forward tilted blades
-525 SE/3F
509 SE
0,11
0,25
IP
Motor electrical power kW
40 0,09
0,15
Rated motor current
A
0,65
1,4
Motor start current
A
4
7,5
Motor protection level IP
20
incorporated in the control box
Ignition transformer Approval Emissions
Sound pressure
dB(A)
CO Emissions
mg/kWh
NOx Emissions
mg/kWh
Directives
separated from the control box
intermittent (at least one halt every 24 h)
Operation 60
73 <40 ≤120
90/396/EEC, 89/336/EEC, 73/23/EEC, 98/37/EEC, 92/42/EEC
Conforming to Certifications
EN 676 CE-0063AP6680
Reference conditions: Temperature: 20 °C Pressure: 1013.5 mbar Altitude: 100 m a.s.l. Noise was measured in the boiler room behind the burner at a distance of 1 meter.
Since the Company is constantly engaged in the production improvement, the aesthetic and dimensional features, the technical data, the equipment and the accessories can be changed. This document contains confidential and proprietary information of RIELLO S.p.A. Unless authorised, this information shall not be divulged, nor duplicated in whole or in part.
FIRING RATES
15
1,5
10
1
5
0,5
0
hPa (mbar)
mm H2O
FS5D
0 0
10.000
0
60
20.000
10
30.000
20
30
40.000
40
kcal/h
50.000
60 kW
50
6
FS20D
40
4
30
3
20
2
10
1
0
hPa (mbar)
5
mm H2O
50
0 20.000
20
40.000
40
60.000
60
80.000
80
Useful working field for choosing the burner 1st stage operating rate Test conditions conforming to EN 676: Temperature: 20 °C Pressure: 1013.5 mbar Altitude: 100 m a.s.l.
100
100.000
120
120.000
140
140.000
160
160.000
180
180.000
200
200.000
220
kcal/h
240 kW
FUEL SUPPLY
GAS TRAINS The burners are set for fuel supply from either the right or left hand sides. Depending on the gas output and the available pressure in the supply line, you should check the correct gas train to be adapted to the system requirements. The gas train is Multibloc type, containing the main components in a single unit and it can be fitted with the valves seal control (as accessory).
MBZRDLE 405 - 407 - 410
L1
L
MULTIBLOC 8
4 6 7 2
1
P2
3
P1
9
5 11
1
Gas delivery pipe
2
Manual valve
3
Vibration damping joint
4
Gas pressure gauge
5
Filter
6
Gas pressure switch
7
Safety solenoid
8
Adjustment solenoid 1st and 2nd stage: firing delivery adjustment (rapid opening) maximum delivery adjustment (slow opening)
9
Pressure regulator
12
10 Leak detection control device for valves 7 and 8 (accessory)
10 LEAK DETECTION CONTROL DEVICE
11 Gas train-burner adapter 12 Burner P1 Combustion head pressure P2 Upstream pressure from the filter L
Gas train supplied separately
L1 To be performed by the installer
Y Øo
W
The dimensions of the gas trains vary depending on their construction features. The following table shows the dimensions of the gas trains that can be fitted to Riello 40 FSD burners, intake diameter and the coupling flange to the burner.
Øi X
Z
MULTIBLOC
Name
Code
Øi
Øo
X mm
Y mm
W mm
Z mm
MBZRDLE 405
3970555
Rp 1/2”
Rp 1/2”
321
256
46
120
MBZRDLE 407
3970556
Rp 3/4”
Rp 3/4”
371
256
46
120
MBZRDLE 410
3970557
Rp 3/4”
Rp 3/4”
405
315
55
145
PRESSURE DROP DIAGRAMS The diagrams indicate the minimum pressure drop of the burners with the various gas trains that can be combined with them; the value thus calculated represents the minimum required input pressure to the gas train. NATURAL GAS
LPG FS5D G25 22
16
LPG ∆P
20 14
18
12
16 14
10 12 8
05
LE 4
ZRD
MB
10 8
6
16
14
combustion head + gas train combustion head
combustion head + gas train combustion head
∆P
mbar
G20
mbar
FS5D
12
10
8
05
LE 4
D BZR
6
M
6 4
Pressure loss
4 2
2 0
0 30
20
10,4
20
12
40
Gas train
Code
Terminal block
MBZRDLE 405 3970555
2
0
49,8 kcal/h x 1000
58
30
20
10,4
60 kW
50
40
30
Pressure loss
4
20
12
58
•
LPG G25 45
∆P
mbar
FS20D
G20 35
40
30
35 25 30 20
25
7 40 LE D ZR MB
15
10
E4
DL
ZR MB
20 15
LPG 35
30
combustion head + gas train combustion head
mbar
60 kW
50
Plug and socket
FS20D
combustion head + gas train combustion head
49,8 kcal/h x 1000
40
30
NATURAL GAS
∆P
40
10
25
20
LE
RD
Z MB 15
10
LE 4
ZRD
MB
7 40
10
5
5 0
0 40 60 49,9
40
60 58
80
Gas train
80
100
100
120
Code
120
140
140
160
160
180
Pressure loss
Pressure loss
10 5
0
180
40
199,5 kcal/h x 1000
200
220 kW 232
Output kW
Terminal block
MBZRDLE 407 3970556
≤ 180 (*)
•
MBZRDLE 410 3970557
-
•
40
49,9
60
60 58
Plug and socket
(*) With natural gas.
note For pressure levels different from those indicated above,
please contact Riello Burners Technical Office.
80
80
100
100
120
120
140
140
160
160
180
180
199,5 kcal/h x 1000
200
220 kW 232
DIMENSIONING OF THE FUEL SUPPLY LINES The following diagram enables pressure drop in a pre-existing gas line to be calculated and to select the correct gas train. The diagram can also be used to select a new gas line when fuel output and pipe length are known. The pipe diameter is selected on the basis of the desired pressure drop. The diagram uses methane gas as reference; if another gas is used, conversion coefficient and a simple formula (on the diagram) transform the gas output to a methane equivalent (refer to figure A). Please note that the gas train dimensions must take into account the back pressure of the combustion chamber during operations. Control of the pressure drop in an existing gas line or selecting a new gas supply line. The methane output equivalent is determined by the formula fig. A on the diagram and the conversion coefficient. Once the equivalent output has been determined on the delivery scale ( V ), shown at the top of the diagram, move vertically downwards until you cross the line that represents the pipe diameter; at this point, move horizontally to the left until you meet the line that represents the pipe length. Once this point is established you can verify, by moving vertically downwards, the pipe pressure drop of on the botton scale below (mbar). By subtracting this value from the pressure measured on the gas meter, the correct pressure value will be found for the choice of gas train. Example:
- gas used - gas output - pressure at the gas meter - gas line length - conversion coefficient
- equivalent methane output V =
G25 9.51 mc/h 20 mbar 15 m 0.62 (see figure A)
9.51 0.62
= 15.34 mc/h
- once the value of 15.34 has been identified on the output scale ( V ), moving vertically downwards you cross the line that represents 1" 1/4 (the chosen diameter for the piping); - from this point, move horizontally to the left until you meet the line that represents the length of 15 m of the piping; - move vertically downwards to determine a value of 1.4 mbar in the pressure drop botton scale; - subtract the determined pressure drop from the meter pressure, the correct pressure level will be found for the choice of gas train; - correct pressure = ( 20-1.4 ) = 18.6 mbar
30 22 15 12 9 6
V
45 61 76 95 122 152 1
2
10
20
3
4
15,34
5 6 7 8 10
30 40 50 60
20
80 100
200
400
600 800 1000
3
6"
PIP
EL
EN
GT
4"
H(
m)
2"
4
1 - G20 0,62 - G25 1,18 - G31
2
Figure A 0,1
0,2
PIPE DIAMETER 0,3
0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 1
PRESSURE DROP (mbar)
1,4
2
3
4
5
6
2 1/
3/
{
=
1/
f
1"
f
3"
2"
2 1/ 1" 4 1/ 1"
V = Gas output Nmc/h
VENTILATION The different ventilation circuits always ensure low noise levels with high performance of pressure and air delivery, inspite of their compact size. The burners are fitted with an adjustable air pressure switch, conforming to EN 676 standards.
Air suction
Air pressure switch
COMBUSTION HEAD
The combustion head in Riello 40 FSD burners is the result of an innovative design, which allows combustion with low polluting emissions, while being easy to adapt to all the various types of boilers and combustion chambers. Simple adjustment allows the internal geometry of the combustion head to be adapted to the burner output.
Combustion head
Flange
Combustion chamber dimensions used in the test laboratory Ø cm d=25
d=40
d=30
d=50
1,6
Ø
1 0,8 0,6 L(m) 0,5 0,4 0,3
L
0,2 L (m) = 0,23 x 0,1 Mcal/h 10 kW 10
2 20
3 30
4
5
40 50
With simple adjustments, the burner can be adapted to combustion chambers that are slightly different from those used in the tests.
100 100
20 200
30
kW 10
40
300 400 500
Example: burnt thermal delivery = 105 kW; L (m) = 0,23 x 10,5 = 0,74 (m); Ø = 40 (cm)
ADJUSTMENT
BURNER OPERATION MODE All these models are two stage operation.
Checked Variable
“Two stage” operation °C bar 1°st 2°st
Output
time ON
ON
OFF
OFF time
Air damper adjustment
Air damper partially open
Air damper completely open
IGNITION FS5D Normal
Lock-out due to ignition failure
(A)
TR
(A) Lock-out is shown by a led on the appliance.
M Ignition transformer
Correct operation for FS5D model 0s The burner begins the ignition cycle 0s-35s Pre-purge with the air damper open 35s Ignition.
V1
1 V2 2
Lock-out due to ignition failure If the flame does not light within the safety limit (5s) the burner locks-out.
Lock-out
5 ÷ 25 s
30 s min
30 s min
3 s max
3 s max Time (s)
Time (s)
FS20D Normal
Lock-out due to ignition failure
(A)
TR M Ignition transformer V1
1 V2
Correct operation for FS20D model 0s The burner begins the ignition cycle 0s-5s Safety time 5s-69s Pre-purge with the air damper open 69s-71s Ignition 1st stage 79s Ignition 2nd stage. Lock-out due to ignition failure If the flame does not light within the safety limit (~2s) the burner locks-out.
2
Lock-out
5s
64 s
10 s 2 s max
time (s)
5s
64 s
2 s max
time (s)
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS to be made by the installer
Electrical connections must be made by qualified and skilled personnel in conformity with the local regulations in force. The models are fitted with terminal block for all the electrical connections.
FS20D control box and separated ignition transformer
FS5D control box with integrated ignition transformer
“TWO STAGE” OPERATION FS5D 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 TS SB TR TS T2 VS V1 V2 P F
- Lock out led - Regulating thermostat - Safety thermostat (manual reset) - Two stage thermostat - Security valve - One stage valve - Two stage valve - Gas pressure switch - Fuse
SB
T2
F
1 2 3
TR
PE L N 230V ~ 50Hz
Grey
P GAS
1 2 3 VS
Black
V1
V2
FS20D 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 SB TR TS T2 VS V1 V2 P F
F L
A mm2
F = Fuse
FS5D
TR
PE L N 230V ~ 50Hz
FS20D
230V
230V
6 1
6A 1
L = Lead section
SB F
The following table shows the supply lead sections and types of fuse to be used. Model
T2
TS
- Lock out led - Regulating thermostat - Safety thermostat (manual reset) - Two stage thermostat - Security valve - One stage valve - Two stage valve - Gas pressure switch - Fuse
1 2 3
Grey
P GAS
1 2 3 VS
Black
V1
V2
EMISSIONS
mg/kWh
The emission data have been measured in the various models at maximum output, in conformity with EN 676 standard.
130
NO2 EMISSIONS
120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50
mg/kWh
FS5D
35
FS20D
CO EMISSIONS
30 25 20 15 10
dB(A)
FS5D
74 72
FS20D
NOISE EMISSIONS (sound pressure)
70 68 66 64 62 60 58 56 FS5D
FS20D
OVERALL DIMENSIONS (mm)
These models are distinguished by their reduced size, in relation to the outputs achieved, which means they can be fitted to any boiler actually on the market.
BURNERS A
G
H
B
I C
M
L
D E Reduction nipple
N
F
O
Model
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
L
M
N
O
FS5D FS20D
272 350
170 238
233 298
Rp 3/4 Rp 3/4
28 33
65 -
100 120
295 389
91 125
138 152
180 230
Rp 1/2 -
48 67
BURNER-BOILER MOUNTING FLANGE FS5D
FS20D P
P
45°
45°
45°
45° 11
Q
10
P
Q
R
S
T
FS5D FS20D
170 170
140 170
155
200
130 -
Model
X
Y
Z
kg
FS5D FS20D
435 525
345 525
315 365
10 20
R
Q
Model
S
T
PACKAGING
Z Y X
INSTALLATION DESCRIPTION
Installation, start up and maintenance must be carried out by qualified and skilled personnel. All operations must be performed as described in the technical handbook supplied with the burner. The burner is set in the factory on standard calibration (minimum output). If necessary adjustments can be made on the basis of the maximum output of the boiler.
BURNER SETTINGS The air damper position is easy to set.
Head setting is easy and aided by a graduated scale; a test point allows reading the air pressure in the combustion head.
Riello 40 FSD burners are fitted with an air pressure switch which, in accordance with EN 676 standards, can be adjusted by the installer using a graduated selector, on the basis of the effective working conditions.
MAINTENANCE The maintenance position is easily carried out by hinge that joins the body of burner to the flange.
BURNER ACCESSORIES
Extended head kit “Standard head” burners can be transformed into “extended head” versions by using the special kit. Below the KITS available for the various burners are listed, showing the original and the extended lengths.
Combustion head extension kit Burner
Standard head length (mm)
Extended head length (mm)
Kit code
FS5D FS20D
100 120
125 280
3000820 3000873
End cone with turbulator disk End cone with turbulator disk Burner
Projection
Kit code
FS5D FS20D
+15 +23
3000916 3000919
Town gas kit Town gas kit Burner
Kit code
FS5D FS20D
3000889 3000893
LPG kit For burning LPG gas, a special kit is available to be fitted to the combustion head on the burner, as shown in the following table: LPG kit Burner
Kit code
FS5D FS20D
3000882 3000886
Seal control kit To test the valve seals on the gas train a special "seal control kit" is available.
Seal control kit Burner
Kit code
FS5D - FS20D
3010123
SPECIFICATION
A special index guides your choice of boiler from the various models available in the Riello 40 FSD series. Below is a clear and detailed specification description of the product.
DESIGNATION OF SERIES Series: F
Fuel :
Natural gas
Size
Optional variations: D Two-stage output adjustment
F
S
5
D
AVAILABLE BURNER MODELS FS5D FS20D
12/23 ÷ 58 58/81 ÷ 232
kW kW
SPECIFICATION DESCRIPTION
Burner Monoblock, gas burners, completely automatic, with two stage settings fitted with: - Fan with forward inclined blades - Metallic cover - Air damper, completely closed in stand by, driven by an electric servomotor - Air damper with 1st and 2nd stage adjustement - Single phase electric motor 230 V, 50 Hz - Combustion head fitted with: - stainless steel head cone, resistant to high temperatures - ignition electrodes - ionisation probe - gas distributor - flame stability disk - Adjustable air pressure switch, with graduated selector, to guarantee burner lock out in the case of insufficient combustible air - Protection filter against radio interference - IP 40 electric protection level.
Gas train Fuel supply line in the Multibloc configuration, fitted with: - Filter - Pressure stabiliser - Minimum gas pressure switch - Safety valve - Two stage working valve with ignition gas output regulator.
Burner and gas train assembled Approval: - EN 676 standard. Conforming to: - 90/396/EEC (gas) - 73/23/EEC (low voltage) - 89/336/EEC (electromagnetic compatibility) - 92/42/EEC (performance) - 98/37/EEC (machines). Standard equipment: - Flange insulation screen - Screws and nuts for fixing the flange to the boiler - Instruction handbook for installation, use and maintenance - Spare parts catalogue - Hinge - Grommet. Available accessories to be ordered separately: - Remote release kit - Extended head kit - LPG kit - Seal control kit - Alternative combustion head kit - Town gas kit.
Lineagrafica
RIELLO S.p.A.
ISO 9001 Cert. n. 0061
- Via degli Alpini, 1 - 37045 LEGNAGO (VR) Italy Tel. ++39.0442630111 - Fax ++39.044221980 Internet: http://www.rielloburners.com - E-mail:
[email protected] Since the Company is constantly engaged in the production improvement, the aesthetic and dimensional features, the technical data, the equipment and the accessories can be changed. This document contains confidential and proprietary information of RIELLO S.p.A. Unless authorised, this information shall not be divulged, nor duplicated in whole or in part.
TWO STAGE GAS BURNERS RIELLO 40 GSD SERIES
GS10D GS20D
29/41 ÷ 106 kW 58/81 ÷ 210 kW
The Riello 40 GSD series of two stage gas burners, is a complete range of products developed to respond to any request for home heating. The Riello 40 GSD series is available in two different models, whit an output ranging from 29 to 210 kW, divided in two different structures. All the models use the same components designed by Riello for the Riello 40 GSD series. The high quality level guarantees safe working. In developing these burners, special attention was paid to reducing noise, to the ease of installation and adjustment, to obtaining the smallest size possible to fit into any sort of boiler available on the market. All the models are approved by the EN 676 European Standard and conform to European Directives for EMC, Low Voltage, Machinery and Boiler Efficiency. All the Riello 40 GSD burners are tested before leaving the factory.
TS0026UK00
TECHNICAL DATA
Model
GS10D
GS20D Two stage
Setting
Servomotor
BERGER
type
13
run time
Heat
kW
29/41 - 106
58/81 - 210
output
Mcal/h
25/35 - 91
50/70 - 180,6
Working temperature
°C min./max.
0 /40
Electrical data
Fuel / air data
Net calorific value G20 gas kWh/Nm3 G20 gas density
kg/Nm3
G20 gas output
Nm3/h
10 0,71 2,9/4,1 - 10,6
Net calorific value G25 gas kWh/Nm3 G25 gas density
kg/Nm3
G25 gas output
Nm3/h
0,78 3,4/4,8 - 12,3
Net calorific value LPG gas kWh/Nm3
6,7-9,4 - 24,4 25,8
LPG gas density
kg/Nm3
LPG gas output
Nm3/h
Fan
type
Air temperature
max. °C
40
Electrical supply
Ph/Hz/V
1/50/230 ±10%
Aux. electrical supply
Ph/Hz/V
Control box
type
Total electrical power
kW
Protection level
IP
Motor electrical power
kW
0,09
0,15
Rated motor current
A
0,7
1,4
Motor start current
A
4
Motor protection level
IP
2,02 1,1/1,6 - 4,1
2,2/3,1 - 8,1 forward tilted blades
-509 SE 0,13
0,25 40
7,5 20
separated from the control box
Ignition transformer
intermittent (at least one halt every 24 h)
Operation Approval Emissions
5,8/8,1 - 21 8,6
Sound pressure
dB(A)
CO Emissions
mg/kWh
NOx Emissions
mg/kWh
65
Directives Conforming to Certifications
72 <40 ≤120 90/396/EEC, 89/336/EEC, 73/23/EEC, 98/37/EEC EN 676 CE-0063AP6680
Reference conditions: Temperature: 20 °C Pressure: 1013.5 mbar Altitude: 100 m a.s.l. Noise was measured in the boiler room behind the burner at a distance of 1 meter.
Since the Company is constantly engaged in the production improvement, the aesthetic and dimensional features, the technical data, the equipment and the accessories can be changed. This document contains confidential and proprietary information of RIELLO S.p.A. Unless authorised, this information shall not be divulged, nor duplicated in whole or in part.
FIRING RATES
30
3
25
2,5
GS10D
15
1,5
10
1
5
0,5
0
hPa (mbar)
2
mm H2O
20
0 20.000
40.000
20
60
40
60.000
60
80.000
80
120.000 kcal/h
100.000
100
140 kW
120
6
GS20D
40
4
30
3
20
2
10
1
0
hPa (mbar)
5
mm H2O
50
0 20.000
40.000
40
60.000
60
80.000
80
Useful working field for choosing the burner 1st stage operating rate Test conditions conforming to EN 676 standards: Temperature: 20 °C Pressure: 1013.5 mbar Altitude: 100 m a.s.l.
100.000
100
120
120.000
140
140.000
160
160.000
180
180.000
200
kcal/h
220 kW
FUEL SUPPLY
GAS TRAINS The burners are set for fuel supply from either the right or left hand sides. Depending on the gas output and the available pressure in the supply line, you should check the correct gas train to be adapted to the system requirements. The gas train is Multibloc type, containing the main components in a single unit and it can be fitted with the valves seal control (as accessory).
MBZRDLE 405 - 407 - 410
L1
L
MULTIBLOC
4
P1
6 7 2
1
P2
3
9
8
5 11
1
Gas delivery pipe
2
Manual valve
3
Vibration damping joint
4
Gas pressure gauge
5
Filter
6
Gas pressure switch
7
Safety solenoid
8
Adjustment solenoid 1st and 2nd stage: firing delivery adjustment (rapid opening) maximum delivery adjustment (slow opening)
9
Pressure regulator
12
10 Leak detection control device for valves 7 and 8 (accessory)
10 LEAK DETECTION CONTROL DEVICE
11 Gas train-burner adapter 12 Burner P1 Combustion head pressure P2 Upstream pressure from the filter L
Gas train supplied separately
L1 To be performed by the installer
Y Øo
W
The dimensions of the gas trains vary depending on their construction features. The following table shows the dimensions of the gas trains that can be fitted to Riello 40 GSD burners, intake diameter and the coupling flange to the burner.
Øi X
Z
MULTIBLOC
Name
Code
Øi
Øo
X mm
Y mm
W mm
Z mm
MBZRDLE 405
3970084
Rp 1/2”
Rp 1/2”
321
256
46
120
MBZRDLE 407
3970537
Rp 3/4”
Rp 3/4”
371
256
46
120
MBZRDLE 407
3970556
Rp 3/4”
Rp 3/4”
371
256
46
120
MBZRDLE 410
3970534
Rp 3/4”
Rp 3/4”
405
315
55
145
MBZRDLE 410
3970557
Rp 3/4”
Rp 3/4”
405
315
55
145
PRESSURE DROP DIAGRAMS The diagrams indicate the minimum pressure drop of the burners with the various gas trains that can be combined with them; the value thus calculated represents the minimum required input pressure to the gas train. NATURAL GAS
LPG GS10D ∆P
10
8
6
6 4
M
combustion head + gas train combustion head
RD LE 4
M
05
BZ RD LE
10 12
BZ
8
LPG
14
M
combustion head + gas train combustion head
10
12
M BZ BZ RD RD LE LE 40 40 5 7
G25 mbar
G20 12
40 7
∆P
mbar
GS10D
8
6
4
2
2
0
0 10
25 30
40
10
50
60
50
70
80
70
Code
Plug and socket
MBZRDLE 405 3970084
≤ 80 (*)
•
MBZRDLE 407 3970537
-
•
0 10
110 106 kW
10
90
Output kW
2
91,2 kcal/h X 1000
29
Gas train
Pressure loss
Pressure loss
4
25 30
40
50
50
60
70
80
70
90
29
91,2 kcal/h X 1000
110 106 kW
(*) With natural gas.
NATURAL GAS
LPG G25 45 40 35
25 30 20
25
E DL ZR MB
15
7 40
20
10
E4
DL BZR
5
5 0
0
40
80
80
100
100
120
120
140
140
160
58
Gas train
Code
MBZRDLE 407 3970537 MBZRDLE 410 3970534
160
180
20
180,6 200 kcal/h x 1000
200 220 210
Output kW
Plug and socket
≤ 180 (*)
•
kW
M
ZR MB
DLE
410
5
0 40 50 60
40
80
80 58
•
(*) With natural gas.
note For pressure levels different from those indicated above,
please contact Riello Burners Technical Office.
07
E4
DL
R BZ
15
10 10
40 50 60
25
15
M
10
LPG 35
30
combustion head + gas train combustion head
combustion head + gas train combustion head
30
Pressure loss
∆P
mbar
GS20D
G20 35
Pressure loss
∆P
mbar
GS20D
100
100
120
120
140
140
160
160
180
180,6 200 kcal/h x 1000
200 220 210
kW
DIMENSIONING OF THE FUEL SUPPLY LINES The following diagram enables pressure drop in a pre-existing gas line to be calculated and to select the correct gas train. The diagram can also be used to select a new gas line when fuel output and pipe length are known. The pipe diameter is selected on the basis of the desired pressure drop. The diagram uses methane gas as reference; if another gas is used, conversion coefficient and a simple formula (on the diagram) transform the gas output to a methane equivalent (refer to figure A). Please note that the gas train dimensions must take into account the back pressure of the combustion chamber during operations. Control of the pressure drop in an existing gas line or selecting a new gas supply line. The methane output equivalent is determined by the formula fig. A on the diagram and the conversion coefficient. Once the equivalent output has been determined on the delivery scale ( V ), shown at the top of the diagram, move vertically downwards until you cross the line that represents the pipe diameter; at this point, move horizontally to the left until you meet the line that represents the pipe length. Once this point is established you can verify, by moving vertically downwards, the pipe pressure drop of on the botton scale below (mbar). By subtracting this value from the pressure measured on the gas meter, the correct pressure value will be found for the choice of gas train. Example:
- gas used - gas output - pressure at the gas meter - gas line length - conversion coefficient
- equivalent methane output V =
G25 9.51 mc/h 20 mbar 15 m 0.62 (see figure A)
9.51 0.62
= 15.34 mc/h
- once the value of 15.34 has been identified on the output scale ( V ), moving vertically downwards you cross the line that represents 1" 1/4 (the chosen diameter for the piping); - from this point, move horizontally to the left until you meet the line that represents the length of 15 m of the piping; - move vertically downwards to determine a value of 1.4 mbar in the pressure drop botton scale; - subtract the determined pressure drop from the meter pressure, the correct pressure level will be found for the choice of gas train; - correct pressure = ( 20-1.4 ) = 18.6 mbar
30 22 15 12 9 6
V
45 61 76 95 122 152 1
2
10
20
3
4
15,34
5 6 7 8 10
30 40 50 60
20
80 100
200
400
600 800 1000
3
6"
PIP
EL
EN
GT
4"
H(
m)
2"
4
1 - G20 0,62 - G25 1,18 - G31
2
Figure A 0,1
0,2
PIPE DIAMETER 0,3
0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 1
PRESSURE DROP (mbar)
1,4
2
3
4
5
6
2 1/
3/
{
=
1/
f
1"
f
3"
2"
2 1/ 1" 4 1/ 1"
V = Gas output Nmc/h
VENTILATION The different ventilation circuits always ensure low noise levels with high performance of pressure and air delivery, inspite of their compact size. The burners are fitted with an adjustable air pressure switch, conforming to EN 676 standards.
Air suction
Air pressure switch
COMBUSTION HEAD
The combustion head in Riello 40 GSD burners is the result of an innovative design, which allows combustion with low polluting emissions, while being easy to adapt to all the various types of boilers and combustion chambers.
Simple adjustment allows the internal geometry of the combustion head to be adapted to the burner output. Combustion head
Flange
Combustion chamber dimensions used in the test laboratory Ø cm d=25
d=40
d=30
d=50
1,6
Ø
1 0,8 0,6 L(m) 0,5 0,4 0,3
L
0,2 L (m) = 0,23 x 0,1 Mcal/h 10 kW 10
2 20
3 30
4
5
40 50
With simple adjustments, the burner can be adapted to combustion chambers that are slightly different from those used in the tests.
100 100
20 200
30
kW 10
40
300 400 500
Example: burnt thermal delivery = 105 kW; L (m) = 0,23 x 10,5 = 0,74 (m); Ø = 40 (cm)
ADJUSTMENT
BURNER OPERATION MODE All these models are two stage operation. The Riello 40 GSD series of two stage burners allows operating at both full and reduced output, with consequent reduction in turning the burner on and off, their giving better performance to the boiler. During stand-by, the air damper is completely closed (controlled by an electric servomotor) and prevents heat loss due to the flue draught.
Checked Variable
“Two stage” operation °C bar 1°st 2°st
Output
time ON
ON
OFF
OFF time
Air damper adjustment
IGNITION Normal
Lock-out due to ignition failure
(A)
TR M Ignition transformer V1
1 V2 2
Lock-out
5s
64 s
10 s 2 s max
5s
64 s
2 s max
time (s)
time (s)
(A) Lock-out is shown by a led on the appliance. Correct operation 0s The burner begins the ignition cycle 0s-5s Safety time 5s-69s Pre-purge with the air damper open 69s-71s Ignition 1st stage 79s Ignition 2nd stage. Lock-out due to ignition failure If the 1st stage flame does not light within the safety limit (~2s) the burner locks-out.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS to be made by the installer
Electrical connections must be made by qualified and skilled personnel in conformity with the local regulations in force. The 7-pole socket, the 4-pole socket (for connecting the 2nd stage thermostat and the hour meter) and the 6-pole socket (for connection to the gas train) are connected to the equipement and fixed into the burner. The 7 and 4-pin plugs are supplied for connection to the boiler.
Appliance fitted with 7-pole, 6-pole and 4-pole sockets
“TWO STAGE” OPERATION GS10D - GS20D
Burner electrical wiring L
~ 50Hz
N
Gas train electrical wiring
230V
Gas
V2
P Grey
3 2 1
Black
3 2 1
Neutral
F
VS
V1
TS
TR
SB
h1 6-pole socket 6-pin plug
7-pin plug
L1
N T1 T2 S3 B4
7-pole socket
h2
Ph
N 1 2 3
T2 (*) 4-pin plug
(*) Connect 2nd stage thermostat between clamps T6 and T8 removing the bridge.
B5 T6 T7 T8 4-pole socket
The following table shows the supply lead sections and types of fuse to be used.
Model
F L
A mm2
F = Fuse
h1 - One stage counter hours (230V 0,1A max.) h2 - Two stage counter hours (230V 0,1A max.) SB - Remote lock out signal (230V 0,1A max.) TR - Regulating thermostat TS - Safety thermostat (manual reset) T2 - Two stage thermostat VS - Safety valve V1 - One stage valve V2 - Two stage valve P - Gas pressure switch F - Fuse
GS10D
GS20D
230V
230V
6 1
T6 1
L = Lead section
EMISSIONS
mg/kWh
The emission data have been measured in the various models at maximum output, in conformity with EN 676 standard.
130
NO2 EMISSIONS
120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50
mg/kWh
GS10D
35
GS20D
CO EMISSIONS
30 25 20 15 10
dB(A)
GS10D
74 72
GS20D
NOISE EMISSIONS (sound pressure)
70 68 66 64 62 60 58 56 GS10D
GS20D
Special attention has been paid to noise reduction. All models are fitted with soundproofing material inside the cover.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS (mm)
These models are distinguished by their reduced size, in relation to the outputs achieved, which means they can be fitted to any boiler actually on the market.
BURNERS A
F
B
G
H C
L
I
D M
E
Model
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
L
M
GS10D GS20D
305 350
95 95
262 298
Rp 3/4” Rp 3/4”
33 33
110 120
347 389
105 125
142 152
204 230
61 67
Model
N
O
P
Q
R
GS10D GS20D
185 170
160 170
155
200
130 -
Model
X
Y
Z
kg
GS10D GS20D
485 525
473 525
320 365
16 21
BURNER-BOILER MOUNTING FLANGE GS10D
GS20D
N
N
45°
45°
45°
45° 11
11
O
O
Q
P
R
PACKAGING
Z Y X
INSTALLATION DESCRIPTION
Installation, start up and maintenance must be carried out by qualified and skilled personnel. All operations must be performed as described in the technical handbook supplied with the burner. The burner is set in the factory on standard calibration (minimum output). If necessary adjustments can be made on the basis of the maximum output of the boiler.
BURNER SETTINGS The air damper position can be adjusted without removing the burner cover.
Head setting is easy and aided by a graduated scale; a test point allows reading the air pressure in the combustion head.
Riello 40 GSD burners are fitted with an air pressure switch which, in accordance with EN 676 standards, can be adjusted by the installer using a graduated selector, on the basis of the effective working conditions.
MAINTENANCE The maintenance position is easily carried out by hinge that joins the body of burner to the flange.
BURNER ACCESSORIES
Extended head kit “Standard head” burners can be transformed into “extended head” versions by using the special kit. Below the KITS available for the various burners are listed, showing the original and the extended lengths. Combustion head extension kit Burner
Standard head length (mm)
Extended head length (mm)
Kit code
GS10D GS20D
110 120
170 280
3000864 3000873
End cone with turbulator disk End cone with turbulator disk Burner
Projection
Code
GS10D GS20D
+18 +23
3000918 3000919
Town gas kit Town gas transformation kit Burner
Kit code
GS10D GS20D
3000891 3000893
Seal control kit To test the valve seals on the gas train, a special “seal control kit” is available. Seal control kit Burner
Kit code
GS10D - GS20D
3010123
LPG kit For burning LPG gas, a special kit is available to be fitted to the combustion head on the burner, as shown in the following table: LPG kit Burner
Kit code
GS10D GS20D
3000884 3000886
SPECIFICATION
A special index guides your choice of boiler from the various models available in the Riello 40 GSD series. Below is a clear and detailed specification description of the product.
DESIGNATION OF SERIES Series:
G
Fuel :
S
Natural gas
Size
Optional variation:
G
S
10
D
AVAILABLE BURNER MODELS GS10D GS20D
29/41 ÷ 106 kW 58/81 ÷ 210 kW
D
Two stage output adjustment
SPECIFICATION DESCRIPTION
Burner Monoblock, gas burners, completely automatic, with two stage settings fitted with: - Fan with forward inclined blades - Cover lined with sound-deadening material - Air damper, completely closed in stand by, driven by an electric servomotor - Air damper with 1st and 2nd stage adjustement - Single phase electric motor 230 V, 50 Hz - Combustion head fitted with: - stainless steel head cone, resistant to high temperatures - ignition electrodes - ionisation probe - gas distributor - flame stability disk - Adjustable air pressure switch, with graduated selector, to guarantee burner lock out in the case of insufficient combustible air - Protection filter against radio interference - IP 40 electric protection level.
Gas train Fuel supply line in the Multibloc configuration, fitted with: - Filter - Pressure stabiliser - Minimum gas pressure switch - Safety valve - Two stage working valve with ignition gas output regulator.
Burner and gas train assembled Approval: - EN 676 standard. Conforming to: - 90/396/EEC (gas) - 73/23/EEC (low voltage) - 89/336/EEC (electromagnetic compatibility) - 92/42/EEC (performance) - 98/37/EEC (machines). Standard equipment: - Flange insulation screen - Screws and nuts for fixing the flange to the boiler - 7-pole socket - 4-pole socket - Hinge - Grommet - Instruction handbook for installation, use and maintenance - Spare parts catalogue. Available accessories to be ordered separately: - Extended head kit - LPG kit - Seal control kit - Alternative combustion head kit - Town gas kit.
Lineagrafica
RIELLO S.p.A.
ISO 9001 Cert. n. 0061
- Via degli Alpini, 1 - 37045 LEGNAGO (VR) Italy Tel. ++39.0442630111 - Fax ++39.044221980 Internet: http://www.rielloburners.com - E-mail:
[email protected] Since the Company is constantly engaged in the production improvement, the aesthetic and dimensional features, the technical data, the equipment and the accessories can be changed. This document contains confidential and proprietary information of RIELLO S.p.A. Unless authorised, this information shall not be divulged, nor duplicated in whole or in part.
TWO-STAGE PROGRESSIVE AND MODULATING GAS BURNERS RIELLO 40 GS/M SERIES
GS 10/M GS 20/M
22/42 ÷ 106,0 kW 43/82 ÷ 192,4 kW
The Riello 40 GS/M series of two stage progressive or modulating gas burners, is a complete range of products developed to respond to any request of gas burners for hot air generator according to PrEN 1020. These new models complete the Riello 40 gas series which prides itself on many years of experience in all the world in the field of residential heating and soft industrial applications. This series of burners is available in two different models with an output ranging from 22 to 192,4 kW, divided in two different structures. Basic version of these models has two stage progressive operation. A simple modification, adding a component, permits obtaining modulating operation with a rate 1 : 4. The burners are supplied air fuel ratio control gas trains. This more advanced version can better satisfy market needs for applications where modulation is requested to obtain highest plant efficiency. In developing these burners, special attention was paid to the ease of installation and adjustment, to maintaining the smallest size possible and obtaining high performance for modulating operation to fit into any sort of application available on the market. All the models are approved by the EN 676 European Standard and they conform to European Directives: Gas Appliances, EMC, Low Voltage, Machinery and Boiler Efficiency. TS0011UK01
TECHNICAL DATA
Model
GS 10/M
Setting
Servomotor
Modulating (with regulator and probes accessories)
type
SQN 70
run time
Heat output
30 s kW Mcal/h
22/42÷106
43/82÷192,4
18,9/36,1÷91,16
37/70,5÷165,5
Fuel / air data
Working temperature °C min./max.
0 - 40
Net calorific value G20 gas
kWh/Nm3
10
kcal/Nm3
8.600
G20 gas density
kg/Nm3
G20 gas delivery
Nm3/h
Net calorific value LPG gas
LPG gas density
0,71 2,2/4,2÷10,6
kWh/Nm3 kcal/Nm3
10
kg/Nm3
LPG gas delivery
Nm3/h
Fan
type
Air temperature
max °C
Electrical supply
Ph/Hz/V
Control box
2,019 0,85/1,63÷4,11
Electrical data
Rated total current
A
Protection level
IP
Motor supply
Nfasi/V/Hz
Motor electrical power kW
60 1/230/50 (±10%) 1/230/50 LMG 22 0,130
0,25
0,8
1 40 1/230/50 (±10%)
0,09
0,15 0,95
Rated motor current
A
0,75
Motor start current
A
2,25
2,85
Motor protection level IP
20
Aux. electrical power kW
0,04
Auxiliary rated current A
0,5 230V - 1x15 kV
Ignition transformer
0.2A - 25mA
Operation
Intermittent
Sound pressure
dB(A)
65
Sound output
W
--
CO emissions
mg/kWh
NOx emissions
mg/kWh
Directives
1,67/3,18÷7,46 Forward blades
type
Total electrical power kW
4,3/8,2÷19,24 25,8
Aux. electrical supply Ph/Hz/V
Approval Emissions
GS 20/M
72 -15 90/396/EEC, 89/336/EEC, 73/23/EEC, 92/42/EEC
Conforming to: Certifications
EN 676 CE-0085AU2367
Reference conditions: Temperature: 20 °C Pressure: 1013.5 mbar Altitude: 100 m a.s.l. Noise was measured in the boiler room behind the burner at a distance of 1 meter.
Since the Company is constantly engaged in the production improvement, the aesthetic and dimensional features, the technical data, the equipment and the accessories can be changed. This document contains confidential and proprietary information of RIELLO S.p.A. Unless authorised, this information shall not be divulged, nor duplicated in whole or in part.
FIRING RATES
60
6
50
5
40
4
30
3
20
2
10
1
0
hPa (mbar)
mm H2O
GS 10/M
0 20.000
40.000
20
60
6
50
5
40
4
30
3
20
2
10
1
60.000
40
60
80.000
80
100.000
100
120.000 kcal/h
120
140
kW
0
hPa (mbar)
mm H2O
GS 20/M
0 20.000
20
40.000
40
60.000
60
Useful working field for choosing the burner Modulation range Test conditions conforming to EN 676: Temperature: 20 °C Pressure: 1013.5 mbar Altitude: 100 m a.s.l.
80.000
80
100
100.000
120
120.000
140
140.000
160
160.000
180
200
180.000 kcal/h 220 kW
FUEL SUPPLY
GAS TRAINS The burners are set for fuel supply from either the right or left hand sides. Depending on the fuel output and the available pressure in the supply line, you should check the correct gas train to be adapted to the system requirements. The gas train is Multibloc type, containing the main components in a single unit. A valve seal control (as accessory) can be fitted to the Multibloc gas trains.
MB-VEF 407-412
L1
L MULTIBLOC
PL PF
4 6 7 2
1
3
P1
8 9
5
10
11
1
Gas inlet
2
Manual tip
3
Antivibrating joint
4
Gas pressure gauge
5
Gas filter
6
Min gas pressure switch
7
Safety gas valve
8
Gas valve
9
Gas regulator
10 Adapter 11 Burner PF Impulse line combustion chamber PL Impulse line combustion head P1 Gas pressure gauge L
Gas train to be ordered separately
L1 Supplied by the installer
The following table shows the dimensions of the gas trains which can be fitted to Riello 40 GS/M burners, intake diameter and the coupling flange to the burner.
Øo Y
Ø
X
Z
Name MULTIBLOC
Øo
Code
Øi
Øo
X mm
Y mm
Z mm
MB-VEF 407
3970535
Rp 3/4”
Rp 3/4”
430
230
120
MB-VEF 412
3970536
Rp 1”
Rp 3/4”
465
255
145
PRESSURE DROP DIAGRAMS The diagrams indicate the minimum pressure drop of the burners with the various gas trains that can be combined with them; the value thus calculated represents the minimum required input pressure to the gas train. NATURAL GAS
LPG
GS 10/M G25
∆P 12
LPG 10
mbar
mbar
∆P
GS 10/M
G20 10
8 10
6
M
F4 VE B-
07 8
6 4
combustion head + gas train combustion head
combustion head + gas train combustion head
8
M
B
EF -V
7 40
6
4
4
2
0
0
10
30
18,9
10
40
30
50
50
60
70
70
80
0
10
91,1 kcal/h X 1000
90
110 106 kW
22
Gas train
2
Pressure loss
Pressure loss
2
30
18,9
10
40
30
50
70
80
91,1 kcal/h X 1000
90
110 106 kW
22
NATURAL GAS
LPG GS 20/M G25 20
14 10 12 8
4 VEF MB-
14
12
10 8
6
07 F4 VE B M
12
combustion head + gas train combustion head
16
M
12
LPG 16
18
BVE F4 07
14
∆P
mbar
G20 16
mbar
70
3970535
GS 20/M
combustion head + gas train combustion head
60
Code
MB-VEF 407
∆P
50
10
-V MB
8
EF
41
2
6
6 4
4
2
2 0
0
30 37
30
43
50 60 70
50
Gas train
70
80
90 100 110 120 130 140 150
90
110
Code
130
150
170
Pressure loss
Pressure loss
4
165 180 kcal/h X 1000
192
210 kW
2
0
30 37
30
43
50 60 70
50
Output
MB-VEF 407
3970535
-
MB-VEF 412
3970536
≥ 120 kW*
* With natural gas.
note For pressure levels different from those indicated above,
please contact Riello Burners Technical Office.
70
80
90
90 100 110 120 130 140 150
110
130
150
170
165 180 kcal/h X 1000
192
210 kW
DIMENSIONING OF THE FUEL SUPPLY LINES The following diagram enables pressure drop in a pre-existing gas line to be calculated and to select the correct gas train. The diagram can also be used to select a new gas line when fuel output and pipe length are known. The pipe diameter is selected on the basis of the desired pressure drop. The diagram uses methane gas as reference; if another gas is used, conversion coefficient and a simple formula (on the diagram) transform the gas output to a methane equivalent (refer to figure A). Please note that the gas train dimensions must take into account the back pressure of the combustion chamber during operations. Control of the pressure drop in an existing gas line or selecting a new gas supply line. The methane output equivalent is determined by the formula fig. A on the diagram and the conversion coefficient. Once the equivalent output has been determined on the delivery scale ( V ), shown at the top of the diagram, move vertically downwards until you cross the line that represents the pipe diameter; at this point, move horizontally to the left until you meet the line that represents the pipe length. Once this point is established you can verify, by moving vertically downwards, the pipe pressure drop of on the botton scale below (mbar). By subtracting this value from the pressure measured on the gas meter, the correct pressure value will be found for the choice of gas train. Example:
- gas used - gas output - pressure at the gas meter - gas line length - conversion coefficient
- equivalent methane output V =
G25 9.51 mc/h 20 mbar 15 m 0.62 (see figure A)
9.51 0.62
= 15.34 mc/h
- once the value of 15.34 has been identified on the output scale ( V ), moving vertically downwards you cross the line that represents 1" 1/4 (the chosen diameter for the piping); - from this point, move horizontally to the left until you meet the line that represents the length of 15 m of the piping; - move vertically downwards to determine a value of 1.4 mbar in the pressure drop botton scale; - subtract the determined pressure drop from the meter pressure, the correct pressure level will be found for the choice of gas train; - correct pressure = ( 20-1.4 ) = 18.6 mbar
30 22 15 12 9 6
V
45 61 76 95 122 152 1
2
10
20
3
4
15,34
5 6 7 8 10
30 40 50 60
20
80 100
200
400
600 800 1000
3
6"
PIP
EL
EN
GT
4"
H(
m)
2"
4
1 - G20 0,62 - G25 1,18 - G31
2
Figure A 0,1
0,2
PIPE DIAMETER 0,3
0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 1
PRESSURE DROP (mbar)
1,4
2
3
4
5
6
2 1/
3/
{
=
1/
f
1"
f
3"
2"
2 1/ 1" 4 1/ 1"
V = Gas output Nmc/h
VENTILATION The different ventilation circuits always ensure low noise levels with high performance of pressure and air delivery, inspite of their compact size. The burners are fitted with an adjustable air pressure switch, conforming to EN 676 standards.
Air suction
Min and Max air pressure switches
COMBUSTION HEAD
The combustion head in Riello 40 GS/M Heater burners is the result of an innovative design, which allows combustion with low polluting emissions, while being easy to adapt to all the various types of boilers and combustion chambers. Simple adjustment allows the internal geometry of the combustion head to be adapted to the burner output.
Combustion head
Flange
Combustion chamber dimensions used in the test laboratory Ø cm d=25
d=40
d=30
d=50
1,6
Ø
1 0,8 0,6 L(m) 0,5 0,4 0,3
L
0,2 L (m) = 0,23 x 0,1 Mcal/h 10 kW 10
2 20
3 30
4
5
40 50
With simple adjustments, the burner can be adapted to combustion chambers that are slightly different from those used in the tests.
100 100
20 200
30
kW 10
40
300 400 500
Example: burnt thermal delivery = 105 kW; L (m) = 0,23 x 10,5 = 0,74 (m); Ø = 40 (cm)
ADJUSTMENT
BURNER OPERATION MODE All these models in standard version are two-stage progressive operation. Adding the output regulator device they are modulating operation. On “two-stage progressive” operation, the burner gradually adapts the output to the requested level, by varying between two pre-set levels (see figure A). On “modulating” operation, normally required in steam generators, in superheater boilers or diathermic oil burners, a specific regulator and probes are required. These are supplied as accessories that must be ordered separately. The burner can work for long periods at intermediate output levels (see figure B). “Modulating” operation Controlled variable
Controlled variable
“Two-stage progressive” operation °C bar
°C bar
time
time MAX
MAX
Output
Output
MIN
MIN
time
time
Figure A
Figure B
IGNITION Lock-out due to ignition failure TL TR M Air damper motor
2 1 0
Ignition transformer V1
2nd 1st
2,5 s
30 s
20 s
25 s
5s
11 s
3s
3 s max
time (s)
Correct operation 0s 0s-2,5s 2,5s-32,5s 32,5s-52,5s 52,5s-77,5s 77,5s-82,5s 82,5s-88,5s 85,5s 88,5s-99,5s 99,5s
The burner begins the ignition cycle. Safety time. Progressive open of the air damper until the 2nd stage position. Pre-purge at the 2nd stage. The air damper closes until 1st stage position. Pre-purge at the 1st stage. The ignition transformer starts. The solenoid opens. Ignition 1st stage. Ignition 2nd stage.
If the flame does not light within the safety limit (~3s) the burner locks-out. Lock-out is shown by a led on the appliance.
Air damper adjustment
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS to be made by the installer
Electrical connections must be made by qualified and skilled personnel in conformity with the local regulations in force. The 7-pole socket is incorporated inside the burner, the 4pole socket (for connecting the 2nd stage thermostat to the hour meter) and the 6-pole (for connection to the gas train) are already connected to the equipment and fixed to the inside of the burner. The 7 and 4-pin plugs are also supplied for connection to the boiler.
Appliance fitted with 7-pole, 6-pole and 4-pole sockets
“TWO STAGE PROGRESSIVE” OPERATION 8 9 MB
PS PS MB X7 X4 X6 h2 TR h1 S IN TL TS PG VR VS
B5 T6 T7 T8
h2
- Remote manual reset - Terminal strip - 7 pole plug - 4 pole plug - 6 pole plug - 2nd stage hourcounter - High-low mode control device system - 1st stage hourcounter - Remote lock-out signal - Manual burner stop switch - Limit control device system - Safety control device system - Min. gas pressure switch - Adjustment valve - Safety valve
B4 S3 T2 T1
X4
N
L1
X7
h1
S
Ph
P
V
P N
PG P
IN
TR ϑP
3 2 1 N
TL P
TS P
ϑ
ϑ
VR
VS
1,5 mm2 PE N
~
L
50Hz 230V
“MODULATING OPERATION” RWF 40
- Remote manual reset - Terminal strip - 7 pole plug - 4 pole plug - Temperature probe - Pressure probe
X4 B5
T6 T7 T8
TE L1 N M1 I1 G1+ GG+
Q13 Q14
Q Y1 Y2 PS MB X7 X4 BT BP
X7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Model
F L
A mm2
F = Fuse
GS 10/M
GS 20/M
230V
230V
T6 1
T6 1
L = Lead section
8 9 10 11 MB
T2 T1 a b c
The following table shows the supply lead sections and types of fuse to be used.
PS
d
BT 3 4
1 2 BP 4/20mA
6 7
MB
EMISSIONS
mg/kWh
The emission data have been measured in the various models at maximum output, in conformity with EN 676 standard.
170
NO2 EMISSIONS
160 150 140 130 120 110 100 90
mg/kWh
GS 10/M
25
GS 20/M
CO EMISSIONS
20 15 10 5 0
dB(A)
GS 10/M
72
GS 20/M
NOISE EMISSIONS (sound pressure)
70 68 66 64 62 60 58 56 54 GS 10/M
Special attention has been paid to noise reduction. All models are fitted with sounddeadening material inside the cover.
GS 20/M
OVERALL DIMENSIONS (mm)
These models are distinguished by their reduced size, in relation to the outputs achieved, which means they can be fitted to any boiler actually on the market.
BURNER
A
D
C
E
H B
F
G
M I
L
Model GS 10/M GS 20/M
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
L
M
305 350
262 298
120 37
128 120
347 389
204 230
142 170
105 125
61 67
33 33
Rp 3/4” Rp 3/4”
BURNER-BOILER MOUNTING FLANGE GS 10/M
GS 20/M N
N
45°
45°
45°
45° 11
GS 10/M GS 20/M
P
10
N
O
P
Q
R
185 170
130 -
160 170
155
200
X
Y
Z
kg
495 550
480 525
320 365
16 17
Q
P
Model
R
O
PACKAGING
Model Z Y X
GS 10/M GS 20/M
INSTALLATION DESCRIPTION
Installation, start up and maintenance must be carried out by qualified and skilled personnel. All operations must be performed as described in the technical handbook supplied with the burner. The burner is set in the factory on standard calibration (minimum output). If necessary adjustments can be made on the basis of the maximum output of the boiler. BURNER SETTINGS The gas flow rate for both high and low capacity must be done by using the screws V and N on the gas valve group. The air flow must be adjusted at maximum output by the air damper.
V
If necessary it is possible to increase the minimum output by moving a cam of the air servomotor.
In according to EN 676 and Pr EN 1020, the GS 10/M and GS 20/M are provided by two air pressure switches to be adjusted at the end of commissioning procedure.
MAINTENANCE Particular care is given to the design of the burner to ensure ease of maintenance. The burner body is hinged to permit quick and easy access to the combustion head for maintenance and setting. To make friendly all the operations on the burner, the internal and external components are connected by plugs and sockets.
N
BURNER ACCESSORIES
LPG transformation kit For burning LPG gas, a special kit is available to be fitted to the combustion head on the burner, as shown in the following table:
LPG transformation kit Burner
Kit code
GS 10/M GS 20/M
3000884 3000886
Extended heads Standard head" burners can be transformed into "extended head" versions by using the special kit. Below the KITS available for the various burners are listed, showing the original and the extended lengths. Combustion head extension kit Burner
GS10/M GS20/M
Standard head length (mm)
Extended head length (mm)
Kit code
128 120
188 280
3000864 3000873
Accessories for modulating setting To obtain modulating setting, the R40/M series of burners requires a regulator with three point outlet controls. The relative temperature or pressure probes fitted to the regulator, must be chosen on the basis of the application. The following table lists the accessories for modulating setting with their application range. REGULATOR
PROBE
Type
Code
Type
Range (°C) (bar)
Code
RWF 40
3001074
Temperature PT 100 Pressure 4 ÷ 20 mA Pressure 4 ÷ 20 mA
-100 ÷ 500°C 0 ÷ 2,5 bar 0 ÷ 16 bar
3010110 3010213 3010214
SPECIFICATION
A special index guides your choice of boiler from the various models available in the R 40/M series. Below is a clear and detailed specification description of the product.
DESIGNATION OF SERIES Series: Riello 40
Fuel :
GS gas
Size
Operation mode:
R40
GS
10
/M two-stage progressive of fully modulating
/M
LIST OF AVAILABLE MODELS GS 10/M Heater GS 20/M Heater GS 10/M GS 20/M
22/42 43/82 22/44 40/84
÷ ÷ ÷ ÷
106,0 192,4 102,0 195,0
kW kW kW (in progress) kW (in progress)
SPECIFICATION DESCRIPTION
Burner Monoblock, gas burners, completely automatic, high/low progressive operation mode or fully modulating by using a regulator: - Ratio air/fuel controlled by checking both the air and the gas flows - Two pressure switches on the burner, to make sure the burner operation, detecting both the fan and the chimney fonctions - Remote reset available - Servomotor to drive the air damper to fully closed position at stand-by, low and high fire position - Turn down fire 1:4 - Fan with forward inclined blades - Metallic cover - Single phase electric motor 230 V, 50 Hz - Combustion head fitted with: - stainless steel head cone, resistant to high temperatures - ignition electrodes - ionisation probe - gas distributor - flame stability disk - additional device, to keep short the flame shape - Protection filter against radio interference - IP 40 electric protection level.
Gas train Fuel supply line in the Multibloc configuration, fitted with: - Filter - Pressure stabiliser - Minimum gas pressure switch - Safety valve - Single stage working valve - Self-adapting regulator, to adjust the gas flow following the air flow.
Burner and gas train assembled Approval: - EN 676 standard - In accordance to PrEN 1020 (Heaters). Conforming to European Directives: - 90/396/EEC (gas) - 73/23/EEC (low voltage) - 89/336/EEC (electromagnetic compatibility) - 92/42/EEC (efficiency). Standard equipment: - Hinge to turn the burner left-side or right-side for the maintenance position - Flange insulation screen - Screws and nuts for fixing the flange to the boiler - 7-pin plug with capacitor for EMC - 4-pin plug to connect the high-low thermostat - Instruction handbook for installation, use and maintenance - Spare parts catalogue. Available accessories to be ordered separately: - LPG transformation kit - RWF 40 for modulating operation - Temperature and pressure probe.
Lineagrafica
RIELLO S.p.A.
ISO 9001 Cert. n. 0061
- Via degli Alpini, 1 - 37045 LEGNAGO (VR) Italy Tel. ++39.0442630111 - Fax ++39.044221980 Internet: http://www.rielloburners.com - E-mail:
[email protected] Since the Company is constantly engaged in the production improvement, the aesthetic and dimensional features, the technical data, the equipment and the accessories can be changed. This document contains confidential and proprietary information of RIELLO S.p.A. Unless authorised, this information shall not be divulged, nor duplicated in whole or in part.
SINGLE-STAGE GAS BURNER GULLIVER RS SERIES
RS5
160 ÷ 330
kW
The Riello Gulliver RS5 is a new model of the series of single stage gas burners, characterized for its small dimensions inspite of its high combustion performance. It has been developed to respond to any request for home heating, conforming to current regulations in force. This model uses the same components designed by Riello for the Gulliver series. The high quality level guarantees safe working. In developing this burner, special attention was paid to reducing noise, the ease of installation and adjustment, to obtaining the smallest size possible to fit into any sort of boiler available on the market. This model is approved by the EN 676 European Standard and European Directives, Gas Appliance, EMC, Low Voltage, Boiler Efficiency. The Gulliver RS5 burner is tested before leaving the factory.
TS0006UK00
TECHNICAL DATA
Model
RS5
Setting
Fuel / air data
Servomotor
Single-stage
type
R.B.L.
run time
6÷28
Heat
kW
output
Mcal/h
Working temperature
°C min./max.
Net calorific value G20 gas
kWh/Nm3
G20 gas density
kg/Nm3
0,71
G20 gas delivery
Nm3/h
16 - 33
PCI gas G25
kWh/Nm3
8,6
G25 gas density
kg/Nm3
0,78
G25 gas delivery
Nm3/h
18,6 - 38,4
Net calorific value LPG gas
kWh/Nm3
LPG gas density
kg/Nm3
2,02
LPG gas delivery
Nm3/h
6,2 - 12,8
Fan
type
Air temperature
max °C
Electrical supply
Ph/Hz/V
Electrical data
Auxiliary electrical supply Ph/Hz/V
137,6 - 283,8 0/40 10
25,8
forward tilted blades 40 1/50/230 ±10% --
Control box
type
R.B.L. 568
Total electrical output
kW
0,43
Protection level
IP
Electric motor output
kW
Rated motor current
A
2
Motor take-off current
A
8,5
Motor protection level
IP
Ignition transformer
40 0,43
20 incorporated in the control box
Operation
Approval Emissions
160 - 330
intermittent (at least one halt every 24 h)
Sound pressure
dB(A)
CO emissions
mg/kWh
NOx emissions
mg/kWh
Directives Conforming to Certifications
70 < 40 ≤ 120 90/396/CEE, 89/336/CEE, 73/23/CEE, 92/42/CEE EN 676 CE - 0085 AQ0409
Reference conditions: Temperature: 20 °C Pressure: 1013.5 mbar Altitude: 100 m a.s.l. Noise was measured in the boiler room behind the burner at a distance of 1 meter.
Since the Company is constantly engaged in the production improvement, the aesthetic and dimensional features, the technical data, the equipment and the accessories can be changed. This document contains confidential and proprietary information of RIELLO S.p.A. Unless authorised, this information shall not be divulged, nor duplicated in whole or in part.
FIRING RATE
40
4,0
RS5
24
2,4
16
1,6
8
0,8
0
hPa (mbar)
3,2
mm H2O
32
0 130.000
160
150.000
170
180
170.000
190
Useful range for choosing the burner Test conditions conforming to EN 676: Temperature: 20°C Pressure: 1013.5 mbar Altitude: 100 m a.s.l.
200
190.000
210
220
210.000
230
240
250
230.000
260
270
250.000
280
290
300
270.000
290.000
kcal/h
310
330
kW
320
FUEL SUPPLY
GAS TRAINS The burner is set for fuel supply from either the right or left hand sides. Depending on the fuel output and the available pressure in the supply line, you should check the correct gas train to be adapted to the system requirements. The gas train is Multibloc type, containing the main components in a single unit, and a valve seal control (as accessory) can be fitted.
Gas train installed on the burner
MBDLE 410 - 412 - 415
L1
L 4 6 7
1
2
3
P2
9
MULTIBLOC 8 11
5
P1
10 LEAK DETECTION CONTROL DEVICE 12
1
Gas delivery pipe
2
Manual valve
3
Vibration damping joint
4
Gas pressure gauge
5
Filter
6
Gas pressure switch
7
Safety solenoid
8
Adjustment solenoid: - firing delivery adjustment (rapid opening) - maximum delivery adjustment (slow opening)
9
Pressure regulator
10 Leak detection control device for valves 7 and 8 (accessory) 11 Gas train-burner adapter 12 Burner P1 Combustion head pressure P2 Upstream pressure from the filter L
Gas train supplied separately
L1 To be performed by the installer
The dimensions of the gas trains vary depending on their construction features. The following table shows the maximum dimensions of the gas trains that can be fitted to Gulliver RS5 burner, intake diameter and the coupling flange to the burner. Y W Øo
Øi Z
X
MULTIBLOC
Name
Code
Øi
Øo
X mm
Y mm
W mm
Z mm
MBDLE 410
3970549
1" 1/4
FLANGE 3
259
215
47
145
MBDLE 412
3970550
1" 1/4
FLANGE 3
259
215
47
145
MBDLE 415
3970558
1" 1/2
FLANGE 3
330
250
47
100
PRESSURE DROP DIAGRAMS The diagrams indicate the minimum pressure drop of the burners with the various gas trains that can be combined with them; the value thus calculated represents the minimum required input pressure to the gas train. NATURAL GAS
LPG
RS5
RS5 G25 40
30
LPG ∆P
mbar
∆P
mbar
G20
30
30 20
E4 DL MB
12
25
20
15 0 41 DLE MB
M
10
5 E 41 BDL
15
combustion head + gas train combustion head
combustion head + gas train combustion head
35 25
25
20
4 D LE MB 2 1 E4 DL MB
15
MBD
10
10
15 LE 4
5
5
0
0 138
Pressure loss
Pressure loss
10
284 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 kcal/h X 1000
170
190
210
230
250
270
290
Gas train
Code
Output
MBDLE 410
3970549
≤ 200 kW*
MBDLE 412
3970550
≤ 300 kW*
MBDLE 415
3970558
-
0 138
310
284 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 kcal/h X 1000
170 330 kW
160
5
190
160
* With natural gas.
note For pressure levels different from those indicated above,
please contact Riello Burners Technical Office.
210
230
250
270
290
310 330 kW
SELECTING THE FUEL SUPPLY LINES The following diagram enables pressure drop in a pre-existing gas line to be calculated and to select the correct gas train. The diagram can also be used to select a new gas line when fuel output and pipe length are known. The pipe diameter is selected on the basis of the desired pressure drop. The diagram uses methane gas as reference; if another gas is used, conversion coefficient and a simple formula (on the diagram) transform the gas output to a methane equivalent (refer to figure A). Please note that the gas train dimensions must take into account the back pressure of the combustion chamber during operations. Control of the pressure drop in an existing gas line or selecting a new gas supply line. The methane output equivalent is determined by the formula fig. A on the diagram and the conversion coefficient. Once the equivalent output has been determined on the delivery scale ( V ), shown at the top of the diagram, move vertically downwards until you cross the line that represents the pipe diameter; at this point, move horizontally to the left until you meet the line that represents the pipe length. Once this point is established you can verify, by moving vertically downwards, the pipe pressure drop of on the botton scale below (mbar). By subtracting this value from the pressure measured on the gas meter, the correct pressure value will be found for the choice of gas train. Example:
- gas used - gas output - pressure at the gas meter - gas line length - conversion coefficient
- equivalent methane output V =
G25 9.51 mc/h 20 mbar 15 m 0.62 (see figure A)
9.51 0.62
= 15.34 mc/h
- once the value of 15.34 has been identified on the output scale ( V ), moving vertically downwards you cross the line that represents 1" 1/4 (the chosen diameter for the piping); - from this point, move horizontally to the left until you meet the line that represents the length of 15 m of the piping; - move vertically downwards to determine a value of 1.4 mbar in the pressure drop botton scale; - subtract the determined pressure drop from the meter pressure, the correct pressure level will be found for the choice of gas train; - correct pressure = ( 20-1.4 ) = 18.6 mbar
30 22 15 12 9 6
V
45 61 76 95 122 152 1
2
10
20
3
4
15,34
5 6 7 8 10
30 40 50 60
20
80 100
200
400
600 800 1000
3
6"
PIP
EL
EN
GT
4"
H(
m)
2
Figure A 0,1
0,2
PIPE DIAMETER 0,3
0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 1
PRESSURE DROP (mbar)
1,4
2
3
4
5
6
2
2"
4
1 - G20 0,62 - G25 1,18 - G31
1/
3/
{
=
1/
f
1"
f
3"
2"
2 1/ 1" 4 1/ 1"
V = Gas output Nmc/h
VENTILATION The ventilation circuit ensures low noise level with high performance of pressure and air delivery, inspite of their compact size. The burner is fitted with an adjustable air pressure switch, conforming to EN 676 standards.
Air suction
Air pressure switch
COMBUSTION HEAD
The combustion head in Gulliver RS5 burner is the result of an innovative design, which allows combustion with low polluting emissions, while being easy to adapt to all various types of boilers and combustion chambers. Thanks to the use of a mobile coupling flange, the penetration of the head into the combustion chamber can be adjusted. Simple adjustment allows the internal geometry of the combustion head to be adapted to the burner output. Combustion head
Mobile coupling flange
Combustion chamber dimensions used in the test laboratory Ø cm d=25
d=30
d=40
d=50
1,6
Ø
1 0,8 0,6 L(m) 0,5 0,4 0,3
L
0,2 L (m) = 0,23 x
0,1 Mcal/h 10 kW 10
2 20
3 30
4
5
40 50
With simple adjustments, the burner can be adapted to combustion chambers that are slightly different from those used in the tests.
100 100
20 200
30
40
kW 10
300 400 500
Example: burnt thermal delivery = 160 kW; L (m) = 0,23 x 16 = 0,92 (m); Ø = 40 (cm)
ADJUSTMENT
BURNER OPERATION MODE This model has single-stage output regulation.
Checked variable
“Single-stage” operation °C bar
Output
time ON
ON
OFF
OFF time
Air damper adjustment
FIRING Normal
Lock-out due to firing failure
(A)
Thermostat Air damper motor
M Ignition transformer V1
Lock-out
40 s min.
3 s max
40 s min.
8÷27 s
3 s max
8÷27 s
time (s)
(A) Lock-out is shown by a led on the appliance. Correct operations 0s 0s-8/27s 8/27s-48/67s 48/67s
The burner begins the firing cycle. The motor opens the air damper. Pre-purge with the air damper open. Ignition.
Lock-out due to firing failure If the flame does not light within the safety limit (~3s) the burner locks-out. When the flame-failure occurs during working, shut down takes place within one second.
time (s)
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS to be made by the installer
Electrical connections must be made by qualified and skilled personnel, in conformity with the local regulations in force. The 7-pole socket is incorporated in the control box, the 6pole socket for connection to the gas train is already connected to the equipment and fixed to the outside of the burner. The 7-pin plug is also supplied for connection to the boiler.
Appliance fitted with an ignition transformer
6-pole socket
7-pole socket incorporated in the control box
“SINGLE-STAGE” OPERATIONS Burner electrical wiring
B4 S3 T2 T1 N
7-pole socket
L1
Gas train electrical wiring
3 2 1 N
7-pin plug
Ph
6-pole socket 6-pin plug
C h1 h1 SB TR TS VS V1 P C F
- Single stage hour meter - Lock out led - Regulation thermostat - Safety thermostat (manual reset) - Security valve - 1st stage valve - Gas pressure switch - Capacitor - Fuse
TS
SB
F
Black 1 2 3
Grey 1 2 3
TR VS
~ 50Hz
N
L
V1
PE
230V
The following table shows the supply lead sections and types of fuse to be used. Model
RS5 230V
F L
A mm2
F = Fuse
T6 1 L = Lead section
P Gas
100 80
8
SOUND EMISSIONS (sound pressure)
CO EMISSIONS
dB(A)
120
NO2 EMISSIONS
mg/kWh
mg/kWh
EMISSIONS
6
80 70 60 50
60
4
40 30
40
20
2 20
10
0
0
0 RS5
RS5
RS5
The emission data have been measured in the RS5 at maximum output, in conformity with EN 676 standard. Special attention has been paid to noise reduction. This model is fitted with sound-deadening material inside the cover.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS (mm)
Thanks to certain construction features, this model can be fitted to any boiler on the market.
BURNER A B
F C
G
H
I D
E
L
M
Model RS5
A
B
C
D
E
F
300
150
150
392
345
501
G
H
278÷301 223÷200
I
L
M
137
286
216
BURNER-BOILER MOUNTING FLANGE N 45° O 11
Model
P
RS5
45°
N
O
P
Q
R
218
80,5
203
170
200
X
Y
Z
kg
590
335
420
18
Q R
PACKAGING
Model Z
RS5 Y X
INSTALLATION DESCRIPTION Installation, start up and maintenance must be carried out by qualified and skilled personnel. The burner is set in the factory on standard calibration (minimum output), if necessary adjustments can be made on the basis of the maximum output of the boiler. All operations must be performed as described in the technical handbook supplied with the burner. The mobile flange allows adapting the length of the combustion head to the combustion chamber (flame inversion or 3 smoke cycles) and to the thickness of the boiler panel.
BURNER SETTINGS The air damper position can be adjusted without removing the burner cover.
Head setting is easy and aided by a graduated scale, a test point allows reading the air pressure in the combustion head.
Gulliver RS5 burner is fitted with an air pressure switch which, in accordance with EN 676 standards, can be adjusted by the installer using a graduated selector, on the basis of the effective working conditions.
MAINTENANCE Maintenance is easily solved because the combustion head can be disassemblied without having to remove the burner and gas train from the boiler.
ACCESSORIES
Remote control release kit for the 568 control box The 568 control box can be remotely released using an electric command kit. This kit must be installed in conformity with current regulations in force.
Remote control release kit for the 568 control box Burner
Code
RS5
3001031
Extended head Standard head" burners can be transformed into "extended head" versions by using the special kit.
Combustion head extension kit Burner
RS5
Standard head length (mm)
Extended head length (mm)
Extended head kit code
200 ÷ 223
365 ÷ 382
3001016
LPG transformation kit For burning LPG gas, a special kit is available to be fitted to the combustion head on the burner as shown in the following table.
LPG trasformation kit Burner
LPG kit code
RS5
3001011
Seal control kit To test the valve seals on the gas train, a special "seal control kit" is available.
Seal control kit Burner
Kit code
RS5
3010123
SPECIFICATION
A special index guides your choice of boiler according to this model. Below there is a clear and detailed specification description of the product.
DESIGNATION OF SERIES Series: R B
Standard emission burners Low NOx burners
Fuel :
S G
Natural gas Light-oil
Size
Possible variations: R K S D E
R
S
5
AVAILABLE MODEL RS5
160
÷ 330
kW
Light-oil pre-heater Cone shaped head Reduced output ignition Two stage output setting Flame monitor
SPECIFICATION DESCRIPTION
Burner Monoblock, gas burner, completely automatic, with single stage settings fitted with: - Fan with forward inclined blades - Cover lined with sound-deadening material - Air damper, completely closed in stand by, with external adjustment, with no need to remove the cover - Single phase electric motor 230 V, 50 Hz - Combustion head fitted with: - stainless steel head cone, resistant to high temperatures - ignition electrodes - ionisation probe - gas distributor - flame stability disk - Flame inspection window - Adjustable air pressure switch, with graduated selector, to guarantee burner lock out in the case of insufficient combustible air - Protection filter against radio interference - IP 40 electric protection level.
Gas train Fuel supply line in the Multibloc configuration, fitted with: - Filter - Pressure stabiliser - Minimum gas pressure switch - Safety valve - Single stage working valve with ignition gas output regulator.
Burner and gas train assembled Approval: - EN 676 standard. Conforming to: - Directive 90/396/CEE (gas) - Directive 73/23/CEE (low voltage) - Directive 89/336/CEE (electromagnetic compatibility) - Directive 92/42/CEE (efficiency). Supplied material: - Sliding flange - Flange insulation screen - Screws and nuts for fixing the flange to the boiler - 7-pin plug with capacitor for EMC - Instruction handbook for installation, use and maintenance - Spare parts catalogue. Available accessories to be ordered separately: - Remote release kit - Head extension kit - LPG transformation kit - Seal control kit.
Lineagrafica
RIELLO S.p.A.
ISO 9001 Cert. n. 0061
- Via degli Alpini, 1 - 37045 LEGNAGO (VR) Italy Tel. ++39.0442630111 - Fax ++39.044221980 Internet: http://www.rielloburners.com - E-mail:
[email protected] Since the Company is constantly engaged in the production improvement, the aesthetic and dimensional features, the technical data, the equipment and the accessories can be changed. This document contains confidential and proprietary information of RIELLO S.p.A. Unless authorised, this information shall not be divulged, nor duplicated in whole or in part.
TWO STAGE GAS BURNERS GAS/2 SERIES
GAS 3/2 GAS 4/2 GAS 5/2 GAS 6/2 GAS 7/2
80/130 120/180 155/320 300/520 400/800
÷ ÷ ÷ ÷ ÷
350 kW 470 kW 660 kW 1050 kW 1760 kW
The GAS/2 series of burners covers a firing range from 80 to 1760 kW and they have been designed for use in civil installations of average dimensions, like building areas and large apartment groups or for use in industrial applications, like small or medium plants. Operation is two stage; the combustion head, that can be set on the basis of required output, allows optimal performance ensuring good combustion and reducing fuel consumption. The main feature of these burners is their reliability due to a simple and strong construction, which permits operation without particular maintenance intervention. Simplified maintenance is achieved by the slide bar system, which allows easy access to all of the essential components of the combustion head. All electrical components are easily accessible only by dismounting a protection panel, thus guaranteeing a quick and simple intervention on components.
TS0048UK00
TECHNICAL DATA
GAS 3/2
Approval Emissions
Electrical data
Fuel / air data
Model Burner operation mode Modulation ratio at max. output type Servomotor s run time kW Heat output Mcal/h °C min./max. Working temperature Net calorific value gas G20 kWh/Nm3 kg/Nm3 Density gas G20 Nm3/h Output gas G20 Net calorific value gas G25 kWh/Nm3 kg/Nm3 Density gas G25 Nm3/h Output gas G25 Net calorific value LPG gas kWh/Nm3 kg/Nm3 Density LPG gas Nm3/h Output LPG gas Type Fan Max. °C Air temperature Ph/Hz/V Electrical supply Ph/Hz/V Auxiliary electrical supply Type Control box kW Total electrical power kW Auxiliary electrical power IP Protection level kW Motor electrical power A Rated motor current A Motor start up current IP Motor protection level V1 - V2 Ignition transformer I1 - I2 Operation Sound pressure Sound power CO Emission NOx Emission Directive Conforming to Certification
dBA W mg/kWh mg/kWh
GAS 4/2
GAS 5/2
GAS 6/2
GAS 7/2
Two stage 2÷1 LKS 210 5 80/130÷350 120/180÷470 155/320÷660 300/520÷1050 400/800÷1760 69/112÷301 104/155÷404 133/275÷568 258/447÷903 344/668÷1514 0/40 10 0,71 8/13÷35 12/18÷47 15,5/32÷66 30/52÷105 40/80÷176 8,6 0,78 9/15÷41 14/21÷55 18/37÷77 35/60,5÷122 46,5/93÷205 25,8 2,02 3/5÷13,5 5/7÷18 6/12÷25,5 11,5/20÷41 15,5/31÷68 Centrifugal with forward curve blades 60 1/50/230~(±10%) 3N/50/230-400~(±10%) 3/50/230~(±10%) 1/50/230 ~ (±10%) RMG 0,4 0,54 0,85 1,7 3,4 0,15 0,17 0,1 0,2 0,4 40 0,25 0,37 0,75 1,5 3 1,8 2,9 2,85-1,65 5,9-3,4 10,9-6,3 4,8 9,5 10-6 22,5-13 55-32 54 230V - 1x8 kV 1,8 A - 20 mA Intermittent (at least one stop every 24 h) 75 78 83 84 87 -< 100 < 170 73/23 - 89/336 - 90/396 - 92/42 EEC EN 676 CE 0085AQ0707
Reference conditions: Temperature: 20°C Pressure: 1013.5 mbar Altitude: 100 m a.s.l. Noise measured at a distance of 1 meter.
Since the Company is constantly engaged in the production improvement, the aesthetic and dimensional features, the technical data, the equipment and the accessories can be changed. This document contains confidential and proprietary information of RIELLO S.p.A. Unless authorised, this information shall not be divulged, nor duplicated in whole or in part.
FIRING RATES
140
14
130
13
120
12
110
11
100
10
90
9
80
8
70
7
60
6
50
5
40
4
30
3
20
2
GAS 7/2
GAS 6/2
10 0
hPa (mbar)
mm H2O
GAS 4/2 GAS 5/2 GAS 3/2
1 0 0 0
100
200 200
300
400
400
500
600
600
Useful working field for choosing the burner Test conditions conforming to EN 676: Temperature: 20°C Pressure: 1013.5 mbar Altitude: 100 m a.s.l.
700 800
800
900 1000
1000 1200
1100
1200 1400
1300
1400 1600
1500
1600
1800
1700 2000
Mcal/h kW
FUEL SUPPLY
GAS TRAINS
Fuel can be supplied either from the right or left hand sides. The gas train can be selected to best fit system requirements depending on the fuel output and pressure in the supply line. The gas train can be “Multibloc “ type (containing the main components in a single unit) or “Composed” type (assembly of the single components).
Example of the gas train connection flange of GAS/2 burners.
MULTIBLOC gas train without seal control
11 P1 4 10
MULTIBLOC
7
13
9
8
P2
6
5
P3
3
L
2
1
1
Gas input pipework
2
Manual valve
3
Anti-vibration joint
4
Pressure gauge with pushbutton cock
5
Filter
6
Pressure regulator (vertical)
7
Minimum gas pressure switch
8
VS safety solenoid (vertical)
9
VR regulation solenoid (vertical) Two settings: - firing output (rapid opening) - maximum output (slow opening)
L1
10 Gasket and flange supplied with the burner
MULTIBLOC gas train with seal control
11 Burner 12 Seal control mechanism for valves 8-9. According to standard EN 676, the seal control is compulsory for burners with maximum output above 1200 kW. 13 Gas train-burner adapter
11
P1 Combustion head pressure P2 Pressure downstream from the regulator
P1 4 10
P3 Pressure upstream from the filter
MULTIBLOC
7
Gas train supplied separately, with the code given in the table
L 13
9
12
8
P2
6
5
P3
3
2
1
L1 Installer’s responsibility L
L1
COMPOSED gas train without seal control
COMPOSED gas train with seal control
11
11
P1
P1 4 10
13
4 10
7
9
8
P2
L
6
5
P3
3
2
L1
1
13
7
9
12
8
P2
L
6
5
P3
3
2
L1
1
Example of gas train “COMPOSED” type without seal control
Y
Øi Øo
Z
X
Example of gas train “MULTIBLOC” type without seal control
Y Øo
Øi Z
X
Gas trains are approved by standard EN 676 together with the burner. The overall dimensions of the gas train depends on how they are constructed. The following table shows the maximum dimensions of the gas trains that can be fitted to GAS/2 burners, intake and outlet diameters and seal control if fitted. Please note that the seal control can be installed as an accessory, if not already installed on the gas train. The maximum gas pressure of gas train “Multibloc” type is 300 mbar, and that one of gas train “Composed” type is 500 mbar.
GAS TRAINS
COMPOSED
GAS TRAINS
MULTIBLOC
Name
Code
Øi
Øo
X mm
Y mm
Z mm
Seal Control
MBZRDLE 407
3970046
3/4”
3/4”
371
256
120
-
MBZRDLE 410
3970079
1”
3/4”
405
315
145
-
MBZRDLE 412
3970152
1”1/4
1”1/2
433
315
145
-
MBZRDLE 415
3970183
1”1/2
1”1/2
523
350
100
-
MBZRDLE 420
3970184
2”
2”
523
410
100
-
MBZRDLE 420 CT
3970185
2”
2”
523
410
227
Incorporated
CB 40/2
3970153
1”1/2
1”1/2
1013
345
195
-
CB 50/2
3970154
2”
2”
1150
350
250
-
CB 50/2 CT
3970166
2”
2”
1150
350
320
Incorporated
CBF 65/2
3970155
DN 65
DN 65
1166
472
285
-
CBF 65/2 CT
3970167
DN 65
DN 65
1166
472
390
Incorporated
CBF 80/2
3970156
DN 80
DN 80
1246
470
285
-
CBF 80/2 CT
3970168
DN 80
DN 80
1246
470
387
Incorporated
PRESSURE DROP DIAGRAMS The diagrams indicate the minimum pressure drop of the burners with the various gas trains that can be matched with them; at the value of these pressure drop add the combustion chamber pressure. The value thus calculated represents the minimum required input pressure to the gas train. NATURAL GAS
LPG GAS 3/2
60 40 7
55
50 35
Z MB
30
RD
LE
41
0
45 40 35
25
12
30
/2 B 40
25
4 DLE
ZR MB RD MBZ
LE 41
C 5 -
45
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
55
15
40 35
112
100
130
150
150
200
0 300 kcal/h X 1000
250
200
Gas train
250
300
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
3970046
3000824
Accessory
MBZRDLE 410
3970079
3000824
Accessory
MBZRDLE 412
3970152
-
Accessory
MBZRDLE 415
3970183
-
Accessory
CB 40/2
3970153
-
Accessory
GAS 4/2 G25
45 40
MB
D ZR
LE
0 41
55 50
35
45 40
30
2 E 41 RDL MBZ
25
1 LE 4 ZRD
MB
15
MBZR
10
DLE 4
2
50 - CB 0 CT 0 - 42
/2 -
/2
B 40
5-C
20
35 30 25
CT 50/2
100
10
0
0 200
250
250
300
300
350
350
400
∆P
20
5
Gas train
415
4 - CB
0/2
0 112
130
150
150
200
200
250
250
300 kcal/h X 1000
300
350 kW
LPG 45 40
10 E4 DL ZR MB
35 30 25 20
20 LE 4 ZRD MB
15
15
5
185
RDLE
GAS 4/2
G20
160
10
LE 4
5
350 kW
MBZRDLE 407
07
10
Pressure drop
5
0
MBZ
15
15
5
E4
2 E 41 RDL MBZ
20
10
DL
ZRD
MB
25
20
10
M
R BZ
30
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head mbar
Pressure drop
50
60
40
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head mbar
55
65
20
Pressure drop
60
70
45
∆P
LPG
Pressure drop
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
50
∆P
75
M BZ RD LE
mbar
∆P
G25
G20
mbar
GAS 3/2
2 E 41 RDL 2 MBZ 40/ B C CT 15 /2 E4 0 L 5 D ZR 2MB 50/ B C CT 420
10 5 0
400 kcal/h X 1000
160
465 kW
185
200
250
250
Gas train
300
300
350
350
400
400 kcal/h X 1000
465 kW
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
Code
Adapter
MBZRDLE 410
3970079
3000824
Accessory
CB 50/2
3970154
3000822
Seal Control Accessory
MBZRDLE 412
3970152
-
Accessory
CB 50/2 CT
3970166
3000822
Incorporated
CB 40/2
3970153
-
Accessory
MBZRDLE 420
3970184
3000822
Accessory
MBZRDLE 415
3970183
-
Accessory
MBZRDLE 420 CT
3970185
3000822
Incorporated
NATURAL GAS
LPG GAS 5/2
G20
MB
E
85 80 75
55
70
50
65 60
45
55
2 E 41 RDL MBZ
40 35
50 45
30
15 -
LE 4
RD MBZ
25
C
/2 B 40
40 35
15
LE MBZRD
20 CT
420 - 4
/2 CT /2 - 50
0 - CB 5
5 0 350
325
400
400
Gas train
450
450
500
500
550
600
3970079
3000824
Accessory
MBZRDLE 412
3970152
-
Accessory
CB 40/2
3970153
-
MBZRDLE 415
3970183
-
RD
0LE 42
4 20
CB 5 CT -
- 50
0/2
10 5 0 280
350
400
400
Gas train
450
450
500
500
550
550 570 kcal/h X 1000
600
660 kW
Code
Adapter
CB 50/2
3970154
3000822
Accessory
CB 50/2 CT
3970166
3000822
Incorporated
Accessory
MBZRDLE 420
3970184
3000822
Accessory
Accessory
MBZRDLE 420 CT
3970185
3000822
Incorporated
GAS 6/2 Combustion head and gas train Combustion head mbar
MBZ
325
MBZRDLE 410
Seal Control
GAS 6/2
G20
G25
90 85 80 75 MB
70 65 60
15 LE 4 ZRD MB
55 50
D ZR
LE
41
2
2 40/ - CB
45 40 35 30
- 50/2 CT - CB 50/2 0 - 420 CT MBZRDLE 42 - 65/2 CT /2 65 CBF
25
Pressure drop
25
660 kW
Seal Control
20 15 10 5 0
525
4 - CB 415 RDLE MBZ T /2 C
30
250
Adapter
450
2 E 41 RDL MBZ 0/2
35
550 570 kcal/h X 1000
Code
∆P
40
15
0
0
41
DLE
ZR
MB
45
20
10
280
50
20
5
250
55
25
15
10
65 60
30
20
Pressure drop
DL
Pressure drop
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
60
ZR
LPG 70
∆P
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
65
0 41
500
600
Gas train
550
600
650
700
650
750
700
800
750
850
800
900
115 110 105 100 95 90 85 80 75 70 65 60 55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0
70 65 60 55 50 45 40
LE
RD MBZ
35 30 25 20
MBZR
15
3970153
MBZRDLE 415
3970183
CB 50/2
3970154
DLE
420 420 -
2 E 41 RDL MBZ 2 40/ - CB 415
CB 50 CT -
/2 - 5
0/2 C
T
10 5 0
525
CB 40/2
10
E4
DL
ZR
MB
950 1000 1050 kW
3970152
MBZRDLE 412
80 75
450
Seal Control
3970079
LPG 90 85
850 900 kcal/h X 1000
Adapter 3000824 3000843 3000843
Code
MBZRDLE 410
∆P
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head mbar
mbar
70
Pressure drop
∆P
G25
mbar
GAS 5/2
500
600
Gas train
550
600
650
700
650
750
700
800
750
850
800
900
850 900 kcal/h X 1000
950 1000 1050 kW
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
Accessory
CB 50/2 CT
3970166
-
Incorporated
Accessory
MBZRDLE 420
3970184
3000822
Accessory
3000843
Accessory
MBZRDLE 420 CT
3970185
3000822
Incorporated
-
Accessory
CBF 65/2
3970155
3000825
Accessory
-
Accessory
CBF 65/2 CT
3970167
3000825
Incorporated
NATURAL GAS
LPG
GAS 7/2
GAS 7/2 180
140
0
B4
120
E
L RD
5 41
160
-C
140
Z MB
100
80
100
60
20 DLE 4 MBZR
42
B5 - C 0 CT
0/
C /2 50 2-
T
80
0
0
700
700
800
Gas train
800
900
1000
1100 1200
1300
120
80
60
1400 1500 kcal/h X 1000
900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600
1760 kW
/2
B 40
5-C
E 41
DL BZR
T 0/2 C /2 - 5 CB 50 T 20 C 20 - 4 DLE 4 MBZR - 65/2 CT CBF 65/2 M
40
40 20
600
140
60
- 65/2 CT CBF 65/2 CT CBF 80/2 - 80/2
20
LPG ∆P
100
120
40
Pressure drop
/2
Pressure drop
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head mbar
∆P
G25
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head mbar
G20
20
0 600
700
700
800
800
900
1000
1100 1200
1300
1400 1500 kcal/h X 1000
900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600
Gas train
1760 kW
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
CB 40/2
3970153
--
Accessory
MBZRDLE 420 CT
3970185
3000822
Incorporated
MBZRDLE 415
3970183
--
Accessory
CBF 65/2
3970155
3000825
Accessory
CB 50/2
3970154
3000822
Accessory
CBF 65/2 CT
3970167
3000825
Incorporated
CB 50/2 CT
3970166
3000822
Incorporated
CBF 80/2
3970156
3000826
Accessory
MBZRDLE 420
3970184
3000822
Accessory
CBF 80/2 CT
3970168
3000826
Incorporated
note
Please contact the Riello Burner Technical Office for different pressure levels from those above indicated.
SELECTING THE FUEL SUPPLY LINES The following diagram enables pressure drop in a pre-existing gas line to be calculated and to select the correct gas train. The diagram can also be used to select a new gas line when fuel output and pipe length are known. The pipe diameter is selected on the basis of the desired pressure drop. The diagram uses methane gas as reference; if another gas is used, conversion coefficient and a simple formula (on the diagram) transform the gas output to a methane equivalent (refer to figure A). Please note that the gas train dimensions must take into account the back pressure of the combustion chamber during operations. Control of the pressure drop in an existing gas line or selecting a new gas supply line. The methane output equivalent is determined by the formula fig. A on the diagram and the conversion coefficient. Once the equivalent output has been determined on the delivery scale ( V ), shown at the top of the diagram, move vertically downwards until you cross the line that represents the pipe diameter; at this point, move horizontally to the left until you meet the line that represents the pipe length. Once this point is established you can verify, by moving vertically downwards, the pipe pressure drop of on the botton scale below (mbar). By subtracting this value from the pressure measured on the gas meter, the correct pressure value will be found for the choice of gas train. Example:
- gas used - gas output - pressure at the gas meter - gas line length - conversion coefficient
- equivalent methane output V =
G25 9.51 mc/h 20 mbar 15 m 0.62 (see figure A)
9.51 0.62
= 15.34 mc/h
- once the value of 15.34 has been identified on the output scale ( V ), moving vertically downwards you cross the line that represents 1" 1/4 (the chosen diameter for the piping); - from this point, move horizontally to the left until you meet the line that represents the length of 15 m of the piping; - move vertically downwards to determine a value of 1.4 mbar in the pressure drop botton scale; - subtract the determined pressure drop from the meter pressure, the correct pressure level will be found for the choice of gas train; - correct pressure = ( 20-1.4 ) = 18.6 mbar
30 22 15 12 9 6
V
45 61 76 95 122 152 1
2
10
20
3
4
5 6 7 8 10
15,34
20
30 40 50 60
80 100
200
400
600 800 1000
3
6"
PIP
EL
EN
GT
4"
H(
m)
Figure A 0,1
0,2
PIPE DIAMETER 0,3
0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 1
PRESSURE DROP (mbar)
1,4
2
3
4
5
6
2
1 - G20 0,62 - G25 1,18 - G31
1/
2"
4 3/
{
=
2 1/
f
1"
f
3"
2"
2 1/ 1" 4 1/ 1"
V = Gas output Nmc/h
VENTILATION
The ventilation circuit of GAS/2 burners is inserted in a extremely compact structure and it is provided with a forward blades centrifugal fan, which guarantees high pressure levels at the required air deliveries and permits installation flexibility. A servomotor adjust the air damper in relation to the fuel burnt. When the burner is not operating the servomotor closes completely the air damper to reduce heat dispersion from the boiler. A minimum air pressure switch stops the burner when there is an insufficient quantity of air at the combustion head.
Example of servomotor for air damper adjusting on GAS/2 series of burners
COMBUSTION HEAD
Different combustion head length can be selected for the various models of GAS/2 series of burners. The choice depends on the thickness of the front panel and type of boiler. Correct head penetration into the combustion chamber depends on the type of heat generator. These burners are equipped with adjustable combustion head. This enables optimum combustion performance throughout the working field, ensuring peak combustion efficiency thus saving on fuel consumption. The following diagram shows the flame dimensions in relation to the burner output. The lengths and diameter shown in the diagram below should be employed for a preliminary check: if combustion chamber dimensions are different from the values in the diagram, further tests need to be done.
Example of a GAS/2 burner combustion head
Flame dimensions 4
D 2
x
a Lm
2 Flame lenght (m)
L in Lm
D max
1,5
1
D min 1
0,5
0
0 0
1
2
3 4 Burner output (MW)
Flame diameter (m)
3
Example: Burner thermal output = 2000 kW; L flame (m) = 2,7 m (medium value); D flame (m) = 0,8 m (medium value)
ADJUSTMENT
BURNER OPERATION MODE
Controlled variable
Two stage operation
On “two stage” operation, the burner gradually adapts the output to the requested level, by varying between two pre-set levels (see figure A).
°C bar
Time
Output
MAX
MIN
Time
Figure A
All GAS/2 series burners are fitted with a new microprocessor control panel for the supervision during intermittent operation. For helping the commissioning and maintenance work, there are two main elements: Switch
The lock-out reset button is the central operating element for resetting the burner control and for activating / deactivating the diagnostic functions. The multi-color LED is the central indication element for visual diagnosis and interface diagnosis.
Both elements are located under the transparent cover of lock-out reset button, as showed below.
Switch
There are two diagnostic choices, for indication of operation and diagnosis of fault cause: - visual diagnosis :
- interface diagnosis :
COMPUTER INTERFACE ADAPTER or FLUE GAS ANALYSER
by the interface adapter and a PC with dedicated software or by a predisposed flue gas analyzer (see paragraph accessories).
Indication of operation : In normal operation, the various statues are indicated in the form of colour codes according to the table below. The interface diagnosis (with adapter) can be activated by pressing the lock-out button for > 3 seconds.
Color code table Operation statues
Color code table
Stand-by Pre-purging Ignition phase Flame OK Poor flame Undervoltage, built-in fuse Fault, alarm Extraneous light LED off
Diagnosis of fault causes : After lock-out has occurred, the red signal lamp is steady on. In this status, the visual fault diagnosis according to the error code table can be activated by pressing the lock-out reset button for > 3 seconds. The interface diagnosis (with adapter) can be activated by pressing again the lock-out button for > 3 seconds. The blinkers of red LED are a signal with this sequence :
(e.g. signal with n° 3 blinks – faulty air pressure monitor) LED off 3 sec.
3 sec.
3 sec.
Error code table Possible cause of fault
Blink code
No establishment of flame at the end of safety time : - faulty or soiled fuel valves - faulty or soiled flame detector - poor adjustment of burner, no fuel - faulty ignition equipment Faulty air pressure monitor Extraneous light or simulation of flame on burner start up Loss of flame during operation : - faulty or soiled fuel valves - faulty or soiled flame detector - poor adjustment of burner Wiring error or internal fault
START UP CYCLE GAS 3/2 - 4/2 - 5/2 - 6/2 - 7/2
A’
TL TR M
B’
2 42
1°
44
42
2°
52 2°
52
1°
2
0 2°
52
1°
42
0
A’
B’
45 0
time (s)
0 s The burner begins the firing cycle. 2 s The motor starts: pre-purge phase. 42 s Ignition electrode sparks; safety valve VS and the 1st stage VR1 of the adjustment valve VR open. 45 s Lock out signal is activated if flame is not revealed by the flame detector. 52 s Output can be increased by second stage valve VR2 and air damper opening; the start up cycle is concluded.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Electrical connections must be made by qualified and skilled personnel, according to the local regulations.
TWO STAGE OPERATION - Single-phase power supply GAS 3/2 - 4/2 - without seal control L N S3
MB
P1 P3
T1 T2 IN
TS Pϑ
P
T6 T8 30 31 32
V11 V12 N
P
V1 V2
TL ϑ P
S
GAS 3/2 - 4/2 - with seal control L N S3
T8 T6
IN TS Pϑ
TR ϑP
PG P
P1 P3 T6 T8 30 31 32 V11 V12 N MB
T1 T2
N
TL ϑ P
S
T6A
V1 V2
N
PG P
TR ϑP
T6A
VS
S1
VR2
VR1
VS
VR1
VR2
XP T8
~ 50Hz
MB TS TL TR PG S IN T6A VR1 VR2 VS
N
T6
B5
L1
N
1,5 mm2
1,5 mm2
PE
T7
N
PE
L
~ 50Hz
230V
- Burner terminal board - Safety thermostat - Threshold thermostat - High/low flame setting thermostat - Minimum gas pressure switch - External lock-out signal - Manual switch - 6A fuse - 1st adjustment valve - 2nd adjustment valve - Safety valve
MB TS TL TR PG S S1
L
230V
VPS
- Burner terminal board - Safety thermostat - Threshold thermostat - High/low flame setting thermostat - Minimum gas pressure switch - External lock-out signal - External lock-out signal on the seal control
IN T6A VR1 VR2 VS VPS XP
- Manual switch - 6A fuse - 1st adjustment valve - 2nd adjustment valve - Safety valve - Seal control - Seal control plug
TWO STAGE OPERATION - Triple-phase power supply GAS 5/2 - 6/2 - 7/2 - without seal control L1 L2 L3
MB
L N S3
P P
TL ϑP
TS
Pϑ
S
PG P
T6A IN
F
L
VS
L1 L2 L3
MB
L N S3
3
M
~
T1 T2
V1 V2 N
TS
Pϑ
V1
S
V2
P1 P3 T6 T8
V11V12 N 30 31 32
T8 T6
V1 V2 N
IN
F
L
- Burner terminal board - Safety thermostat - Threshold thermostat - High/low flame setting thermostat PG - Minimum gas pressure switch S - External lock-out signal IN - Manual switch T6A - 6A fuse F - Fuse (see table A) L - Lead section (see table A) VR1 - 1st adjustment valve VR2 - 2nd adjustment valve VS - Safety valve
TR ϑP VS
PG P V1
MB TS TL TR PG S S1
3
F L
A mm2
Table A
GAS 3/2
GAS 4/2
GAS 5/2
GAS 6/2
T6
B5
N
L1
XP
VPS
M
~
- Burner terminal board - Safety thermostat - Threshold thermostat - High/low flame setting thermostat - Minimum gas pressure switch - External lock-out signal - External lock-out signal on the seal control
IN T6A F L VR1 VR2 VS VPS XP
- Manual switch - 6A fuse - Fuse (see table A) - Lead section (see table A) - 1st adjustment valve - 2nd adjustment valve - Safety valve - Seal control - Seal control plug
The following table shows the supply lead sections and the type of fuse to be used. Model
T7
230V
PE L1 L2 L3
~ ~
3N 50Hz 400/230V 3 50Hz 230V
S1
V2 T8
N
~ 50Hz
L
MB TS TL TR
TL ϑP
T6A
230V
PE L1 L2 L3
~ ~
3N 50Hz 400/230V 3 50Hz 230V
TR ϑP
N
~ 50Hz
L
V11V12 N 30 31 32
P1 P3 T6 T8
T1 T2
GAS 5/2 - 6/2 - 7/2 - with seal control
GAS 7/2
230V
230V
230V 400V 230V 400V 230V 400V
T6 1,5
T6 1,5
T6 1,5
T6 T16 T10 T25 T16 1,5 1,5 1,5 2,5 1,5
mg/kWh
EMISSIONS
NO2 EMISSIONS
150 125 100 75 50 25 0
mg/kWh
GAS 3/2
GAS 4/2
GAS 5/2
GAS 6/2
GAS 7/2
GAS 6/2
GAS 7/2
CO EMISSIONS
50 40 30 20 10 0
dB(A)
GAS 3/2
GAS 4/2
GAS 5/2
NOISE EMISSIONS
100 80 60 40 20 0 GAS 3/2
GAS 4/2
GAS 5/2
GAS 6/2
GAS 7/2
The emission data has been measured in the various models at maximum output, according to EN 676 standard.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS (mm)
BURNERS
A
G - G (1)
E
O
H L
D M
I
N B
C
Model GAS 3/2 GAS 4/2 GAS 5/2 GAS 6/2 GAS 7/2
A
B
C
D
E
410 410 431 463 606
205 205 226 258 358
205 205 205 205 248
397 397 437 485 590
610 610 645 770 920
G - G (1)
H
I
-
140 150 155 175 220
292 292 332 370 445
185 187 207 227 240
320 320 365 360 400
L
M
N
O
165 1”1/2 97 165 1”1/2 97 165 1”1/2 97 195 131 2” 245 140 2”
775 775 810 966 1142
(1) Length with extended combustion head
BURNER – BOILER MOUNTING FLANGE
Model GAS 3/2 GAS 4/2 GAS 5/2 GAS 6/2 GAS 7/2
45°
D1 45°
D2 Ø
D1
D2
Ø
155 165 165 185 230
226 226 226 276 325
M10 M10 M10 M12 M12
PACKAGING
Model
Z Y X - X (1)
GAS 3/2 GAS 4/2 GAS 5/2 GAS 6/2 GAS 7/2
X - X (1)
Y
Z
kg
850 850 895 1045 1245
545 545 543 543 727
473 473 520 555 665
34 40 43 60 98
(1) Length with extended combustion head
INSTALLATION DESCRIPTION
Installation, start up and maintenance must be carried out by qualified and skilled personnel. All operations must be performed in accordance with the technical handbook supplied with the burner.
BURNER SETTING All the burners have slide bars, for easier installation and maintenance. After drilling the boilerplate, using the supplied gasket as a template, dismantle the blast tube from the burner and fix it to the boiler. Adjust the combustion head. Fit the gas train, choosing this on the basis of the maximum output of the boiler and considering the enclosed diagrams. Refit the burner casing to the slide bars. Close the burner, sliding it up to the flange.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AND START UP Make the electrical connections to the boiler following the wiring diagrams included in the instruction handbook. Turn the motor to check rotation direction (if it is a three-phase motor). Perform a first ignition calibration on the gas train. On start up, check: - Gas pressure at the combustion head (to max. and min. output) - Combustion quality, in terms of unburned substances and excess air.
BURNER ACCESSORIES
Extended head kit “Standard head” burners can be transformed into “extended head” versions, by using the special kit. The KITS available for the various burners, giving the original and the extended lengths, are listed below. Extended head kit Burner
Standard head length (mm)
Extended head length (mm)
Kit code
185 187 207 227 240
320 320 365 360 400
3000605 3000606 3000607 3000608 3000678
GAS 3/2 GAS 4/2 GAS 5/2 GAS 6/2 GAS 7/2
Spacer kit If burner head penetration into the combustion chamber needs reducing, varying thickness spacers are available, as given in the following table: Spacer kit Burner
GAS 3/2 - 4/2 - 5/2 - 6/2 GAS 7/2
Spacer thickness S (mm)
Kit code
142 102
3000755 3000722
S
Continuous ventilation kit If the burner requires continuous ventilation in the stages without flame, a special kit is available as given in the following table: Continuous ventilation kit Burner
Kit code
GAS 3/2 - 4/2 - 5/2 - 6/2 - 7/2
3010030
Sound proofing box If noise emission needs reducing even further, sound-proofing boxes are available, as given in the following table: Sound proofing box Burner
GAS 3/2 - 4/2 - 5/2 GAS 6/2 GAS 7/2
Box type
Box code
C2 C3 C4
3000777 3000778 3000779
LPG kit For burning LPG gas, a special kit is available to be fitted to the combustion head on the burner, as given in the following table: LPG kit Burner
GAS 3/2 GAS 4/2 GAS 5/2 GAS 6/2 GAS 7/2
Kit code for standard head
Kit code for extended head
3000657 3000658 3000659 3000753 3000806
3000807 3000808 3000809 3000810 3000811
Interface adapter kit To connect the flame control panel to a personal computer for the transmission of operation, fault signals and detailed service information, an interface adapter with PC software are available. Interface adapter Burner
GAS 3/2 - 4/2 - 5/2 - 6/2 - 7/2
Kit code
in progress
GAS TRAIN ACCESSORIES
Adapters When the diameter of the gas train is different from the set diameter of the burners, an adapter must be fitted between the gas train and the burner. The following table lists the adapters for various burners. Adapters Burner
Gas train
Dimensions
GAS 3/2
MBZRDLE 407 - 410
3/4"
1" 1/2
3000824
MBZRDLE 410
3/4"
1" 1/2
3000824
1" 1/2
3000822
1" 1/2
3000824
1" 1/2
3000822
GAS 4/2
2"
MBZRDLE 420 - CB 50/2 MBZRDLE 410
3/4"
Adapter code
GAS 5/2 MBZRDLE 420 - CB 50/2
2"
3/4"
3000824
1" 1/2
MBZRDLE 410 GAS 6/2
MBZRDLE 412 - 415 - CB 40/2
1" 1/2
2"
1" 1/2
2"
3000843 3000843 1" 1/2
CBF 65/2
DN 65
3000825
2"1/2 2"
MBZRDLE 415 - CB 40/2
1" 1/2
3000843
2"
GAS 7/2 1" 1/2
CBF 65/2
DN 65
3000825
2"1/2 2"
CBF 80/2
DN 80
2"1/2
2"
3000826
Seal control kit To test the valve seals on the gas train, a special “seal control kit” is available. The valve seal control device is compulsory (EN 676) on gas trains to burners with a maximum output over 1200 kW. The sealing control is type VPS 504. Seal control kit Burner
GAS 3/2 GAS 4/2 GAS 5/2 GAS 6/2 GAS 7/2
Gas train
Kit code
MBZRDLE 407 - 410 - 412 MBZRDLE 415 - CB 40/2 MBZRDLE 410 - 412 MBZRDLE 415 - 420 - CB 40/2 - 50/2 MBZRDLE 410 - 412 MBZRDLE 415 - 420 - CB 40/2 - 50/2 MBZRDLE 410 - 412 MBZRDLE 415 - 420 - CB 40/2 - 50/2 - CBF 65/2 MBZRDLE 415 - 420 CB 40/2 - 50/2 - CBF 65/2 - 80/2
3010123 0000000 3010125 3010123 3010125 3010123 3010125 3010123 3010125 3010125
Stabiliser spring Accessory springs are available to vary the pressure range of the gas train stabilisers. The following table shows these accessories with their application range Stabiliser springs Gas train
CBF 65/2 - CBF 80/2 CBF 65/2 - CBF 80/2 CBF 65/2 - CBF 80/2
Spring
Code
Red from 25 to 55 mbar Black from 60 to 110 mbar Pink from 90 to 150 mbar
3010133 3010135 3090456
Please refer to the technical manual for the correct choice of spring.
SPECIFICATION
A specific index guides your choice of burner from the various models available in the RS series. Below is a clear and detailed specification description of the product.
DESIGNATION OF SERIES Series :
GAS Size Operation :
... /2 P/M
Emission : Head :
One stage Two stage Modulating ... TC TL
Class 1 EN267 - EN676 Standard head Extended head
Flame control system: FS1 Standard (1 stop every 24 h) FS2 Continuous working (1 stop every 72 h) Electrical supply to the system : 1/230/50 1/230V/50Hz 1/210/60 1/210V/60Hz 1/220/60 1/220V/60Hz 3/230-400/50 3/230V/50Hz - 3N/400V/50Hz 3/210/60 3/210V/60 3/220-380/60 3/220V/60Hz - 3N/380V/60Hz Auxiliary voltage : 230/50 230V/50Hz 220/60 220V/60Hz 120/50-60 120V/50-60Hz
GAS
7
/2
TC
FS1 3/230-400/50
230/50
BASIC DESIGNATION EXTENDED DESIGNATION
AVAILABLE BURNER MODELS GAS 3/2 GAS 3/2 GAS 3/2
TC TC TC
FS1 FS1 FS1
1/210/60 1/220/60 1/230/50
120/50-60 220/60 230/50
GAS 6/2 GAS 6/2 GAS 6/2
TC TC TC
FS1 FS1 FS1
3/210/60 3/220-380/60 3/230-400/50
120/50-60 220/60 230/50
GAS 4/2 GAS 4/2 GAS 4/2
TC TC TC
FS1 FS1 FS1
1/230/50 1/210/60 3/220-380/60
230/50 120/50-60 220/60
GAS 7/2 GAS 7/2 GAS 7/2
TC TC TC
FS1 FS1 FS1
3/210/60 3/220-380/60 3/230-400/50
120/50-60 220/60 230/50
GAS 5/2 GAS 5/2 GAS 5/2
TC TC TC
FS1 FS1 FS1
3/210/60 3/220-380/60 3/230-400/50
120/50-60 220/60 230/50
Other versions are available on request.
PRODUCT SPECIFICATION
Burner: Monoblock forced draught gas burner with two stage operation, fully automatic, made up of: - Air suction circuit - Fan with forward curve blades high performance concerning pressure and air delivery - Air damper for air setting controlled by servomotor - Fan pressure test point - Starting motor at 2800 rpm - Combustion head, that can be set on the basis of required output, fitted with: - stainless steel end cone, resistant to corrosion and high temperatures - ignition electrodes - ionisation probe - gas distributor - flame stability disk - Minimum air pressure switch stops the burner in case of insufficient air quantity at the combustion head - Microprocessor-based flame control panel with diagnostic functions - Terminal strip for electrical connections - Slide bars for easier installation and maintenance - Protection filter against radio interference - IP 44 electric protection level. Gas train Fuel supply line, in the MULTIBLOC configuration (from a diameter of 3/4” until a diameter 2”) or COMPOSED configuration (from a diameter of DN 40 until a diameter of DN 80), fitted with: - Filter - Stabiliser - Minimum gas pressure switch - Safety valve - Two stage working valve with ignition gas output regulator. Conforming to: - 89/336/EEC directive (electromagnetic compatibility) - 73/23/EEC directive (low voltage) - 92/42/EEC directive (performance) - 90/396/EEC directive (gas) - EN 676 (gas burners). Standard equipment: - 1 gas train gasket - 1 flange gasket - 4 screws for fixing the flange - 1 thermal screen - 4 screws for fixing the burner flange to the boiler - Instruction handbook for installation, use and maintenance - Spare parts catalogue. Available accessories to be ordered separately: - Extended head kit - Spacer kit - Continuous ventilation kit - Sound-proofing box - LPG kit - Gas train adapter - Seal control kit - Stabiliser spring - Interface adapter kit.
Lineagrafica
RIELLO S.p.A.
ISO 9001 Cert. n. 0061
- Via degli Alpini, 1 - 37045 LEGNAGO (VR) Italy Tel. ++39.0442630111 - Fax ++39.044221980 Internet: http://www.rielloburners.com - E-mail:
[email protected] Since the Company is constantly engaged in the production improvement, the aesthetic and dimensional features, the technical data, the equipment and the accessories can be changed. This document contains confidential and proprietary information of RIELLO S.p.A. Unless authorised, this information shall not be divulged, nor duplicated in whole or in part.
MODULATING GAS BURNERS GAS P/M SERIES
GAS 3 P/M 80/130 ÷ GAS 4 P/M 120/180 ÷ GAS 5 P/M 155/320 ÷ GAS 6 P/M 300/520 ÷ GAS 7 P/M 400/800 ÷ GAS 8 P/M 640/1162 ÷ GAS 9 P/M 870/1744 ÷ GAS 10 P/M 1140/2441 ÷
350 kW 470 kW 660 kW 1050 kW 1760 kW 2210 kW 3488 kW 4885 kW
The GAS P/M series cover a firing range from 80 to 4885 kW. Operation is featured by progressive two stage operation or full modulation, with an advanced modulating control system and probes. The burners of GAS P/M series are well suited for applications requiring versatility of control (process, steam, refrigerating absorption) where a variable output is needed. Due to their metal sheet structures, they are specifically suitable for process applications where plastic materials could be easily damaged or deformed. Simplified maintenance is achieved by sliding bars which permit the access to the combustion head without need of removing the burner from the boiler.
TS0039UK00
TECHNICAL DATA
GAS 3 P/M
Model
GAS 5 P/M
GAS 4 P/M
Burner operation mode
Heat output
SQM 10 s
42
kW
80/130÷350
120/180÷470
155/320÷660
300/520÷1050
400/800÷1760
640/1162÷2210 870/1744÷3488 1140/2441÷4885
Mcal/h
69/112÷301
104/155÷404
133/275÷568
258/447÷903
344/688÷1514
550/1000÷1900 750/1500÷3000
Working temperature °C min./max.
Fuel / air data
G20 gas density
kg/Nm3
G20 gas delivery
Nm3/h
10 0,71 8/13÷35
15,5/32÷66
12/18÷47
kg/Nm3
G25 gas delivery
Nm3/h kg/Nm3
LPG gas delivery
Nm3/h
Fan
type
Air temperature
max. °C
Electrical supply
Ph/Hz/V
Electrical data
87/174,4÷348,8 114/244,1÷488,5
0,78 9,3/15,1÷40,7
18/37,2÷76,7
13,9/20,9÷54,6
34,8/60,4÷122 46,5/92,9÷204,4 74,3/135÷256,7 101,1/202,6÷405,1 132,4/283,5÷567,4
Net calorific value LPG gas kWh/Nm3
LPG gas density
64/116,3÷221
8,6
29,2 2,16 2,7/4,5÷12
5,3/11÷22,6
4,1/6,2÷16,1
13,7/27,4÷60,3
10,3/17,8÷36
21,9/39,9÷75,8 29,8/59,8÷119,6 39,1/83,7÷167,5
Centrifugal with forward curve blades 60
3N/50/400-230 (±10%)
1/50/230 (±10%)
Auxiliary electrical supply Ph/Hz/V
1/50/230 (±10%)
type
LANDIS LFL 1.333
Total electrical power kW
0,4
0,54
0,85
1,7
3,4
5
9
14
Auxiliary electrical power kW
0,15
0,17
0,1
0,2
0,4
1
1,5
2
Protection level
IP
40 0,25
0,37
0,75
1,5
3
4
7,5
12
Rated motor current A
1,8
2,9
2,85 - 1,65
5,9 - 3,4
8 - 13,5
9,5 - 16,4
17,5 - 30
26 - 45
Motor start up current A
4,8
9,5
10 - 6
22,5 - 13
51 - 86
48 - 83
113 - 195
151 - 261
Motor electrical power kW
44
Motor protection level IP
55
type Ignition transformer
--
V1 - V2
230V - 1x8 kV
I1 - I2
1,8A - 30 mA
Sound pressure
dB(A)
Intermittent (at least one stop every 24 h) - Continuous (at least one stop every 72 h) 83,8 84,8 89,4 85,9 83,7 78
Sound output
W
CO emission
mg/kWh
< 60
NOx emission
mg/kWh
< 120
Operation
Approval Emissions
40/80÷176
30/52÷105
Net calorific value G25 gas kWh/Nm3
G25 gas density
980/2100÷4200
0/40
Net calorific value G20 gas kWh/Nm3
Control box
GAS 10 P/M
4÷1
Type Run time
GAS 9 P/M
GAS 8 P/M
Modulating (with regulator and probes accessories) or Two stage progressive
Modulation ratio at max. output
Servomotor
GAS 7 P/M
GAS 6 P/M
Directive
74,6
90/396 - 89/336 - 73/23 - 92/42 EEC
Conforming to Certification
90
--
EN 676
CE 0085AQ0710
CE 0085AP0941 CE 0085AP0942 CE 0085AP0943
Reference conditions: Temperature: 20°C Pressure: 1013,5 mbar Altitude: 100 m a.s.l. Noise measured at a distance of 1 meter.
Since the Company is constantly engaged in the production improvement, the aesthetic and dimensional features, the technical data, the equipment and the accessories can be changed. This document contains confidential and proprietary information of RIELLO S.p.A. Unless authorised, this information shall not be divulged, nor duplicated in whole or in part.
FIRING RATES
140
14
130
13
120
12
110
11
100
10
90
9
80
8
GAS 7 P/M
GAS 6 P/M
GAS 4 P/M GAS 5 P/M
70
7
60
6
50
5
40
4
30
3
20
2
10 0
hPa (mbar)
mm H2O
GAS 3 P/M
1 0 0
100 100
0
180
200
300
400
300
500
500
600
700
700
800
900
900
1000 1100
1100
1200
1300
1300
1400
1500
1500 Mcal/h 1700
kW
GAS 10 P/M
18
GAS 9 P/M
120
12
90
9
60
6
30
3
0
hPa (mbar)
15
mm H2O
150
GAS 8 P/M
0 1000
500 500
1000
2000
1500
1500
2000
Useful working field for choosing the burner Modulation range Test conditions conforming to EN 676: Temperature: 20°C Pressure: 1013.5 mbar Altitude: 100 m a.s.l.
3000
2500
2500
3000
3500
3500 4000
4000
Mcal/h
4500
5000 kW
FUEL SUPPLY
GAS TRAIN The burners are fitted with a butterfly valve to regulate the fuel, controlled by a variable profile cam servomotor. Fuel can be supplied either from the right or left hand sides, on the basis of the application requirments. A maximum gas pressure switch stops the burner in case of an excess of pressure in fuel line. The gas train can be selected to best fit system requirements depending on the fuel output and pressure in the supply line. The gas train can be “Multibloc“ type (containing the main components in a single unit) or “Composed” type (assembly of the single components).
Example of the variable profile cam on GAS 3-4-5-6-7 P/M burners.
MULTIBLOC gas train without seal control
12 P1 4
11
15
10
MULTIBLOC
7
14
9
8
P2
6
5
P3
3
L
2
1
1
Gas input pipework
2
Manual valve
3
Anti-vibration joint
4
Pressure gauge with pushbutton cock.
5
Filter
6
Pressure regulator (vertical)
7
Minimum gas pressure switch
8
VS safety solenoid (vertical)
9
VR regulation solenoid (vertical) Two settings: - firing output (rapid opening) - maximum output (slow opening)
L1
10 Gasket and flange supplied with the burner
MULTIBLOC gas train with seal control
11 Gas adjustment butterfly valve 12 Burner 13 Seal control mechanism for valves 8-9. According to standard EN 676, the seal control is compulsory for burners with maximum output above 1200 kW. 14 Gas train-burner adapter.
12
15 Maximum gas pressure switch
P1 15
P1 Combustion head pressure
4
11 10
MULTIBLOC
7
14
9
13
8
P2
6
5
P2 Pressure downstream from the regulator P3
3
2
1
P3 Pressure upstream from the filter Gas train supplied separately, with the code given in the table
L L
L1
L1 Installer’ s responsibility
COMPOSED gas train without seal control
COMPOSED gas train with seal control
12
12
P1 15
P1 4
11 10
14
15
9
8
P2
L
4
11 10
7
6
5
P3
3
2
L1
1
14
7
9
13
8
P2
L
6
5
P3
3
2
L1
1
Example of gas train “COMPOSED” type without seal control
Y
Øi Øo
Z
X
Example of gas train “MULTIBLOC” type without seal control
Y Øo
Øi Z
X
Gas trains are approved by standard EN 676 together with the burner. The overall dimensions of the gas train depends on how they are constructed. The following table shows the maximum dimensions of the gas trains that can be fitted to GAS P/M burners, intake and outlet diameters and seal control if fitted. Please note that the seal control can be installed as an accessory, if not already installed on the gas train. The maximum gas pressure of gas train “Multibloc” type is 300 mbar, and that one of gas train “Composed” type is 500 mbar.
GAS TRAINS
COMPOSED
GAS TRAINS
MULTIBLOC
Name
Code
Øi
Øo
X mm
Y mm
Z mm
Seal Control
MBD 407
3970076
3/4”
3/4”
371
196
120
-
MBD 410
3970077
1”
3/4”
405
217
145
-
MBD 412
3970144
1”1/4
1”1/2
433
217
145
-
MBD 415
3970180
1”1/2
1”1/2
523
250
100
-
MBD 420
3970181
2”
2”
523
300
100
-
MBD 420 CT
3970182
2”
2”
523
300
227
Incorporated
CB 40/1
3970145
1”1/2
1”1/2
891
261
195
-
CB 50/1
3970146
2”
2”
986
328
250
-
CB 50/1 CT
3970160
2”
2”
986
328
320
Incorporated
CBF 65/1
3970147
DN 65
DN 65
874
356
285
-
CBF 65/1 CT
3970161
DN 65
DN 65
874
356
285
Incorporated
CBF 80/1
3970148
DN 80
DN 80
934
416
285
-
CBF 80/1 CT
3970162
DN 80
DN 80
934
416
285
Incorporated
CBF 100/1
3970149
DN 100
DN 100
1054
501
350
-
CBF 100/1 CT
3970163
DN 100
DN 100
1054
501
350
Incorporated
PRESSURE DROP DIAGRAM The diagrams indicate the minimum pressure drop of the burners with the various gas trains that can be matched with them; the value thus calculated represents the minimum required input pressure to the gas train.
NATURAL GAS
LPG G25
60
M
BD
07
4
60
40
50
40
30
10
D4
MB
30
412 MBD 0/1 4 B C 15 4 D MB
10
MBD 420 - 420 CT 0
0
130
150
200
200
250
250
50
40
MBD 30
410 MBD 412 MBD
10
MBD 420 - 420 CT - CB 50/1 - 50/1 CT MBD 415 - CB 40/1 0
301 kcal/h x 1000
100 112
350 kW
300
407
20
CB 50/1 - 50/1 CT
150
LPG 60
20
10
100 112
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
70
50
20
Pressure drop
∆P
Pressure drop
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
mbar
∆P
GAS 3 P/M
G20
mbar
GAS 3 P/M
150
200
150
200
Gas train
250
250
301 kcal/h x 1000
350 kW
300
Gas train
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
MBD 407
3970076
3000824
Accessory
MBD 420 CT
3970182
3000822
Incorporated
MBD 410
3970077
3000824
Accessory
CB 40/1
3970145
-
Accessory
MBD 412
3970144
-
Accessory
CB 50/1
3970146
3000822
Accessory
MBD 415
3970180
-
Accessory
CB 50/1 CT
3970160
3000822
Incorporated
MBD 420
3970181
3000822
Accessory
0
BD
41
50
M
40
30
12 D4 MB 0/1 4 CB 415 MBD
20
20
D4
MB 10
CB
1
50/
-
C 420
30
180
200
250
250
300
300
350
350
400
40
30
20
20
420 MBD
T 10
0 200
LPG 50
1C
/ - 50
0 155
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
40
Pressure drop
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
60
T
Pressure drop
∆P
41 0
50
M BD
G25
mbar
∆P
GAS 4 P/M
G20
mbar
GAS 4 P/M
12 D4 MB 0/1 B4 - C 15 CT 4 D /1 MB - 50 0/1 B5 C T 0C - 42
10
0
404 kcal/h x 1000
155
450 470 kW
180
Gas train
200
200
250
250
300
300
350
350
400
404 kcal/h x 1000
450 470 kW
Gas train
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
MBD 410
3970077
3000824
Accessory
MBD 420 CT
3970182
3000822
Incorporated
MBD 412
3970144
-
Accessory
CB 40/1
3970145
-
Accessory
MBD 415
3970180
-
Accessory
CB 50/1
3970146
3000822
Accessory
MBD 420
3970181
3000822
Accessory
CB 50/1 CT
3970160
3000822
Incorporated
NATURAL GAS
LPG
GAS 5 P/M G20
70
50 60 40
12 D4 MB 0/1 4 B C 15 D4 MB
30
50
40
mbar
BD M
LPG
60
∆P
0 41
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
mbar
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
G25
60
∆P
50
40
30
MBD
Pressure drop
CB
50/1 50/1 -
20
CT
CT
10 10
0
0 250 275 300
350
400
400
320
450
600
660
-
415
0/1
4 - CB
1 CT - 50/ 0/1 CB 5
10
0
568 600 kcal/h x 1000
500
500
CT - 420 420 MBD
20
Pressure drop
0 - 420
MBD 42
12
D4
MB
30 20
10
D4
MB
350
250 275 300
kW
400
400
320
Gas train
450
568 600 kcal/h x 1000
500
500
600
660
kW
Gas train
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
MBD 410
3970077
3000824
Accessory
MBD 420 CT
3970182
3000822
Incorporated
MBD 412
3970144
-
Accessory
CB 40/1
3970145
-
Accessory
MBD 415
3970180
-
Accessory
CB 50/1
3970146
3000822
Accessory
MBD 420
3970181
3000822
Accessory
CB 50/1 CT
3970160
3000822
Incorporated
GAS 6 P/M
GAS 6 P/M
G20
M
/ 2 41 B 40 C BD
1 D
MB
70
50
60
12 D4 MB
50
60
40
50
CT - 420 420 CT 1 / MBD 0 -5 0/1 CB 5
40
0
0
500
550
600
600
700
650
700
800
750
800
900
850 903 kcal/h x 1000
1000
420
- 420
CT
1 40/ - CB 415 CT 1 / MBD 0 -5 50/1 - CB
20
10
500
MBD
20
10
447
30
30
/1 CT /1 - 65 CBF 65 80/1 CT CBF 80/1 -
20
40
kW
Pressure drop
30
Pressure drop
LPG ∆P
5 41
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head mbar
60
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head mbar
∆P
G25
10
0 447
500
Gas train
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
Gas train
MBD 412
3970144
3010126
Accessory
CB 50/1 CT
MBD 415
3970180
3000843
Accessory
CBF 65/1
MBD 420
3970181
-
Accessory
MBD 420 CT
3970182
-
Incorporated
CB 40/1
3970145
3000843
Accessory
CB 50/1
3970146
-
Accessory
500
550
600
600
700
Code
650
700
800
750
800
900
850 903 kcal/h x 1000
1000
Adapter
Seal Control
3970160
-
Incorporated
3970147
3000825
Accessory
CBF 65/1 CT
3970161
3000825
Incorporated
CBF 80/1
3970148
3000826
Accessory
CBF 80/1 CT
3971062
3000826
Incorporated
kW
NATURAL GAS
LPG
GAS 7 P/M
GAS 7 P/M
G20 4
MB
50
4
D
20
42
∆P
0
CT 5 CB
0/
1 70
60 40
50
30
CBF
T 1C
65/
1-
65/
40
T
0/1 C
1-8 F 80/
CB
20
30
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head mbar
BD
40 BD /1 41 5
M
12
CB
mbar
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
LPG
G25
60
M
∆P
90
2
70 60 50
4 MBD
40
20 -
4 MBD
5 - CB 0 CT
600
700
700
800
800
900
900
1000
1100 1200
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400
1300
1
1 CT
65/1
CT
20
10 0
1400 1500 kcal/h x 1000
600
1700 kW 1760
1500 1600
40/
- 50/
5/1 -
CBF 6
Pressure drop
Pressure drop
0
0
- CB
42
20
10
15
0/1
30
10
41
BD
M
80
700
700
800
800
900
900
1000
1000
1100 1200
1100
1200
1300
1400
1300
1400 1500 kcal/h x 1000
1500 1600
1700 kW 1760
Gas train
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
MBD 412
3970144
3010126
Accessory
CB 50/1 CT
3970160
-
Incorporated
MBD 415
3970180
3000843
Accessory
CBF 65/1
3970147
3000825
Accessory
MBD 420
3970181
-
Accessory
CBF 65/1 CT
3970161
3000825
Incorporated
MBD 420 CT
3970182
-
Incorporated
CBF 80/1
3970148
3000826
Accessory
CB 40/1
3970145
3000843
Accessory
CBF 80/1 CT
3971062
3000826
Incorporated
CB 50/1
3970146
-
Accessory
Gas train
GAS 8 P/M G25
100
0
42
MB
80
1-
0/ B5
120
T
1C
50/
100
C
80
60
- 65/1 CBF 65/1
40
CT
/1 CT
CBF 80/1 - 80
LPG ∆P
60
100 mbar
0-
2 D4
CT
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
mbar
∆P
GAS 8 P/M
G20
80
60
0/1 CT 0/1 - 5 - CB 5 T C 0 2 20 - 4 MBD 4 /1 CT /1 - 65 CBF 65
40
40
20 20
0
0 1000
1100
1200
130
1400
1500
1600
1700
1800 1900 kcal/h x 1000
1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100 1163
kW 2210
Gas train
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
MBD 420
3970181
3010128
Accessory
MBD 420 CT
3970182
3010128
Incorporated
CB 50/1
3970146
3010128
Accessory
CB 50/1 CT
3970160
3010128
Incorporated
CBF 65/1
3970147
3000831
Accessory
Pressure drop
Pressure drop
CBF 100/1 - 100/1 CT 20
0 1000
1100
1200
130
1400
1500
1600
1700
1800 1900 kcal/h x 1000
1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100 1163
Gas train
kW 2210
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
CBF 65/1 CT
3970161
3000831
Incorporated
CBF 80/1
3970148
3000832
Accessory
CBF 80/1 CT
3971062
3000832
Incorporated
CBF 100/1
3970149
3010127
Accessory
CBF 100/1 CT
3970163
3010127
Incorporated
NATURAL GAS
LPG
GAS 9 P/M
GAS 9 P/M G25
100
F CB
65
/1
100
80
60
CBF
40
CT 0/1
1-8
80/
60
0
0
1744
2000
2500
2500
60
5/1 -
CBF 6
20
0 1500
kW 3488
3000
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
CBF 65/1
3970147
3000831
Accessory
CBF 65/1 CT
3970161
3000831
Incorporated
CBF 80/1
3970148
3000832
Accessory
CT
65/1
40
3000 kcal/h x 1000
Gas train
1744
Gas train
GAS 10 P/M
2000
2000
2500
2500
3000 kcal/h x 1000
kW 3488
3000
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
CBF 80/1 CT
3971062
3000832
Incorporated
CBF 100/1
3970149
3010127
Accessory
CBF 100/1 CT
3970163
3010127
Incorporated
GAS 10 P/M
G20
LPG
G25 ∆P 120
F
65
/1
-6
5/
mbar
1
CT
100
80
CB
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
80
1-
0/
8 BF
/1
80
CT 100
C
80
60
1-
00/
1 CBF
40
T 1C
/
100
60
100 mbar
Pressure drop
20
2000
100
40
20
1500
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
1-
/ 65
Pressure drop
80
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
120
CT
T 00/1 C 0/1 - 1 CBF 10
∆P
LPG ∆P
mbar
∆P
mbar
G20
80
/1
65
CT
5
F6
CB
/1
60
40
20 20
0
0 2100
2441
2500
3000
3000
3500
3500
4000
20
0
4000 4200 kcal/h x 1000
4500
2100
kW 4885
Gas train
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
CBF 65/1
3970147
3000831
Accessory
CBF 65/1 CT
3970161
3000831
Incorporated
CBF 80/1
3970148
3000832
Accessory
note
Pressure drop
Pressure drop
40
2441
Gas train
2500
3000
3000
3500
3500
4000
4000 4200 kcal/h x 1000
4500
kW 4885
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
CBF 80/1 CT
3971062
3000832
Incorporated
CBF 100/1
3970149
3010127
Accessory
CBF 100/1 CT
3970163
3010127
Incorporated
Please contact the Riello Burner Technical Office for different pressure levels from those above indicated.
SELECTING THE FUEL SUPPLY LINES The following diagram enables pressure drop in a pre-existing gas line to be calculated and to select the correct gas train. The diagram can also be used to select a new gas line when fuel output and pipe length are known. The pipe diameter is selected on the basis of the desired pressure drop. The diagram uses methane gas as reference; if another gas is used, conversion coefficient and a simple formula (on the diagram) transform the gas output to a methane equivalent (refer to figure A). Please note that the gas train dimensions must take into account the back pressure of the combustion chamber during operations. Control of the pressure drop in an existing gas line or selecting a new gas supply line. The methane output equivalent is determined by the formula fig. A on the diagram and the conversion coefficient. Once the equivalent output has been determined on the delivery scale ( V ), shown at the top of the diagram, move vertically downwards until you cross the line that represents the pipe diameter; at this point, move horizontally to the left until you meet the line that represents the pipe length. Once this point is established you can verify, by moving vertically downwards, the pipe pressure drop of on the botton scale below (mbar). By subtracting this value from the pressure measured on the gas meter, the correct pressure value will be found for the choice of gas train. Example:
- gas used - gas output - pressure at the gas meter - gas line length - conversion coefficient
- equivalent methane output V =
G25 9.51 mc/h 20 mbar 15 m 0.62 (see figure A)
9.51 0.62
= 15.34 mc/h
- once the value of 15.34 has been identified on the output scale ( V ), moving vertically downwards you cross the line that represents 1" 1/4 (the chosen diameter for the piping); - from this point, move horizontally to the left until you meet the line that represents the length of 15 m of the piping; - move vertically downwards to determine a value of 1.4 mbar in the pressure drop botton scale; - subtract the determined pressure drop from the meter pressure, the correct pressure level will be found for the choice of gas train; - correct pressure = ( 20-1.4 ) = 18.6 mbar
30 22 15 12 9 6
V
45 61 76 95 122 152 1
2
10
20
3
4
15,34
5 6 7 8 10
20
30 40 50 60
80 100
200
400
600 800 1000
3
6"
PIP
EL
EN
GT
4"
H(
m)
2
Figure A 0,1
0,2
PIPE DIAMETER 0,3
0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 1
PRESSURE DROP (mbar)
1,4
2
3
4
5
6
2
2"
4
1 - G20 0,62 - G25 1,18 - G31
1/
3/
{
=
1/
f
1"
f
3"
2"
2 1/ 1" 4 1/ 1"
V = Gas output Nmc/h
VENTILATION
The ventilation circuit comes with a forward blades centrifugal fan, which gaurantees high pressure levels at the required air deliveries and permits installation flexibility. In spite of the remarkable output power and of the very high pressure performances, GAS P/M models are extremely compact. A minimum air pressure switch stops the burner when there is an insufficient quantity of air at the combustion head. A variable profile cam connects fuel and air setting, ensuring fuel efficiency at all firing rates. Example of servomotor and air damper of GAS 3 P/M
COMBUSTION HEAD
Two different combustion head length can be selected for the various models of GAS P/M series of burners. The choice depends on the thickness of the front panel and type of boiler. Correct head penetration into the combustion chamber depends on the type of heat generator. These burners are equipped with a variable geometry combustion head. This enables optimum combustion performance throughout the working field, ensuring peak combustion efficiency thus saving on fuel consumption. The following diagram shows the flame dimensions in relation to the burner output. The lengths and diameter shown in the diagram below should be employed for for a preliminary check: if combustion chamber dimensions are different from the values in the diagram, further tests Example of GAS 8 P/M combustion head need to be done. Flame dimensions 4
7
ax Lm
5
Lm
4
3 2,5
in
2 3
D max
1,5
D min
2
1
1
0,5
0
0 0
1
2
3
4 5 6 7 Burner output (MW)
8
9
10
Flame diameter (m)
Flame length (m)
D
3,5
6
L
Example: Burner thermal output = 3500 kW; L flame (m) = 3,5 m (medium value); D flame (m) = 1 m (medium value)
ADJUSTMENT
BURNER OPERATION MODE The GAS P/M series of burners can be “two stage progressive” or “modulating” operation.
During “two stage progressive” operation, the burner gradually adapts the output to the requested level, by varying between two pre-set levels (see figure A).
°C bar
Time MAX
MIN
Time
Output
Output
D u r i n g “ m o d u l a t i n g ” “Modulating” operation operation, normally required °C in steam generators, in bar superheated boilers or thermal oil burners, a specific regulator and probes are required. These are supplied as accessories that must be MAX ordered separately. The burner can work for long MIN periods at intermediate output levels (see figure B). Controlled variable
Controlled variable
“Two stage progressive” operation
Example of RWF 40 regulator
Time
Figure A
Time
Figure B
START UP CYCLE GAS 3 P/M - 4 P/M - 5 P/M - 6 P/M - 7 P/M - 8 P/M - 9 P/M - 10 P/M 0"
The burner begins the firing cycle. Load control TL closes and motor starts running. 6" - 51" The servomotor opens the air damper at the maximum output. 51"- 82" Pre-purge phase with air delivery at maximum output. 82" - 117" The servomotor sets the air damper and the butterfly valve at the minimum output. 117" - 120" Pre-ignition. 126" Firing : all the solenoid gas valves are supplied. 126" - 129" After ignition. 150" Output can be increased.
TL TR M
VS VR max M
min 0 max min 0
0
time (s)
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Electrical connections must be made by qualified and skilled personnel, according to the local regulations.
“TWO STAGE PROGRESSIVE” OPERATION GAS 5 P/M - 6 P/M - 7 P/M Without seal control
GAS 3 P/M - 4 P/M Without seal control MB
L N
1 2 3
F
TL
S
L
ϑP
4 5 L W1W2 Y2 Y1 Q N M B1 G N
V
P P
V
N
PG
TR
P
ϑP
L1 L2 L3 N L
1 2 3 T6A TS ϑP
IN
TS
MB
VR
ϑP
VS
TL
ϑP
S
F
4 5 L W1W2 Y2 Y1 Q N M B1 G N
V
P P
V
N
TR
PG
ϑP
P
IN
VR
VS
L N L
PE
IN MB PG S TR TL TS VR VS F L
L N
~
50Hz 230V
- Burner manual stop switch - Burner terminal strip - Minimum gas pressure switch - Remote lock-out signal - High/low flame setting thermostat - Threshold thermostat - Safety thermostat - Adjustment valve - Safety valve - Fuse (see table A) - Lead section (see table A)
PE L1 L2 L3
~ ~
~ 50Hz
3N 50Hz 400/230V 3 50Hz 230V
L N
1 2 3
F
4
5 L W1W2 Y2 Y1 Q N M B1 G N
V
T8
T6
N
V
TL
S
L
L1 L2 L3 N L
ϑP
ϑP
PG P
ϑP
M
~
1 2 3 T6A TS
IN
TS
MB
TR
ϑP
3
IN MB PG S TR TL TS VR VS F L
VR
VS
4
5 L W1W2 Y2 Y1 Q N M B1 G N
V
T8
T6
N
V
TL
TR
ϑP
S
F
ϑP
PG
IN
P
S1
S1 XP T8
PE
~
T7
- Burner manual stop switch - Burner terminal strip - Minimum gas pressure switch - Remote lock-out signal - High/low flame setting thermostat - Threshold thermostat - Safety thermostat - Adjustment valve - Safety valve - Fuse (see table A) - Lead section (see table A)
GAS 5 P/M - 6 P/M - 7 P/M With seal control
GAS 3 P/M - 4 P/M With seal control MB
230V
T6
B5
N
XP
L
L1
PE L1 L2 L3
L N 50Hz 230V VPS
XP - Plug for seal control device S1 - Remote lock-out signal for seal control device IN - Burner manual stop switch MB - Burner terminal strip PG - Minimum gas pressure switch S - Remote lock-out signal TR - High/low flame setting thermostat TL - Threshold thermostat TS - Safety thermostat VR - Adjustment valve VS - Safety valve VPS - Seal control device F - Fuse (see table A) L - Lead section (see table A)
~ ~
~
3N 50Hz 400/230V 3 50Hz 230V
N L 50Hz 230V 3
T8
T7
T6
B5
N
L1
M
~
VPS
XP - Plug for seal control device S1 - Remote lock-out signal for seal control device IN - Burner manual stop switch MB - Burner terminal strip PG - Minimum gas pressure switch S - Remote lock-out signal TR - High/low flame setting thermostat TL - Threshold thermostat TS - Safety thermostat VR - Adjustment valve VS - Safety valve VPS - Seal control device F - Fuse (see table A) L - Lead section (see table A)
VR
VS
GAS 9 P/M - 10 P/M With seal control - Star-delta start-up version
GAS 8 P/M - 9 P/M With seal control - Direct start-up version MB
L1 L2 L3 N
L
N 1 2 3 T6A
F
S
TL P
TS P
4
5
T8
T6
3536 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 N L
MB
L W1W2 Y2 Y1 Q N M B1 G N V 20 21
LA PG P
S1
IN
S2
L
~ 50Hz
N T8 T7 T6 B5 N
VR
MA
L1
~ ~
M
PG P XP
T8 T7 T6 B5 N
L1
PE L1 L2 L3 N
VPS
~
VS
S1
F L
PE L1 L2 L3 N 3N 50Hz 400/230V 3 50Hz 230V 3
N V
TR P
35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 5 6
XP
230V
T8 T6
IN 1 2 3 4
L
TL P
S
T6A
VS
VR
4 5 L W1W2 Y2 Y1 Q N M B1 G N V 20 21
1 2 3 TS P
N V
TR P
~ ~
3N 50Hz 400/230V 3 50Hz 230V
XP - Plug for seal control device S1 - Remote lock-out signal for seal control device IN - Burner manual stop switch MB - Burner terminal strip PG - Minimum gas pressure switch S - Remote lock-out signal TR - High/low flame setting thermostat TL - Threshold thermostat TS - Safety thermostat VR - Adjustment valve VS - Safety valve VPS - Seal control device F - Fuse (see table B) L - Lead section (see table B)
3
M
~
VPS
XP - Plug for seal control device S1 - Remote lock-out signal for seal control device IN - Burner manual stop switch MB - Burner terminal strip PG - Minimum gas pressure switch S - Remote lock-out signal TR - High/low flame setting thermostat TL - Threshold thermostat
TS VR VS VPS MA S2 F L
- Safety thermostat - Adjustment valve - Safety valve - Seal control device - Star-delta starter terminal strip - Motor strip remote signal - Fuse (see table B) - Lead section (see table B)
“MODULATING” OPERATION – temperature probe GAS 5 P/M - 6 P/M - 7 P/M
GAS 3 P/M - 4 P/M RWF 40 TE
Q13 Q14
MB
L N
1 2
L1 G- G+ Y1 Y2 Q N M1 I1 G1+
3
S
F L
RWF 40 TE
4
5 L W1W2 Y2 Y1 Q N M B1 G
N
V
T8
T6
N
V
a b
MB
Q13 Q14 L1 L2 L3 N L
c d
T6A TS
BT
IN
3
S
P
VR
VS
4
5 L W1W2 Y2 Y1 Q N M B1 G
N
V
T8
T6
N
V
a b
PG
F
P
S1
S1 XP
T8
PE
T6
B5
N
XP
L
L1
PE L1 L2 L3
L N
~ 50Hz XP S1 IN MB PG S TS VR VS VPS F L BT RWF40
T7
c d
BT
IN
ϑP
PG
TS
ϑP
1 2
L1 G- G+ Y1 Y2 Q N M1 I1 G1+
230V VPS
- Plug for seal control device - Remote lock-out signal for seal control device - Burner manual stop switch - Burner terminal strip - Minimum gas pressure switch - Remote lock-out signal - Safety thermostat - Adjustment valve - Safety valve - Seal control device - Fuse (see table A) - Lead section (see table A) - Temperature probe - Regulator (installed on the burner)
~ ~
~
3N 50Hz 400/230V 3 50Hz 230V
XP S1 IN MB PG S TS VR VS VPS F L BT RWF40
N L 50Hz 230V 3
T8
T7
T6
B5
N
L1
M
~
VPS
- Plug for seal control device - Remote lock-out signal for seal control device - Burner manual stop switch - Burner terminal strip - Minimum gas pressure switch - Remote lock-out signal - Safety thermostat - Adjustment valve - Safety valve - Seal control device - Fuse (see table A) - Lead section (see table A) - Temperature probe - Regulator (installed on the burner)
VR
VS
GAS 9 P/M 10 P/M Star-delta start-up version
GAS 8 P/M - 9 P/M Direct start-up version RWF 40 Q13 Q14 MB
L1 L2 L3 N
L
N 1 2
L1 G- G+ Y1 Y2 Q N M1 I1 G1+
3
S
T6A
TS P
F
4
5
T8
T6
IN
L
~ 50Hz
PG P
TS P LA
T8 T7 T6 B5 N
S
TE
4 5 L W1W2 Y2 Y1 Q N M B1 G
N V 20 21
T8 T6
N V a b
c d
BT
T6A
VR
VS
VR
VS
35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 5 6 MA
L1
PG P
S1
F L
~ ~
XP S1 IN MB PG S TS VR VS VPS F L BT RWF40
L1 G- G+ Y1 Y2 Q N M1 I1 G1+
3
IN
S2
XP
230V
1 2
N V
c d
1 2 3 4
N
PE L1 L2 L3 N 3N 50Hz 400/230V 3 50Hz 230V 3
Q13 Q14 3536 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 N L
MB
N V 20 21
BT S1
L
TE
L W1W2 Y2 Y1 Q N M B1 G a b
RWF 40
XP T8 T7 T6 B5 N
L1
PE L1 L2 L3 N
M
~
~ ~
VPS
3N 50Hz 400/230V 3 50Hz 230V
- Plug for seal control device - Remote lock-out signal for seal control device - Burner manual stop switch - Burner terminal strip - Minimum gas pressure switch - Remote lock-out signal - Safety thermostat - Adjustment valve - Safety valve - Seal control device - Fuse (see table B) - Lead section (see table B) - Temperature probe - Regulator (installed on the burner)
3
M
~
VPS
XP - Plug for seal control device S1 - Remote lock-out signal for seal control device IN - Burner manual stop switch MB - Burner terminal strip PG - Minimum gas pressure switch S - Remote lock-out signal TS - Safety thermostat VR - Adjustment valve VS - Safety valve
VPS MA
- Seal control device - Star-delta starter terminal strip S2 - Motor strip remote signal F - Fuse (see table B) L - Lead section (see table B) BT - Temperature probe RWF40 - Regulator (installed on the burner)
"MODULATING" OPERATION – pressure probe
GAS 5 P/M - 6 P/M - 7 P/M
GAS 3 P/M - 4 P/M RWF 40 TE
Q13 Q14
MB
L N
1 2
L1 G- G+ Y1 Y2 Q N M1 I1 G1+
3
S
F L
RWF 40 TE
4
5 L W1W2 Y2 Y1 Q N M B1 G
N
V
T8
T6
N
V
BP
IN
MB
Q13 Q14 L1 L2 L3 N L
1 2 T6A TS
1 2 4/20mA
3
S
PG
TS
P
VR
VS
4
5 L W1W2 Y2 Y1 Q N M B1 G
N
V
T8
T6
N
V
BP
IN
ϑP
ϑP
L1 G- G+ Y1 Y2 Q N M1 I1 G1+
PG
F
P
S1
S1 XP
T8
PE
~
T7
T6
B5
N
XP
L
L1
PE L1 L2 L3
L N 50Hz 230V
XP S1 IN MB PG S TS VR VS VPS F L BP RWF40
1 2 4/20mA
VPS
- Plug for seal control device - Remote lock-out signal for seal control device - Burner manual stop switch - Burner terminal strip - Minimum gas pressure switch - Remote lock-out signal - Safety thermostat - Adjustment valve - Safety valve - Seal control device - Fuse (see table A) - Lead section (see table A) - Pressure probe - Regulator (installed on the burner)
~ ~
~
3N 50Hz 400/230V 3 50Hz 230V
XP S1 IN MB PG S TS VR VS VPS F L BP RWF40
N L 50Hz 230V 3
T8
T7
T6
B5
N
L1
M
~
VPS
- Plug for seal control device - Remote lock-out signal for seal control device - Burner manual stop switch - Burner terminal strip - Minimum gas pressure switch - Remote lock-out signal - Safety thermostat - Adjustment valve - Safety valve - Seal control device - Fuse (see table A) - Lead section (see table A) - Pressure probe - Regulator (installed on the burner)
VR
VS
GAS 9 P/M 10 P/M Star-delta start-up version
GAS 8 P/M - 9 P/M Direct start-up version RWF 40 Q13 Q14 MB
L1 L2 L3 N
L
N 1 2 T6A
F
L1 G- G+ Y1 Y2 Q N M1 I1 G1+
3
S TS P
4
5
T8
T6
L
~ 50Hz
TE
L W1W2 Y2 Y1 Q N M B1 G
BP
VR
S
N V
BP
T6A
MA
XP T8 T7 T6 B5 N
3N 50Hz 400/230V 3 50Hz 230V 3
M
~
VPS
XP - Plug for seal control device S1 - Remote lock-out signal for seal control device IN - Burner manual stop switch MB - Burner terminal strip PG - Minimum gas pressure switch S - Remote lock-out signal TS - Safety thermostat VR - Adjustment valve VS - Safety valve
VPS MA
- Seal control device - Star-delta starter terminal strip S2 - Motor strip remote signal F - Fuse (see table B) L - Lead section (see table B) BP - Pressure probe RWF40 - Regulator (installed on the burner)
The following table shows the supply lead sections and the type of fuse to be used. Single phase
F L
A mm2
Three phase - Direct start-up
GAS 4 P/M
GAS 5 P/M
GAS 6 P/M
GAS 7 P/M
230V
230V
230V
400V
230V
400V
230V
400V
T5 1,5
T6 1,5
T6 1,5
T6 1,5
T16 1,5
T10 1,5
T25 2,5
T16 1,5
Table A
Three phase - Direct start-up
Model
F L
A mm2
Table B
GAS 8 P/M
L1
~ ~
VPS
GAS 3 P/M
VS
PG P
F L
- Plug for seal control device - Remote lock-out signal for seal control device - Burner manual stop switch - Burner terminal strip - Minimum gas pressure switch - Remote lock-out signal - Safety thermostat - Adjustment valve - Safety valve - Seal control device - Fuse (see table B) - Lead section (see table B) - Pressure probe - Regulator (installed on the burner)
Model
1 2 4/20mA
S1
PE L1 L2 L3 N
~
T8 T6
35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 5 6
XP
M
N V 20 21
VR
L1
TE
4 5 L W1W2 Y2 Y1 Q N M B1 G
IN
S2
1 2 3 4
T8 T7 T6 B5 N
L1 G- G+ Y1 Y2 Q N M1 I1 G1+
3
VS
~ ~
XP S1 IN MB PG S TS VR VS VPS F L BP RWF40
TS P LA
PG P
N 230V
1 2
N V
IN
PE L1 L2 L3 N 3N 50Hz 400/230V 3 50Hz 230V 3
Q13 Q14 3536 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 N L
MB
N V 20 21
1 2 4/20mA
S1 L
RWF 40
GAS 9 P/M
Three phase - Star-delta start-up
GAS 9 P/M
GAS 10 P/M
230V
400V
230V
400V
230V
400V
230V
400V
T35 4
T25 2,5
T50 6
T35 4
T35 4
T25 2,5
T63 6
T35 4
mg/kWh
EMISSIONS
175
NOx EMISSIONS
150 125 100 75 50 25 0
mg/kWh
GAS 3 P/M GAS 4 P/M GAS 5 P/M GAS 6 P/M GAS 7 P/M GAS 8 P/M GAS 9 P/M GAS 10 P/M
60
CO EMISSIONS
50 40 30 20 10 0
dB(A)
GAS 3 P/M GAS 4 P/M GAS 5 P/M GAS 6 P/M GAS 7 P/M GAS 8 P/M GAS 9 P/M GAS 10 P/M
120
NOISE EMISSIONS
100 80 60 40 20 0 GAS 3 P/M GAS 4 P/M GAS 5 P/M GAS 6 P/M GAS 7 P/M GAS 8 P/M GAS 9 P/M GAS 10 P/M
The emission data has been measured in the various models at maximum output, according to EN 676 standard.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS (mm)
BURNERS GAS 3 P/M - 4 P/M - 5 P/M - 6 P/M - 7 P/M A
E
GAS 8 P/M - 9 P/M - 10 P/M E
A
G - G(1)
G - G(1)
H D
H
L I
M
I N
N B
C
B
M
C O - O(1)
O - O(1)
Model GAS 3 P/M GAS 4 P/M GAS 5 P/M GAS 6 P/M GAS 7 P/M GAS 8 P/M GAS 9 P/M GAS 10 P/M
A
B
C
D
585 585 581 628 758 755 817 917
205 205 226 258 358 396 447 508
380 380 355 370 400 359 370 409
E
G - G(1)
397 610 185 397 610 187 437 645 207 485 770 227 590 920 240 1090 391 1200 444 1320 476 -
320 320 365 360 400 501 574 606
H
I
140 150 155 175 220 260 295 336
292 292 332 370 445 467 496 525
L
M
N
O
- O(1)
775 225 1”1/2 97 775 225 1”1/2 97 810 225 1”1/2 97 966 2” 131 250 1142 2” 140 305 DN 80 158 1541 - 1644 DN 80 168 1627 - 1757 DN 80 203 1730 - 1860 -
(1) Length with extended combustion head
BURNER – BOILER MOUNTING FLANGE Model GAS 3 P/M GAS 4 P/M GAS 5 P/M GAS 6 P/M GAS 7 P/M GAS 8 P/M GAS 9 P/M GAS 10 P/M
45°
D1 45°
D2 Ø
D1
D2
Ø
155 165 165 185 230 265 300 350
226 226 226 276 325 368 368 438
M10 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M18 M20
Y
Z
kg
705 705 705 705 865 820 920 1101
555 555 555 555 665 880 910 930
37 43 46 63 101 195 240 290
PACKAGING Model
Z Y X - X (1)
GAS 3 P/M GAS 4 P/M GAS 5 P/M GAS 6 P/M GAS 7 P/M GAS 8 P/M GAS 9 P/M GAS 10 P/M (1) dimension with extended head
X - X (1) 930 930 930 1045 1203 1690 1870 2040
-
INSTALLATION DESCRIPTION
Installation, start up and maintenance must be carried out by qualified and skilled personnel. All operations must be performed in accordance with the technical handbook supplied with the burner.
BURNER SETTING All the burners have slide bars, for easier installation and maintenance. After drilling the boilerplate, using the supplied gasket as a template, dismantle the blast tube from the burner and fix it to the boiler. Adjust the combustion head. Fit the gas train, choosing this on the basis of the maximum output of the boiler and considering the enclosed diagrams. Refit the burner casing to the slide bars. Close the burner, sliding it up to the flange.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AND START UP Make the electrical connections to the boiler following the wiring diagrams included in the instruction handbook. Turn the motor to check rotation direction (if it is a three-phase motor). Perform a first ignition calibration on the gas train. On start up, check: - Gas pressure at the combustion head (to max. and min. output) - Combustion quality, in terms of unburned substances and excess air.
BURNER ACCESSORIES
Extended head kit “Standard head” burners can be transformed into “extended head” versions, by using the special kit. The KITS available for the various burners, giving the original and the extended lengths, are listed below. Extended head kit Standard head length (mm)
Extended head length (mm)
Kit code
GAS 3 P/M
185
320
3000605
GAS 4 P/M
187
320
3000606
GAS 5 P/M
207
365
3000607
GAS 6 P/M
227
360
3000608
GAS 7 P/M
240
400
3000609
Burner
Spacer kit If burner head penetration into the combustion chamber needs reducing, varying thickness spacers are available, as given in the following table: Spacer kit Burner
S
GAS 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 P/M GAS 7 - 8 P/M GAS 9 P/M GAS 10 P/M
Spacer thickness S (mm)
Kit code
142 102 130 130
3000755 3000722 3000723 3000751
Continuous ventilation kit If the burner requires continuous ventilation in the stages without flame, a special kit is available as given in the following table: Continuous ventilation kit Burner
Kit code
GAS 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7 P/M
3010030
Sound proofing box If noise emission needs reducing even further, sound-proofing boxes are available, as given in the following table: Sound proofing box Burner
GAS 3 - 4 - 5 P/M GAS 6 P/M GAS 7 P/M GAS 8 P/M GAS 9 - 10 P/M
Box type
Box code
C2 C3 C4 C5 C6
3000777 3000778 3000779 3000780 3000781
Accessories for modulating operation To obtain modulating operation, the GAS P/M series of burners requires a regulator with three point outlet controls. The following table lists the accessories for modulating operation with their application range. Burner
GAS 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7 P/M GAS 8 - 9 - 10 P/M
Regulator type
Regulator code
RWF 40
3010210
RWF 40
3010211
The relative temperature or pressure probes fitted to the regulator must be chosen on the basis of the application. Probe type
Temperature PT 100 Pressure 4 ÷ 20 mA Pressure 4 ÷ 20 mA
Range (°C) (bar)
Probe code
-100 ÷ 500°C 0 ÷ 2,5 bar 0 ÷ 16 bar
3010110 3010213 3010214
Depending on the servomotor fitted to the burner, a three-pole potentiometer (1000 Ω) can be installed to check the position of the servomotor. The KITS available for the various burners are listed below. Burner
Kit code
GAS 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7 - 8 - 9 -10 P/M
3010021
LPG kit For burning LPG gas, a special kit is available to be fitted to the combustion head on the burner, as given in the following table: LPG kit Burner
GAS 3 P/M GAS 4 P/M GAS 5 P/M GAS 6 P/M GAS 7 P/M GAS 8 P/M GAS 9 P/M GAS 10 P/M
Kit code for standard head
Kit code for extended head
3000657 3000658 3000659 3000753 3000806 3000875 3000876 3010152
3000807 3000808 3000809 3000810 3000811 3010029 3010028 3010153
GAS TRAIN ACCESSORIES
Adapters When the diameter of the gas train is different from the set diameter of the burners, an adapter must be fitted between the gas train and the burner. The following table lists the adapters for various burners. Adapters Burner
Gas train
Dimensions
MBD 407 - 410
3/4"
Adapter code
1" 1/2
3000824
1" 1/2
3000822
1" 1/2
3000824
1" 1/2
3000822
2"
3000843
GAS 3 P/M MBD 420 - CB 50/1
2"
MBD 410
3/4"
GAS 4 - 5 P/M MBD 420 - CB 50/1
2"
MBD 412 - 415 - CB 40/1
1" 1/2
1" 1/2
GAS 6 - 7 P/M
CB 65
DN 65
3000825
2"1/2 2"
CB 80
DN 80
2"1/2
3000826
2"
DN 80
MBD 420 - CB 50/1
DN 65
2"
2"1/2
3010128
DN 80
CB 65
DN 65
CB 80
DN 80
GAS 8 P/M
3000831 DN 80
3000832 DN 80
CB 100
3010127
DN 100 DN 80
CB 65
DN 65
CB 80
DN 80
DN 80
GAS 9 -10 P/M
DN 80
CB 100
DN 100
3000831 3000832 3010127
Seal control kit To test the valve seals on the gas train, a special “seal control kit” is available. The valve seal control device is compulsory (EN 676) on gas trains to burners with a maximum output over 1200 kW. The sealing control is type VPS 504. Seal control kit Burner
GAS 3 P/M GAS 4 P/M GAS 5 P/M GAS 6 P/M GAS 7 P/M GAS 8 P/M GAS 9 P/M GAS 10 P/M
Gas train
Kit code
MBD 407 - 410 - 412 MBD 415 - 420 - CB 40/1 - 50/1 MBD 410 - 412 MBD 415 - 420 - CB 40/1 - 50/1 MBD 410 - 412 MBD 415 - 420 - CB 40/1 - 50/1 MBD 412 MBD 415 - 420 - CB 40/1 - 50/1 - CBF 65/1 - 80/1 MBD 412 MBD 415 - 420 - CB 40/1 - 50/1 - CBF 65/1 - 80/1 MBD 420 - CB 50/1 - CBF 65/1 - 80/1 - 100/1 CBF 65/1 - 80/1 - 100/1 CBF 65/1 - 80/1 - 100/1
3010123 3010125 3010123 3010125 3010123 3010125 3010123 3010125 3010123 3010125 3010125 3010125 3010125
Stabiliser spring Accessory springs are available to vary the pressure range of the gas train stabilisers. The following table shows these accessories with their application range Stabiliser spring Gas train
CBF 65/1 - CBF 80/1 CBF 100/1 CBF 65/1 - CBF 80/1 CBF 100/1 CBF 65/1 - CBF 80/1 CBF 100/1
Spring
Spring code
Red from 25 to 55 mbar Red from 25 to 55 mbar Black from 60 to 110 mbar Black from 60 to 110 mbar Pink from 90 to 150 mbar Pink from 90 to 150 mbar
3010133 3010134 3010135 3010136 3090456 3090489
Please refer to the technical manual for the correct choice of spring.
SPECIFICATION
A specific index guides your choice of burner from the various models available in the GAS P/M series. Below is a clear and detailed specification description of the product.
DESIGNATION OF SERIES
Series :
GAS Size Operation :
... /2 P/M
One stage Two stage Modulating
Emission : Head :
... TC TL
Class 1 EN267 - EN676 Standard head Extended head
Flame control system: FS1 Standard (1 stop every 24 h) FS2 Continuous working (1 stop every 72 h) Electrical supply to the system : 1/230/50 1/230V/50Hz 1/210/60 1/210V/60Hz 3/230/50 3/230V/50Hz 3/400/50 3N/400V/50Hz 3/230-400/50 3/230V/50Hz - 3N/400V/50Hz 3/210/60 3/210V/60Hz 3/220/60 3/220V/60Hz 3/380/60 3/380V/60Hz 3/220-380/60 3/220V/60Hz - 3N/380V/60Hz Auxiliary voltage : 230/50 230V/50Hz 220/60 220V/60Hz 120/50-60 120V/50-60Hz 230/50-60 230V/50-60Hz
GAS
9
P/M
TC
FS1 3/230-400/50 230/50-60
BASIC DESIGNATION EXTENDED DESIGNATION
AVAILABLE BURNER MODELS GAS 3 P/M GAS 3 P/M
TC TC
FS1 FS1
1/210/60 1/230/50
120/50-60 230/50-60
GAS 4 P/M GAS 4 P/M GAS 4 P/M
TC TC TC
FS1 FS1 FS1
1/230/50 3/210/60 3/220-380/60
230/50-60 120/50-60 220/60
GAS 5 P/M GAS 5 P/M GAS 5 P/M
TC TC TC
FS1 FS1 FS1
3/210/60 3/220-380/60 3/230-400/50
120/50-60 220/60 230/50-60
GAS 6 P/M GAS 6 P/M GAS 6 P/M
TC TC TC
FS1 FS1 FS1
3/210/60 3/220-380/60 3/230-400/50
120/50-60 220/60 230/50-60
GAS 7 P/M GAS 7 P/M GAS 7 P/M
TC TC TC
FS1 FS1 FS1
3/210/60 3/220-380/60 3/230-400/50
120/50-60 220/60 230/50-60
GAS 8 P/M GAS 8 P/M GAS 8 P/M GAS 8 P/M GAS 8 P/M GAS 8 P/M
TC TC TC TL TL TL
FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1
3/220-380/60 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/220-380/60 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50
220/60 230/50 230/50-60 220/60 230/50 230/50-60
Other versions are available on request
GAS 9 P/M GAS 9 P/M GAS 9 P/M GAS 9 P/M GAS 9 P/M GAS 9 P/M GAS 9 P/M GAS 9 P/M GAS 9 P/M GAS 9 P/M GAS 9 P/M GAS 9 P/M GAS 9 P/M GAS 9 P/M
TC TC TC TC TC TC TC TL TL TL TL TL TL TL
FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1
3/220-380/60 3/230/50 3/230/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/400/50 3/400/50 3/220-380/60 3/230/50 3/230/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/400/50 3/400/50
220/60 230/50 230/50-60 230/50 230/50-60 230/50 230/50-60 220/60 230/50 230/50-60 230/50 230/50-60 230/50 230/50-60
GAS 10 P/M GAS 10 P/M GAS 10 P/M GAS 10 P/M GAS 10 P/M GAS 10 P/M GAS 10 P/M GAS 10 P/M GAS 10 P/M GAS 10 P/M GAS 10 P/M GAS 10 P/M
TC TC TC TC TC TC TL TL TL TL TL TL
FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1
3/220/60 3/230/50 3/230/50 3/380/60 3/400/50 3/400/50 3/220/60 3/230/50 3/230/50 3/380/60 3/400/50 3/400/50
220/60 230/50 230/50-60 220/60 230/50 230/50-60 220/60 230/50 230/50-60 220/60 230/50 230/50-60
PRODUCT SPECIFICATION
Burner: Monoblock forced draught gas burner, two stage progressive operation or modulating with a kit, made up of: - Air suction circuit - Fan with forward curved blades - Air damper for air setting controlled by a servomotor; - Combustion head, that can be set on the basis of required output, fitted with: - stainless steel end cone, resistant to corrosion and high temperatures - ignition electrodes - flame stability disk - Servomotor for air and gas delivery regulation - Maximum gas pressure switch - Minimum air pressure switch - Single phase or three phases electrical motor - UV photocell for flame detection - Flame inspection window - Slide bars for easier installation and maintenance - Protection filter against radio interference - IP 40 protection level. Gas train Fuel supply line, in the MULTIBLOC configuration (from a diameter of 3/4” until a diameter 2”) or COMPOSED configuration (from a diameter of DN 65 until a diameter of DN 100), fitted with: - Filter - Stabiliser - Minimum gas pressure switch - Safety valve - Valve seal control (for output > 1200 kW) - One stage working valve with ignition gas output regulator. Conforming to: - 89/336/EEC directive (electromagnetic compatibility) - 73/23/EEC directive (low voltage) - 92/42/EEC directive (performance) - 90/396/EEC directive (gas) - EN 676 (gas burners). Standard equipment: - 1 gas train gasket - 1 flange gasket - 1 insulating screen - 8 screws for fixing the burner flange to the boiler (12 for GAS 8 P/M - GAS 9 P/M and GAS 10 P/M) - 4 wiring looms for electrical connections - 1 star delta starter (for GAS 8 P/M - GAS 9 P/M and GAS 10 P/M) - 2 wiring looms for electrical connections to the star delta starter (for GAS 8 P/M - GAS 9 P/M and GAS 10 P/M) - 8 washers (for GAS 8 P/M - GAS 9 P/M and GAS 10 P/M) - 2 bar extensions (only for long head versions of GAS 8 P/M - GAS 9 P/M and GAS 10 P/M) - Instruction handbook for installation, use and maintenance - Spare parts catalogue. Available accessories to be ordered separately: - Head extension kit - Head length reduction kit - Continuous ventilation kit - Sound-proofing box - RWF 40 output regulator - Pressure probe 0 – 2.4 bar - Pressure probe 0 – 16 bar - Temperature probe -100 – 500°C - Potentiometer kit for the servomotor - LPG kit - Gas train adapter - Seal control kit - Stabiliser spring.
Lineagrafica
RIELLO S.p.A.
ISO 9001 Cert. n. 0061
- Via degli Alpini, 1 - 37045 LEGNAGO (VR) Italy Tel. ++39.0442630111 - Fax ++39.044221980 Internet: http://www.rielloburners.com - E-mail:
[email protected] Since the Company is constantly engaged in the production improvement, the aesthetic and dimensional features, the technical data, the equipment and the accessories can be changed. This document contains confidential and proprietary information of RIELLO S.p.A. Unless authorised, this information shall not be divulged, nor duplicated in whole or in part.
ONE STAGE GAS BURNERS GAS SERIES
GAS 3 GAS 4 GAS 5 GAS 6
130 185 325 525
÷ 350 kW ÷ 465 kW ÷ 660 kW ÷ 1050 kW
The GAS series of burners cover a firing range from 130 to 1050 kW. Operation is “one stage”; the combustion head, that can be set on the basis of required output, allows optimal performance ensuring good combustion and reducing fuel consumption. The GAS series are extremely reliable burners, featured by a simple use and an operation without particular maintenance intervention. Simplified maintenance is achieved by the slide bar system, which allows easy access to all of the essential components of the combustion head. All electrical components are easily accessible only by dismounting a protection panel, thus guaranteeing a quick and simple intervention on components.
TS0047UK00
TECHNICAL DATA
GAS 4
GAS 3
Model
----
Modulation ratio at max. output type run time Heat output
Electrical data
Fuel / air data
Working temperature
s kW
130÷350
185÷465
325÷660
525÷1050
Mcal/h
112÷301
160÷400
280÷570
450÷900
32,5÷66
52,5÷105
38÷77
61÷122
13÷26
20÷41
°C min./max.
0/40 10
Net calorific value gas G20
kWh/Nm3
Density gas G20
kg/Nm3
Output gas G20
Nm3/h
Net calorific value gas G25
kWh/Nm3
Density gas G25
kg/Nm3
Output gas G25
Nm3/h
Net calorific value LPG gas
kWh/Nm3
Density LPG gas
kg/Nm3
Output LPG gas
Nm3/h
Fan
Type
Air temperature
Max. °C
Electrical supply
Ph/Hz/V
Auxiliary electrical supply
Ph/Hz/V
Control box
Type
Total electrical power
kW
0,4
0,54
0,85
1,7
Auxiliary electrical power
kW
0,15
0,17
0,1
0,2
Protection level
IP
Motor electrical power
kW
0,25
0,37
0,75
1,5
Rated motor current
A
1,8
2,9
2,85÷1,65
5,9÷3,4
Motor start up current
A
4,8
9,5
10÷6
22,5÷13
Motor protection level
IP
Ignition transformer
0,71 18,5÷46,5
13÷35
8,6 0,78 22÷54
15÷41
25,8 2,02 7÷18
5,8÷14
Centrifugal with forward curve blades 60 3N/50/400~(±10%)
1/50/230~(±10%)
3/50/230~(±10%)
1/50/230 ~ (±10%) RMG
40
54 230 V - 1x8 kV
V1 - V2
1,8 A - 30 mA
I1 - I2
Intermittent (at least one stop every 24 h)
Operation
Approval Emissions
GAS 6
One stage
Burner operation mode
Servomotor
GAS 5
Sound pressure
dBA
Sound power
W
CO Emission
mg/kWh
NOx Emission
mg/kWh
75
83
84
-< 100 < 170 73/23 - 89/336 - 90/396 - 92/42 EEC
Directive
EN 676
Conforming to Certification
78
CE 0085AQ0707
--
Reference conditions: Temperature: 20°C Pressure: 1013.5 mbar Altitude: 100 m a.s.l. Noise measured at a distance of 1 meter.
Since the Company is constantly engaged in the production improvement, the aesthetic and dimensional features, the technical data, the equipment and the accessories can be changed. This document contains confidential and proprietary information of RIELLO S.p.A. Unless authorised, this information shall not be divulged, nor duplicated in whole or in part.
FIRING RATES
110
11
100
10
90
9
80
8
70
7
60
6
50
5
40
4
30
3
20
2
GAS 6
10
0
hPa (mbar)
2
mm H O
GAS 4
GAS 5
GAS 3
1
0 0
0
100
200
200
300
400
400
Useful working field for choosing the burner
Test conditions conforming to EN 676: Temperature: 20°C Pressure: 1013.5 mbar Altitude: 100 m a.s.l.
500
600
600
700
800
800
900
1000
1000
1100 Mcal/h
1200 kW
FUEL SUPPLY
GAS TRAINS Fuel can be supplied either from the right or left hand sides. The gas train can be selected to best fit system requirements depending on the fuel output and pressure in the supply line. The gas train can be “Multibloc “ type (containing the main components in a single unit) or “Composed” type (assembly of the single components).
Example of the gas train connection flange of GAS burners.
MULTIBLOC gas train without seal control
11
P1
4 10
MULTIBLOC
7
13
9
8
P2
6
5
P3
3
L
2
1
L1
1
Gas input pipework
2
Manual valve
3
Anti-vibration joint
4
Pressure gauge with pushbutton cock
5
Filter
6
Pressure regulator (vertical)
7
Minimum gas pressure switch
8
VS safety solenoid (vertical)
9
VR regulation solenoid (vertical) Two settings: - firing output (rapid opening) - maximum output (slow opening)
10 Gasket and flange supplied with the burner
MULTIBLOC gas train with seal control
11 Burner 12 Seal control mechanism for valves 8-9. According to standard EN 676, the seal control is compulsory for burners with maximum output above 1200 kW 11
13 Gas train-burner adapter P1 Combustion head pressure
P1
4 10
P2 Pressure downstream from the regulator
MULTIBLOC
7
P3 Pressure upstream from the filter 13
9
12
8
P2
6
5
P3
3
L
2
1
L1
Gas train supplied separately, with the code given in the table
L
L1 Installer’s responsibility
COMPOSED gas train without seal control
COMPOSED gas train with seal control
11
11
P1
P1
4 10
13
9
8
P2
L
4 10
7
6
5
P3
3
2
L1
1
13
7
9
12
8
P2
L
6
5
P3
3
2
L1
1
Example of gas train “COMPOSED” type without seal control
Y
Øi Øo
Z
X
Example of gas train “MULTIBLOC” type without seal control
Y Øo
Øi Z
X
Gas trains are approved by standard EN 676 together with the burner. The overall dimensions of the gas train depends on how they are constructed. The following table shows the maximum dimensions of the gas trains that can be fitted to the burners of GAS series, intake and outlet diameters and seal control if fitted. Please note that the seal control can be installed as an accessory, if not already installed on the gas train. The maximum gas pressure of gas train “Multibloc” type is 300 mbar, and that one of gas train “Composed” type is 500 mbar.
GAS TRAINS
COMPOSED
GAS TRAINS
MULTIBLOC
Name
Code
Øi
Øo
X mm
Y mm
Z mm
Seal Control
MBZRDLE 407
3970046
3/4”
3/4”
371
256
120
-
MBZRDLE 410
3970079
1”
3/4”
405
315
145
-
MBZRDLE 412
3970152
1”1/4
1”1/2
433
315
145
-
MBZRDLE 415
3970183
1”1/2
1”1/2
523
350
100
-
MBZRDLE 420
3970184
2”
2”
523
410
100
-
MBZRDLE 420 CT
3970185
2”
2”
523
410
227
Incorporated
CB 40/2
3970153
1”1/2
1”1/2
1013
345
195
-
CB 50/2
3970154
2”
2”
1150
350
250
-
CB 50/2 CT
3970166
2”
2”
1150
350
320
Incorporated
CBF 65/2
3970155
DN 65
DN 65
1166
472
285
-
CBF 65/2 CT
3970167
DN 65
DN 65
1166
472
390
Incorporated
PRESSURE DROP DIAGRAMS The diagrams indicate the minimum pressure drop of the burners with the various gas trains that can be matched with them; at the value of these pressure drop add the combustion chamber pressure. The value thus calculated represents the minimum required input pressure to the gas train. NATURAL GAS
LPG GAS 3
60 40 7
55
50 35
MB
30
ZR
DL
E4
10
45 40 35
25
12
30
40/2
25
4 DLE
ZR MB RD MBZ
LE 41
CB 5 -
45
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
55
15
40
0 300 kcal/h X 1000
0 112
100
130
150
200
250
200
150
Gas train
250
300
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
3970046
3000824
Accessory
MBZRDLE 410
3970079
3000824
Accessory
MBZRDLE 412
3970152
-
Accessory
MBZRDLE 415
3970183
-
Accessory
CB 40/2
3970153
-
Accessory
GAS 4 G25
45 40
MB
Z
L RD
E4
10
55 50
35
45 40
30
2 E 41 RDL MBZ
25 20
15 LE 4 ZRD
MB
15
MBZR
10
DLE 4
20 -
B 50 T - C 420 C
- CB
/2 - 5
2
40/
35 30 25
T 0/2 C
100
10
0
0 200
250
250
300
300
350
350
400
∆P
20
5
Gas train
LE 4
15
4 - CB
0/2
0 112
130
150
150
200
200
250
250
300 kcal/h X 1000
300
350 kW
LPG 45 40
10 E4 DL ZR B M
35 30 25 20
20 LE 4 ZRD MB
15
15
5
185
RD MBZ
GAS 4
G20
160
10
LE 4
5
350 kW
MBZRDLE 407
07
10
Pressure drop
5
E4
2 E 41 RDL MBZ
15
15
5
DL
ZRD
MB
25 20
10
ZR
30
20
10
MB
35
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head mbar
Pressure drop
50
60
40
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head mbar
55
65
20
Pressure drop
60
70
45
∆P
LPG
Pressure drop
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
50
∆P
75
M BZ RD LE
mbar
∆P
G25
G20
mbar
GAS 3
2 E 41 RDL 2 MBZ 40/ B -C T 2C 415 / E 0 L 5 ZRD 2MB 50/ B C CT 420
10 5 0
400 kcal/h X 1000
160
465 kW
185
200
250
250
Gas train
300
300
350
350
400
400 kcal/h X 1000
465 kW
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
MBZRDLE 410
3970079
3000824
Accessory
CB 50/2
3970154
3000822
Accessory
MBZRDLE 412
3970152
-
Accessory
CB 50/2 CT
3970166
3000822
Incorporated
CB 40/2
3970153
-
Accessory
MBZRDLE 420
3970184
3000822
Accessory
MBZRDLE 415
3970183
-
Accessory
MBZRDLE 420 CT
3970185
3000822
Incorporated
NATURAL GAS
LPG GAS 5
G20
G25
65
MB
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
60
DL
0
70
50
65 60
45
55
2 E 41 RDL MBZ
35
50 45
30
LE BZRD
- CB
415
LPG 70
80 75
40
∆P
85
55
40/2
40 35
M
25
15
LE MBZRD
20 CT
420 - 4
T 50/2 C
-
0/2 - CB 5
0
0 350
325
400
400
Gas train
450
450
500
500
550
0
41
2 E 41 RDL MBZ 0/2
35
4 - CB 415 RDLE MBZ T /2 C
30 25 MBZ
RDLE
4
4 20 20 -
CB 5 CT -
0/2
- 50
10 5 0
550 570 kcal/h X 1000
600
LE
40
15
5
RD
Z MB
45
20
10
280
50
20
5
250
55
25
15
10
65 60
30
20
Pressure drop
ZR
1 E4
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
mbar
70
Pressure drop
∆P
mbar
GAS 5
250
280
660 kW
350
325
400
400
500
500
550
550 570 kcal/h X 1000
600
660 kW
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
Code
Adapter
MBZRDLE 410
3970079
3000824
Accessory
CB 50/2
3970154
3000822
Accessory
MBZRDLE 412
3970152
-
Accessory
CB 50/2 CT
3970166
3000822
Incorporated
CB 40/2
3970153
-
Accessory
MBZRDLE 420
3970184
3000822
Accessory
MBZRDLE 415
3970183
-
Accessory
MBZRDLE 420 CT
3970185
3000822
Incorporated
90 85 80 75 MB
70
ZR
DL
65 60 55
LE ZRD MB
50
- CB 415
1 E4
2
2 40/
45 40 30 25
- 50/2 CT - CB 50/2 65/2 CT CBF 65/2 -
0 - 420 CT MBZRDLE 42
20 15 10 5 0 450
525
500
600
Gas train
550
600
650
700
650
750
Code
MBZRDLE 410
3970079
MBZRDLE 412
3970152
CB 40/2
3970153
MBZRDLE 415
3970183
CB 50/2
3970154
note
700
800
750
850
800
900
Adapter 3000824 3000843 3000843
115 110 105 100 95 90 85 80 75 70 65 60 55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0
∆P
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head mbar
G25
35
Pressure drop
Seal Control
GAS 6
G20
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head mbar
∆P
LPG 90 85 80 70
0
41
65 60 55
2 E 41 RDL MBZ /2 B 40 5-C LE 41
50 45 40 RD MBZ
30 25 20
MBZR
15
DLE 42
0
CT - 420
0 - CB 5
/2 - 5
0/2 C
T
10 5 0
850 900 kcal/h X 1000
450
950 1000 1050 kW
525
Seal Control
LE
RD
Z MB
75
35
Pressure drop
GAS 6
Gas train
450
450
500
600
Gas train
550
600
650
700
650
750
Code
700
800
750
850
800
900
850 900 kcal/h X 1000
950 1000 1050 kW
Adapter
Seal Control Incorporated
Accessory
CB 50/2 CT
3970166
-
Accessory
MBZRDLE 420
3970184
3000822
Accessory
3000843
Accessory
MBZRDLE 420 CT
3970185
3000822
Incorporated
-
Accessory
CBF 65/2
3970155
3000825
Accessory
-
Accessory
CBF 65/2 CT
3970167
3000825
Incorporated
Please contact the Riello Burner Technical Office for different pressure levels from those above indicated.
SELECTING THE FUEL SUPPLY LINES The following diagram enables pressure drop in a pre-existing gas line to be calculated and to select the correct gas train. The diagram can also be used to select a new gas line when fuel output and pipe length are known. The pipe diameter is selected on the basis of the desired pressure drop. The diagram uses methane gas as reference; if another gas is used, conversion coefficient and a simple formula (on the diagram) transform the gas output to a methane equivalent (refer to figure A). Please note that the gas train dimensions must take into account the back pressure of the combustion chamber during operations. Control of the pressure drop in an existing gas line or selecting a new gas supply line. The methane output equivalent is determined by the formula fig. A on the diagram and the conversion coefficient. Once the equivalent output has been determined on the delivery scale ( V ), shown at the top of the diagram, move vertically downwards until you cross the line that represents the pipe diameter; at this point, move horizontally to the left until you meet the line that represents the pipe length. Once this point is established you can verify, by moving vertically downwards, the pipe pressure drop of on the botton scale below (mbar). By subtracting this value from the pressure measured on the gas meter, the correct pressure value will be found for the choice of gas train. Example:
- gas used - gas output - pressure at the gas meter - gas line length - conversion coefficient
- equivalent methane output V =
G25 9.51 mc/h 20 mbar 15 m 0.62 (see figure A)
9.51 0.62
= 15.34 mc/h
- once the value of 15.34 has been identified on the output scale ( V ), moving vertically downwards you cross the line that represents 1" 1/4 (the chosen diameter for the piping); - from this point, move horizontally to the left until you meet the line that represents the length of 15 m of the piping; - move vertically downwards to determine a value of 1.4 mbar in the pressure drop botton scale; - subtract the determined pressure drop from the meter pressure, the correct pressure level will be found for the choice of gas train; - correct pressure = ( 20-1.4 ) = 18.6 mbar
30 22 15 12 9 6
V
45 61 76 95 122 152 1
2
10
20
3
4
15,34
5 6 7 8 10
20
30 40 50 60
80 100
200
400
600 800 1000
3
6"
PIP
EL
EN
GT
4"
H(
m)
2
Figure A 0,1
0,2
PIPE DIAMETER 0,3
0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 1
PRESSURE DROP (mbar)
1,4
2
3
4
5
6
2
4
1 - G20 0,62 - G25 1,18 - G31
1/
2"
3/
{
=
1/
f
1"
f
3"
2"
2 1/ 1" 4 1/ 1"
V = Gas output Nmc/h
VENTILATION
The ventilation circuit produces low noise levels with high performance pressure and air output, in spite of the compact dimensions. The air damper is easy to set; when fitted, it makes no difference to air delivery.
Example of fan air gate valve indexed selector of GAS burner
COMBUSTION HEAD
Different combustion head length can be selected for the various models of GAS series of burners. The choice depends on the thickness of the front panel and type of boiler. Correct head penetration into the combustion chamber depends on the type of heat generator. These burners are equipped with adjustable combustion head. This enables optimum combustion performance throughout the working field, ensuring peak combustion efficiency thus saving on fuel consumption. The following diagram shows the flame dimensions in relation to the burner output. The lengths and diameter shown in the diagram below should be employed for a preliminary check: if combustion chamber dimensions are different from the values in the diagram, further tests need to be done. Example of a GAS burner combustion head
Flame dimensions
D ax Lm
1
Flame lenght (m)
L min D max D min
1
0,5
0
0 0
0,5 Burner output (MW)
1
L Flame diameter (m)
2
Example: Burner thermal output = 500 kW; L flame (m) = 1,3 m (medium value); D flame (m) = 0,45 m (medium value)
ADJUSTMENT
BURNER OPERATION MODE
Checked Variable
One stage operation
The burner of GAS series is one stage working. On “one stage” operation, the burner adjusts output to the requested level, by varying between on-off phases (see figure A).
°C bar
Output
time ON
ON
OFF
OFF time
Figure A
All GAS series burners are fitted with a new microprocessor control panel for the supervision during intermittent operation. For helping the commissioning and maintenance work, there are two main elements: Switch
The lock-out reset button is the central operating element for resetting the burner control and for activating / deactivating the diagnostic functions. The multi-color LED is the central indication element for visual diagnosis and interface diagnosis.
Both elements are located under the transparent cover of lock-out reset button, as showed below.
Switch
There are two diagnostic choices, for indication of operation and diagnosis of fault cause: - visual diagnosis :
- interface diagnosis :
COMPUTER INTERFACE ADAPTER or FLUE GAS ANALYSER
by the interface adapter and a PC with dedicated software or by a predisposed flue gas analyzer (see paragraph accessories).
Indication of operation : In normal operation, the various statues are indicated in the form of colour codes according to the table below. The interface diagnosis (with adapter) can be activated by pressing the lock-out button for > 3 seconds.
Color code table Operation statues
Color code table
Stand-by Pre-purging Ignition phase Flame OK Poor flame Undervoltage, built-in fuse Fault, alarm Extraneous light LED off
Diagnosis of fault causes : After lock-out has occurred, the red signal lamp is steady on. In this status, the visual fault diagnosis according to the error code table can be activated by pressing the lock-out reset button for > 3 seconds. The interface diagnosis (with adapter) can be activated by pressing again the lock-out button for > 3 seconds. The blinkers of red LED are a signal with this sequence :
(e.g. signal with n° 3 blinks – faulty air pressure monitor) LED off 3 sec.
3 sec.
3 sec.
Error code table Possible cause of fault
Blink code
No establishment of flame at the end of safety time : - faulty or soiled fuel valves - faulty or soiled flame detector - poor adjustment of burner, no fuel - faulty ignition equipment Faulty air pressure monitor Extraneous light or simulation of flame on burner start up Loss of flame during operation : - faulty or soiled fuel valves - faulty or soiled flame detector - poor adjustment of burner Wiring error or internal fault
START UP CYCLE GAS 3 - 4 - 5 - 6
TL TR M
A’
B’
A’
B’
2 42
1°
44
42
2°
52 2° 1°
52 42
0
45
0
time (s)
0 s The burner begins the firing cycle. 2 s The motor starts: pre-purge phase. 42 s Ignition electrode sparks; the safety valve and the firing delivery valve opens. 45 s Lock out signal is activated if flame is not revealed by the flame detector. 52 s The working valve opens; the start up cycle is concluded.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Electrical connections must be made by qualified and skilled personnel, according to the local norms.
ONE STAGE OPERATION - Single-phase power supply GAS 3 - 4 With seal control
GAS 3 - 4 Without seal control MB 1 2 3 4 5 TS S Pϑ
MB 1 2 3
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 P
IN
V2 N
P
TS Pϑ VR1
VS
PG P
TB
1,5 mm2
T8 T6
IN
TL ϑP
F
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
4 5
V1
VR2
PG P
TL ϑP
S
T6A
S1 VS
TB L N PE 50Hz 230V
~
V1 V2 N
VR2
VR1
T8
T7
T6
B5
N
L1
XP
1,5 mm2 N
L
~ 50Hz
MB - Burner terminal board TS - Safety thermostat TL - Threshold thermostat PG - Minimum gas pressure switch S - External lock-out signal TB - Burner ground (earth) connection IN - Manual switch F - Fuse (see table A) VR1 - 1st adjustment valve VR2 - 2nd adjustment valve VS - Safety valve
PE 230V
VPS IN T6A VR1 VR2 VS VPS XP
MB TS TL PG S S1
- Burner terminal board - Safety thermostat - Threshold thermostat - Minimum gas pressure switch - External lock-out signal - External lock-out signal on the seal control TB - Burner ground (earth) connection
- Manual switch - 6A fuse - 1st adjustment valve - 2nd adjustment valve - Safety valve - Seal control - Seal control plug
ONE STAGE OPERATION - Triple-phase power supply GAS 5 - 6 With seal control
GAS 5 - 6 Without seal control MB
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 TS
8 9 10
11
12 13 14
P
N
V1
P
IN
ϑ P
TL
ϑP
T6A
MB
1 2 3 4 5
6 7
V2
IN
TS
S
ϑ P
PG P
VS
VR1
VR2
11
12 13 14
N
V1
TL
ϑP
T6A
F
8 9 10 T8 T6
PG
S
P
S1
F
T8
VS L PE L1 L2 L3
~ ~
~
3N 50Hz 400/230V 3 50Hz 230V
L
N L 50Hz 230V 3
MB - Burner terminal board TS - Safety thermostat TL - Threshold thermostat PG - Minimum gas pressure switch S - External lock-out signal IN - Manual switch
~ 50Hz
~ ~
3N 50Hz 400/230V 3 50Hz 230V
~ T6A - 6A fuse F - Fuse (see table A) L - Lead section (see table A) VR1 - 1st adjustment valve VR2 - 2nd adjustment valve VS - Safety valve
MB TS TL PG S S1 IN
The following table shows the supply lead sections and the type of fuse to be used.
Model
F L
A mm2
T7
T6
B5
N
L1
XP
VR2
VR1
N L
PE L1 L2 L3
M
V2
230V 3
VPS
M
~
- Burner terminal board - Safety thermostat - Threshold thermostat - Minimum gas pressure switch - External lock-out signal - External lock-out signal on the seal control - Manual switch
T6A F L VR1 VR2 VS VPS XP
- 6A fuse - Fuse (see table A) - Lead section (see table A) - 1st adjustment valve - 2nd adjustment valve - Safety valve - Seal control - Seal control plug
GAS 3
GAS 4
GAS 5
GAS 6
230V
230V
230V
400V
230V
400V
T5 1,5
T6 1,5
T6 1,5
T6 1,5
T16 1,5
T10 1,5
mg/kWh
EMISSIONS
NO2 EMISSIONS
150 125 100 75 50 25 0
mg/kWh
GAS 3
GAS 4
GAS 5
GAS 6
CO EMISSIONS
50 40 30 20 10 0
dB(A)
GAS 3
GAS 4
GAS 5
GAS 6
NOISE EMISSIONS
100 80 60 40 20 0 GAS 3
GAS 4
GAS 5
GAS 6
The emission data has been measured in the various models at maximum output, according to EN 676 standard.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS (mm)
BURNERS GAS 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 A
E
G - G (1)
O
H L
D M
I
N B
C
Model
A
B
C
D
E
GAS 3 GAS 4 GAS 5 GAS 6
410 410 431 463
205 205 226 258
205 205 205 205
397 397 437 485
610 610 645 770
G - G (1) 185 187 207 227
-
320 320 365 360
H
I
140 150 155 175
292 292 332 370
L
M
N
165 1”1/2 97 165 1”1/2 97 165 1”1/2 97 131 2” 195
O 775 775 810 966
(1) Length with extended combustion head
BURNER - BOILER MOUNTING FLANGE
Model GAS 3 GAS 4 GAS 5 GAS 6
45°
D1 45°
D2 Ø
D1
D2
Ø
155 165 165 185
226 226 226 276
M10 M10 M10 M12
PACKAGING
Z Y X - X (1)
Model
X - X (1)
Y
Z
kg
GAS 3 GAS 4 GAS 5 GAS 6
850 850 895 1045
545 545 543 543
473 473 520 555
32 38 41 58
(1) Length with extended combustion head
INSTALLATION DESCRIPTION
Installation, start up and maintenance must be carried out by qualified and skilled personnel. All operations must be performed in accordance with the technical handbook supplied with the burner.
BURNER SETTING All the burners have slide bars, for easier installation and maintenance. After drilling the boilerplate, using the supplied gasket as a template, dismantle the blast tube from the burner and fix it to the boiler. Adjust the combustion head. Fit the gas train, choosing this on the basis of the maximum output of the boiler and considering the enclosed diagrams. Refit the burner casing to the slide bars. Close the burner, sliding it up to the flange.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AND START UP Make the electrical connections to the boiler following the wiring diagrams included in the instruction handbook. Perform a first ignition calibration on the gas train. On start up, check: - Gas pressure at the combustion head (to max. and min. output) - Combustion quality, in terms of unburned substances and excess air.
BURNER ACCESSORIES
Extended head kit “Standard head” burners can be transformed into “extended head” versions, by using the special kit. The KITS available for the various burners, giving the original and the extended lengths, are listed below. Extended head kit Burner
Standard head length (mm)
Extended head length (mm)
Kit code
GAS 3 GAS 4 GAS 5 GAS 6
185 187 207 227
320 320 365 360
3000605 3000606 3000607 3000608
Spacer kit If burner head penetration into the combustion chamber needs reducing, varying thickness spacers are available, as given in the following table: Spacer kit Burner
Spacer thickness S (mm)
Kit code
142
3000755
GAS 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 S
Continuous ventilation kit If the burner requires continuous ventilation in the stages without flame, a special kit is available as given in the following table: Continuous ventilation kit Burner
Kit code
GAS 3 - 4 - 5 - 6
3010030
Sound proofing box If noise emission needs reducing even further, sound-proofing boxes are available, as given in the following table: Sound proofing box Burner
GAS 3 - 4 - 5 GAS 6
Box type
Box code
C2 C3
3000777 3000778
LPG kit For burning LPG gas, a special kit is available to be fitted to the combustion head on the burner, as given in the following table: LPG kit Burner
Kit code for standard head
Kit code for extended head
GAS 3 GAS 4 GAS 5 GAS 6
3000657 3000658 3000659 3000753
3000807 3000808 3000809 3000810
Interface adapter kit To connect the flame control panel to a personal computer for the transmission of operation, fault signals and detailed service information, an interface adapter with PC software are available. Interface adapter Kit code
Burner
in progress
GAS 3 - 4 - 5 - 6
GAS TRAIN ACCESSORIES
Adapters When the diameter of the gas train is different from the set diameter of the burners, an adapter must be fitted between the gas train and the burner. The following table lists the adapters for various burners. Adapters Burner
Gas train
Dimensions
GAS 3
MBZRDLE 407 - 410
3/4"
1" 1/2
0000000 3000824
MBZRDLE 410
3/4"
1" 1/2
3000824
1" 1/2
3000822
1" 1/2
3000824
2"
1" 1/2
3000822
3/4"
1" 1/2
3000824
2"
3000843
GAS 4
2"
MBZRDLE 420 - CB 50/2 MBZRDLE 410
3/4"
Adapter code
GAS 5 MBZRDLE 420 - CB 50/2 MBZRDLE 410 1" 1/2
GAS 6
MBZRDLE 412 - 415 - CB 40/2
1" 1/2
3000843
2"
1" 1/2
CBF 65/2
DN 65
3000825
2"1/2 2"
Stabiliser spring Accessory springs are available to vary the pressure range of the gas train stabilisers. The following table shows these accessories with their application range. Stabiliser springs Gas train
Spring
Code
CBF 65/2 CBF 65/2 CBF 65/2
Red from 25 to 55 mbar Black from 60 to 110 mbar Pink from 90 to 150 mbar
3010133 3010135 3090456
Please refer to the technical manual for the correct choice of spring.
Seal control kit To test the valve seals on the gas train, a special “seal control kit” is available. The valve seal control device is compulsory (EN 676) on gas trains to burners with a maximum output over 1200 kW. The sealing control is type VPS 504. Seal control kit Burner
GAS 3 GAS 4 GAS 5 GAS 6
Gas train
Kit code
MBZRDLE 407 - 410 - 412 MBZRDLE 415 - CB 40/2 MBZRDLE 410 - 412 MBZRDLE 415 - 420 - CB 40/2 - 50/2 MBZRDLE 410 - 412 MBZRDLE 415 - 420 - CB 40/2 - 50/2 MBZRDLE 410 - 412 MBZRDLE 415 - 420 - CB 40/2 - 50/2 - 65/2
3010123 3010125 3010123 3010125 3010123 3010125 3010123 3010125
SPECIFICATION
A specific index guides your choice of burner from the various models available in the GAS series. Below is a clear and detailed specification description of the product. DESIGNATION OF SERIES Series :
GAS Size Operation :
... /2 P/M
Emission : Head :
One stage Two stage Modulating ... TC TL
Class 1 - EN676 Standard head Extended head
Flame control system: FS1 Standard (1 stop every 24 h) FS2 Continuous working (1 stop every 72 h) Electrical supply to the system : 1/230/50 1/230V/50Hz 1/240/50 1/240V/50Hz 1/220/60 1/220V/60Hz 1/200/50-60 1/200V/50-60Hz 3/230-400/50 3/230V/50Hz - 3N/400V/50Hz 3/220-380/60 3/220V/60Hz - 3N/380V/60Hz 3/200/50-60 3/200V/50-60Hz Auxiliary voltage : 230/50 230V/50Hz 240/50 240V/50Hz 220/60 220V/60Hz 200/50-60 200V/50-60Hz
GAS
6
TC
FS1 3/230-400/50
BASIC DESIGNATION EXTENDED DESIGNATION
230/50
AVAILABLE BURNER MODELS GAS 3 GAS 3 GAS 3 GAS 3 GAS 3
TC TC TC TC TL
FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1
1/200/50-60 1/220/60 1/230/50 1/240/50 1/240/50
200/50-60 220/60 230/50 240/50 240/50
GAS 4 GAS 4 GAS 4
TC TC TC
FS1 FS1 FS1
1/230/50 3/200/50-60 3/220-380/60
230/50 200/50-60 220/60
GAS 5 GAS 5 GAS 5
TC TC TC
FS1 FS1 FS1
3/200/50-60 3/220-380/60 3/230-400/50
200/50-60 220/60 230/50
GAS 6 GAS 6 GAS 6
TC TC TC
FS1 FS1 FS1
3/200/50-60 3/220-380/60 3/230-400/50
200/50-60 220/60 230/50
Other versions are available on request.
PRODUCT SPECIFICATION
Burner: Monoblock forced draught gas burner with one stage operation, fully automatic, made up of: - Air suction circuit - Fan with forward curve blades high performance concerning pressure and air delivery - Air damper for air setting - Starting motor at 2800 rpm - Combustion head, that can be set on the basis of required output, fitted with: - stainless steel end cone, resistant to corrosion and high temperatures - ignition electrodes - ionisation probe - gas distributor - flame stability disk - Minimum air pressure switch stops the burner in case of insufficient air quantity at the combustion head - Microprocessor-based flame control panel with diagnostic functions - Terminal strip for electrical connections - Slide bars for easier installation and maintenance - Protection filter against radio interference - IP 44 electric protection level. Gas train Fuel supply line, in the MULTIBLOC configuration (from a diameter of 3/4” until a diameter 2”) or COMPOSED configuration (from a diameter of DN 40 until a diameter of DN 65), fitted with: - Filter - Stabiliser - Minimum gas pressure switch - Safety valve - One stage or two stage working valve with ignition gas output regulator. Conforming to: - 89/336/EEC directive (electromagnetic compatibility) - 73/23/EEC directive (low voltage) - 92/42/EEC directive (performance) - 90/396/EEC directive (gas) - EN 676 (gas burners). Standard equipment: - 1 gas train gasket - 1 flange gasket - 4 screws for fixing the flange - 1 thermal screen - 4 screws for fixing the burner flange to the boiler - Instruction handbook for installation, use and maintenance - Spare parts catalogue. Available accessories to be ordered separately: - Extended head kit - Spacer kit - Continuous ventilation kit - Sound-proofing box - LPG kit - Interface adapter kit - Gas train adapter - Stabiliser spring - Seal control kit.
Lineagrafica
RIELLO S.p.A.
ISO 9001 Cert. n. 0061
- Via degli Alpini, 1 - 37045 LEGNAGO (VR) Italy Tel. ++39.0442630111 - Fax ++39.044221980 Internet: http://www.rielloburners.com - E-mail:
[email protected] Since the Company is constantly engaged in the production improvement, the aesthetic and dimensional features, the technical data, the equipment and the accessories can be changed. This document contains confidential and proprietary information of RIELLO S.p.A. Unless authorised, this information shall not be divulged, nor duplicated in whole or in part.
ONE STAGE GAS BURNERS RS/1 SERIES
RS 28/1 RS 38/1
163 ÷ 232 ÷
349 kW 465 kW
The RS/1 series of burners covers a firing range from 163 to 465 kW, and they have been designed for use in hot or superheater water boilers, hot air or steam generators, diathermic oil boilers. Setting is "one stage"; optimisation of sound emissions is guaranteed by the use of fans with forward inclined blades and sound deadening material incorporated in the air suction circuit. The elevated performance of the fans and combustion head, guarantee flexibility of use and excellent working at all firing rates. The exclusive design ensures reduced dimensions, simple use and maintenance. A wide range of accessories guarantees elevated working flexibility.
TS0045UK00
TECHNICAL DATA
RS 28/1
Model
One stage
Burner operation mode
----
Modulation ratio at max. output
Servomotor
Type Run time
Heat output
s kW
163÷349
232÷465
Mcal/h
140÷300
200÷400
Working temperature °C min./max.
0/40 10
Fuel / air data
Net calorific value gas G20 kWh/Nmc
Density gas G20
kg/Nmc
Output gas G20
Nmc/h
0,71 16÷35
Density gas G25
kg/Nmc
Output gas G25
Nmc/h
0,78 19÷41
27÷54 25,8
Net calorific value LPG gas kWh/Nmc
2,02
Density LPG gas
kg/Nmc
Output LPG gas
Nmc/h
Fan
Type
Air temperature
Max. °C
60
Electrical supply
Ph/Hz/V
1/50/230~(±10%)
Control box
Electrical data
23÷46,5 8,6
Net calorific value gas G25 kWh/Nmc
6,5÷13,5
1/50/230 ~ (±10%) MMI 813
Type
Total electrical power kW
0,37
Auxiliary electrical power kW
0,12
Protection level
9÷18 centrifugal with reverse curve blades
Auxiliary electrical supply Ph/Hz/V
0,60 0,12 44
IP
Motor electrical power kW
0,25
0,42
Rated motor current A
2,1
2,9
A
4,8
Motor start current
Ignition transformer
11 54
Motor protection level IP
230V - 1x8 kV
V1 - V2
1A - 20 mA
I1 - I2
Intermittent (at least one stop every 24 h)
Working
Approval Emissions
RS 38/1
Sound pressure
dBA
68
Sound output
W
--
CO Emission
mg/kWh
NOx Emission
mg/kWh
Directive Conforming to Certification
70 -< 40 < 130 90/396 - 89/336 - 73/23 - 92/42 EEC EN 676 CE 63AP6680
Reference conditions: Temperature: 20°C Pressure: 1013.5 mbar Altitude: 100 m a.s.l. Noise measured at a distance of 1 meter.
Since the Company is constantly engaged in the production improvement, the aesthetic and dimensional features, the technical data, the equipment and the accessories can be changed. This document contains confidential and proprietary information of RIELLO S.p.A. Unless authorised, this information shall not be divulged, nor duplicated in whole or in part.
FIRING RATES
90
9
80
8
70
7
60
6
50
5
40
4
30
3
20
2
10 0
-10
hPa (mbar)
10
mm H O 2
100
RS 38/1
RS 28/1
1 0
-1 0 0
100 100
200 200
Useful working field for choosing the burner Modulation range Test conditions conforming to EN 676: Temperature: 20°C Pressure: 1013.5 mbar Altitude: 100 m a.s.l.
300 300
400 400
500 500
600 600
Mcal/h
700 kW
FUEL SUPPLY
GAS TRAINS Fuel can be supplied either from the right or left hand sides. The gas train can be selected to best fit system requirements depending on the fuel output and pressure in the supply line. The gas train can be “Multibloc “ type (containing the main components in a single unit) or “Composed” type (assembly of the single components). The gas train can be, also, “One stage” or “Two stage” type. One stage gas train can be used on RS28/1 for all firing rates, and on RS38/1 up to a capacity of 350 kW.
Example of the gas train connection flange of RS/1 burners.
MULTIBLOC gas train without seal control
12 P1 4
11
15
10
MULTIBLOC
7
14
9
8
P2
6
5
P3
3
L
2
1
1
Gas input pipework
2
Manual valve
3
Anti-vibration joint
4
Pressure gauge with pushbutton cock.
5
Filter
6
Pressure regulator (vertical)
7
Minimum gas pressure switch
8
VS safety solenoid (vertical)
9
VR regulation solenoid (vertical) Two settings: - firing output (rapid opening) - maximum output (slow opening)
L1
10 Gasket and flange supplied with the burner
MULTIBLOC gas train with seal control
11 Gas adjustment butterfly valve 12 Burner 13 Seal control mechanism for valves 8-9. According to standard EN 676, the seal control is compulsory for burners with maximum output above 1200 kW. 14 Gas train-burner adapter.
12
15 Maximum gas pressure switch
P1 15
P1 Combustion head pressure
4
11 10
MULTIBLOC
7
14
9
13
8
P2
6
5
P2 Pressure downstream from the regulator P3
3
2
1
P3 Pressure upstream from the filter Gas train supplied separately, with the code given in the table
L L
L1
L1 Installer’ s responsibility
COMPOSED gas train without seal control
COMPOSED gas train with seal control
12
12
P1 15
P1 4
11 10
14
15
9
8
P2
L
4
11 10
7
6
5
P3
3
2
L1
1
14
7
9
13
8
P2
L
6
5
P3
3
2
L1
1
Example of gas train “COMPOSED” type without seal control
Y
Øi Øo
Z
X
Example of gas train “MULTIBLOC” type without seal control
Y Øo
Øi Z
X
Gas trains are approved by standard EN 676 together with the burner. The overall dimensions of the gas train depends on how they are constructed. The following table shows the maximum dimensions of the gas trains that can be fitted to RS/1 burners, intake and outlet diameters and seal control if fitted. Please note that the seal control can be installed as an accessory, if not already installed on the gas train. The maximum gas pressure of gas train “Multibloc” type is 300 mbar, and that one of gas train “Composed” type is 500 mbar. Code
Øi
Øo
X mm
Y mm
Z mm
Seal Control
MBD 407
3970076
3/4”
3/4”
371
196
120
-
MBD 410
3970077
1”
3/4”
405
217
145
-
MBD 412
3970144
1”1/4
1”1/2
433
217
145
-
MBD 412 CT
3970197
1”1/4
1”1/2
433
217
262
Incorporated
MBD 415
3970180
1”1/2
1”1/2
523
250
100
-
MBD 415 CT
3970198
1”1/2
1”1/2
523
250
227
Incorporated
MBD 420
3970181
2”
2”
523
300
100
-
MBD 420 CT
3970182
2”
2”
523
300
227
Incorporated
CB 40/1
3970145
1”1/2
1”1/2
891
261
195
-
CB 50/1
3970146
2”
2”
986
328
250
-
CB 50/1 CT
3970160
2”
2”
986
328
320
Incorporated
MBZRDLE 407
3970046
3/4”
3/4”
371
256
120
-
MBZRDLE 410
3970079
1”
3/4”
405
315
145
-
MBZRDLE 412
3970152
1”1/4
1”1/2
433
315
145
-
MBZRDLE 415
3970183
1”1/2
1”1/2
523
350
100
-
MBZRDLE 420
3970184
2”
2”
523
410
100
-
MBZRDLE 420 CT
3970185
2”
2”
523
410
227
Incorporated
CB 40/2
3970153
1”1/2
1”1/2
1013
345
195
-
CB 50/2
3970154
2”
2”
1150
350
250
-
CB 50/2 CT
3970166
2”
2”
1150
350
320
Incorporated
GAS TRAINS
MULTIBLOC
GAS TRAINS
MULTIBLOC
GAS TRAINS
COMPOSED
TWO STAGE GAS TRAINS
GAS TRAINS
COMPOSED
ONE STAGE GAS TRAINS
Name
PRESSURE DROP DIAGRAMS The diagrams indicate the minimum pressure drop of the burners with the various gas trains that can be matched with them; at the value of these pressure drop add the combustion chamber pressure. The value thus calculated represents the minimum required input pressure to the gas train.
NATURAL GAS
LPG
RS 28/1
55
RD
40
-M
M
45 40
30 DL
25
0-
1 D4
ZR MB
0
1 E4
30
MB
20
412 RDLE MBZ CT 2 2 1 4 0 -4 / 412 0/1 MBD CB 4 415 LE D R - MBZ 15 CT 15 - 4 MBD 4
15
10
35
25
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
50
20
5 0
0 140 150
163
200
200
250
250
300
30
25
15
5
0
300 kcal/h X 1000
141 150
349 kW
165
Gas train
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
MBD 407
3970076
3000824
Accessory
MBZRDLE 407
3970046
3000824
Accessory
MBD 410
3970077
3000824
Accessory
MBZRDLE 410
3970079
3000824
Accessory
MBD 412
3970144
-
Accessory
MBD 412 CT
3970197
-
Incorporated
MBZRDLE 412
3970152
-
Accessory
MBD 415
3970180
-
Accessory
MBD 415 CT
3970198
-
Incorporated
MBZRDLE 415
3970183
-
Accessory
CB 40/1
3970145
-
Accessory
CB 40/2
3970153
-
Accessory
07
D4
MB
20
07
LE 4
ZRD
B -M
10 10
5
35
15 Pressure drop
BD
35
40
45 mbar
LE
40
BZ
7
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
∆P
7
40
Pressure drop
LPG
G25
G20 45 mbar
∆P
RS 28/1
200
200
250
250
300
300 kcal/h X 1000
349 kW
NATURAL GAS
LPG RS 38/1
G20
LPG ∆P
mbar
0
RD
30
0
D
MB
41
-
Z MB
1 E4
L
40
35
25
20
D MB
CT 12 -4 412
CB
15
MBD
415
12 LE 4 ZRD MB
T15 C
-4
1-
40/
4
RDLE
MBZ
0/2
415 (*)
30
25 20
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
∆P
G25
07
E4
DL
30
7
M
BD
40
-M
R BZ
25
20
10
D4
MB
15
10
LE 4
ZRD
B -M
15 10
10 5
5 0
0 200
232 250
250
300
300
350
350
400
Pressure drop
10
Pressure drop
mbar
RS 38/1
5
0
400 kcal/h X 1000
200 197
450 465 kW
230 250
250
300
300
350
350
400
400 kcal/h X 1000
450 465 kW
(*) MBD 420 - MBD 420 CT - MBZRDLE 420 - MBZRDLE 420 CT - CB 50/1 - CB 50/1 CT - CB 50/2 - CB 50/2 CT
Gas train
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
MBD 407
3970076
3000824
Accessory
MBZRDLE 407
3970046
3000824
Accessory
MBD 410
3970077
3000824
Accessory
MBZRDLE 410
3970079
3000824
Accessory
MBD 412
3970144
-
Accessory
MBD 412 CT
3970197
-
Incorporated
MBZRDLE 412
3970152
-
Accessory
CB 40/1
3970145
-
Accessory
CB 40/2
3970153
-
Accessory
MBD 415
3970180
-
Accessory
MBD 415 CT
3970198
-
Incorporated
MBZRDLE 415
3970183
-
Accessory
CB 50/1
3970146
3000822
Accessory
CB 50/1 CT
3970160
3000822
Incorporated
CB 50/2
3970154
3000822
Accessory
CB 50/2 CT
3970166
3000822
Incorporated
MBD 420
3970181
3000822
Accessory
MBD 420 CT
3970182
3000822
Incorporated
MBZRDLE 420
3970184
3000822
Accessory
MBZRDLE 420 CT
3970185
3000822
Incorporated
note
Please contact the Riello Burner Technical Office for different pressure levels from those above indicated.
SELECTING THE FUEL SUPPLY LINES The following diagram enables pressure drop in a pre-existing gas line to be calculated and to select the correct gas train. The diagram can also be used to select a new gas line when fuel output and pipe length are known. The pipe diameter is selected on the basis of the desired pressure drop. The diagram uses methane gas as reference; if another gas is used, conversion coefficient and a simple formula (on the diagram) transform the gas output to a methane equivalent (refer to figure A). Please note that the gas train dimensions must take into account the back pressure of the combustion chamber during operations. Control of the pressure drop in an existing gas line or selecting a new gas supply line. The methane output equivalent is determined by the formula fig. A on the diagram and the conversion coefficient. Once the equivalent output has been determined on the delivery scale ( V ), shown at the top of the diagram, move vertically downwards until you cross the line that represents the pipe diameter; at this point, move horizontally to the left until you meet the line that represents the pipe length. Once this point is established you can verify, by moving vertically downwards, the pipe pressure drop of on the botton scale below (mbar). By subtracting this value from the pressure measured on the gas meter, the correct pressure value will be found for the choice of gas train. Example:
- gas used - gas output - pressure at the gas meter - gas line length - conversion coefficient
- equivalent methane output V =
G25 9.51 mc/h 20 mbar 15 m 0.62 (see figure A)
9.51 0.62
= 15.34 mc/h
- once the value of 15.34 has been identified on the output scale ( V ), moving vertically downwards you cross the line that represents 1" 1/4 (the chosen diameter for the piping); - from this point, move horizontally to the left until you meet the line that represents the length of 15 m of the piping; - move vertically downwards to determine a value of 1.4 mbar in the pressure drop botton scale; - subtract the determined pressure drop from the meter pressure, the correct pressure level will be found for the choice of gas train; - correct pressure = ( 20-1.4 ) = 18.6 mbar
30 22 15 12 9 6
V
45 61 76 95 122 152 1
2
10
20
3
4
15,34
5 6 7 8 10
20
30 40 50 60
80 100
200
400
600 800 1000
3
6"
PIP
EL
EN
GT
4"
H(
m)
2"
1 - G20 0,62 - G25 1,18 - G31
2
Figure A 0,1
0,2
PIPE DIAMETER 0,3
0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 1
PRESSURE DROP (mbar)
1,4
2
3
4
5
6
2 1/
4 3/
{
=
1/
f
1"
f
3"
2"
2 1/ 1" 4 1/ 1"
V = Gas output Nmc/h
VENTILATION
The ventilation circuit produces low noise levels with high performance pressure and air output, in spite of the compact dimensions. The use of reverse curve blades and sound-proofing material keeps noise level very low.
Example of fan air gate valve indexed selector of RS 28/1 burner
COMBUSTION HEAD
Different lengths of the combustion head can be chosen for the RS/1 series of burners. The choice depends on the thickness of the front panel and the type of boiler. Depending on the type of generator, check that the penetration of the head into the combustion chamber is correct. The internal positioning of the combustion head can easily be adjusted to the maximum defined output by adjusting a screw fixed to the flange. Example of a RS/1 burner combustion head
Dimensions of the flame
Lenght of the flame (m)
ax Lm
1
L min D max D min
1
0,5
0
0 0
0,5 Burner output (MW)
1
Diameter of the flame (m)
D 2
L
Example: Burner thermal output = 500 kW; L flame (m) = 1,3 m (medium value); D flame (m) = 0,45 m (medium value)
ADJUSTMENT
BURNER OPERATION MODE
°C bar
time
Output
On “one stage” operation, the burner adjusts output to the requested level, by varying between on-off phases (see figure A).
One stage operation Checked Variable
The burner of RS/1 series is one stage working.
ON
ON
OFF
OFF time
Figure A
FIRING RS 28/1 - 38/1
0” 9”
The burner begins the firing cycle The motor starts: pre-purge phase. The air damper is set on maximum output 56” Pre-ignition 59” Safety valve VS and the 1st stage VR1 of the adjustment valve VR open 61,5” After-ignition 65” The second stage VR2 of valve VR opens 80” The control panel starting cycle ends.
TL M
9 56
61,5
VR2 VR, VR1
D A 59
B
E
F
C G 65
80
0
time (s)
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS To be made by the installer
Electrical connections must be made by qualified and skilled personnel, according to the local norms.
Example of the terminal board for electrical connections and control panel on RS 28 /1
“ONE STAGE” OPERATION RS 28/1 - 38/1 With seal control
RS 28/1 - 38/1 Without seal control MB 1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10
MB 1 2 3 4 5
P P N V1 V2
TS
ϑP
IN
S
TS
ϑP
V1 V2
S
TL
ϑP
PG
TB
9 10
IN
TL
T6A
6 7 8 T8 T6 N
VS
VR1
VR2
ϑP
T6A
VS
P
1,5 mm2
VR1
L N PE
P
S1
TB
XP
1,5 mm2
~ 50Hz
PG
VR2
T8
T7
T6
B5
N
L N PE
~ 50Hz
230V
230V VPS
MB TS S IN TL TB T6A PG VR1 VR2 VS
- Burner terminal board - Safety thermostat - External lock-out signal - Manual switch - Threshold thermostat - Burner ground - 6A fuse - Minimum gas pressure switch - 1st adjustment valve - 2nd adjustment valve - Safety valve
MB TS S S1 IN TL TB T6A PG VR1 VR2 VS VPS XP
- Burner terminal board - Safety thermostat - External lock-out signal - External lock-out signal on the seal control - Manual switch - Threshold thermostat - Burner ground - 6A fuse - Minimum gas pressure switch - 1st adjustment valve - 2nd adjustment valve - Safety valve - Seal control - Seal control plug
The following table shows the supply lead sections and the type of fuse to be used. Model
F L
A mm2
RS 28/1
RS 38/1
230V
230V
T6 1,5
T6 1,5
L1
mg/kWh
EMISSIONS
NO2 EMISSIONS
150 125 100 75 50 25 0
mg/kWh
RS 28/1
RS 38/1
CO EMISSIONS
50 40 30 20 10 0
dB(A)
RS 28/1
RS 38/1
NOISE EMISSIONS
100 80 60 40 20 0 RS 28/1
RS 38/1
The emission data has been measured in the various models at maximum output, according to EN 676 standard.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS (mm)
BURNERS RS 28/1 - 38/1
G
A
D - D(1) E
N L
B
F
M I C H
Model RS 28/1 RS 38/1
A
B
C
D - D(1)
E
F
G
H
476 474 580 216 - 351 140 352 164 476 474 580 216 - 351 140 352 164
I
L
810 108 168 810 108 168
M
N
1"1/2 1"1/2
719 719
(1) Dimension with “extended head”.
BURNER - BOILER MOUNTING FLANGE
45°
D1 45°
Model RS 28/1 RS 38/1
D2 Ø
D1
D2
Ø
160 160
224 224
M8 M8
PACKAGING
Model RS 28/1 RS 38/1
Z Y X - X (1)
X - X (1)
Y
Z
kg
872 - 1007 872 - 1007
540 540
550 550
37 39
(1) dimension with extended head.
INSTALLATION DESCRIPTION
Installation, start up and maintenance must be carried out by qualified and skilled personnel. All operations must be performed in accordance with the technical handbook supplied with the burner.
BURNER SETTING All the burners have slide bars, for easier installation and maintenance. After drilling the boilerplate, using the supplied gasket as a template, dismantle the blast tube from the burner and fix it to the boiler. Adjust the combustion head. Fit the gas train, choosing this on the basis of the maximum output of the boiler and considering the enclosed diagrams. Refit the burner casing to the slide bars. Close the burner, sliding it up to the flange.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AND START UP Make the electrical connections to the boiler following the wiring diagrams included in the instruction handbook. Perform a first ignition calibration on the gas train. On start up, check: - Gas pressure at the combustion head (to max. and min. output) - Combustion quality, in terms of unburned substances and excess air.
BURNER ACCESSORIES
Extended heads “Standard head” burners can be transformed into “extended head” versions, by using the special kit. The KITS available for the various burners, giving the original and the extended lengths, are listed below.
Combustion head extension kits Burner
RS 28/1 RS 38/1
‘Standard’ head length (mm)
‘Extended’ head length (mm)
Kit code
216 216
351 351
3010091 3010092
Spacer kit If burner head penetration into the combustion chamber needs reducing, varying thickness spacers are available, as given in the following table: Head length reduction kit Burner
RS 28/1 - 38/1
Spacer thickness S (mm)
Kit code
90
3010095
S
Continuous ventilation kit If the burner requires continuous ventilation in the stages without flame, a special kit is available as given in the following table: Continuous ventilation kit Burner
Kit code
RS 28/1 - 38/1
3010094
Sound proofing box If noise emission needs reducing even further, sound-proofing boxes are available, as given in the following table: Sound proofing box Burner
RS 28/1 - 38/1
Box type
Box code
C2
3000777
LPG kit For burning LPG gas, a special kit is available to be fitted to the combustion head on the burner, as given in the following table:
LPG kit Burner
Kit code
RS 28/1 RS 38/1
3010089 3010090
GAS TRAIN ACCESSORIES
Adapters When the diameter of the gas train is different from the set diameter of the burners, an adapter must be fitted between the gas train and the burner. The following table lists the adapters for various burners. Adapters Burner
RS 28/1
RS 38/1
Gas train
Dimensions
Adapter code
MBD 407
3/4"
1" 1/2
3000824 0000000
MBZRDLE 407
3/4"
1" 1/2
3000824
MBD 410
3/4"
1" 1/2
3000824
MBZRDLE 410
3/4"
1" 1/2
3000824
MBD 407 - 410
3/4"
1" 1/2
3000824
MBZRDLE 407 - 410
3/4"
1" 1/2
3000824
MBD 420 - CB 50/1
2"
1" 1/2
3000822
MBD 420 CT - CB 50/1 CT
2"
1" 1/2
3000822
MBZRDLE 420 - CB 50/2
2"
1" 1/2
3000822
MBZRDLE 420 CT - CB 50/2 CT
2"
1" 1/2
3000822
Seal control kit To test the valve seals on the gas train, a special “seal control kit” is available. The valve seal control device is compulsory (EN 676) on gas trains to burners with a maximum output over 1200 kW. The sealing control is type VPS 504. Seal control kit Burner
RS 28/1
RS 38/1
Gas train
MBD 407 - MBZRDLE 407 MBD 410 - MBZRDLE 410 MBD 412 - MBZRDLE 412 MBD 415 - CB 40/1 MBZRDLE 415 - CB 40/2 MBD 407 - MBZRDLE 407 MBD 410 - MBZRDLE 410 MBD 412 - MBZRDLE 412 MBD 415 - MBD 420 CB 40/1 - CB 50/1 MBZRDLE 415 - CB 40/2 MBZRDLE 420 - CB 50/2
Kit code
3010123 3010123 3010123 3010123 3010125 3010123 3010123 3010123 3010123 3010123 3010125 3010125
SPECIFICATION A specific index guides your choice of burner from the various models available in the RS/1 series. Below is a clear and detailed specification description of the product.
DESIGNATION OF SERIES Series :
R Fuel :
S L LS N
Natural Gas Light oil Light oil/Methane Heavy oil
Size Setting :
/1 Single stage ... Two stage /M Modulating
Emission :
Head :
... Class 1 EN267 - EN676 MZ Class 2 EN267 - EN676 BLU Class 3 EN267 - EN676 Class 1 EN267 MX Class 3 EN676 TC TL
Standard head Extended head
Diagnostic :
LP ST
Led panel Status panel
Flame control system : FS1 Standard (1 stop every 24 h) FS2 Continuous working (1 stop every 72 h) Electrical supply to the system : 1/230/50 1/230V/50Hz 3/230/50 3/230V/50Hz 3/400/50 3N/400V/50Hz 3/230-400/50 3/230V/50Hz - 3N/400V/50Hz 3/220/60 3/220V/60Hz 3/380/60 3N/380V/60Hz 3/220-380/60 3/220/60Hz - 3N/380V/60Hz Auxiliary voltage : 230/50-60 230V/50-60Hz 110/50-60 110V/50-60Hz ID: Differential switch
R
S
28
/1
TC
FS1 1/230/50
BASIC DESIGNATION EXTENDED DESIGNATION
LIST OF AVAILABLE MODELS RS 28/1 TC FS1 1/230/50 RS 28/1 TL FS1 1/230/50
230/50-60 230/50-60
RS 38/1 TC FS1 1/230/50 RS 38/1 TL FS1 1/230/50
230/50-60 230/50-60
Other versions are available on request
230/50-60
PRODUCT SPECIFICATION
Burner: Monoblock forced draught gas burner with one stage operation, fully automatic, made up of: - Air suction circuit lined with sound-proofing material - Fan with reverse curve blades high performance with low sound emissions - Air damper for air flow setting - Starting motor at 2800 rpm, (single-phase, 230V, 50Hz) - Combustion head, that can be set on the basis of required output, fitted with: - stainless steel end cone, resistant to corrosion and high temperatures - ignition electrodes - ionisation probe - gas distributor - flame stability disk - Minimum air pressure switch stops the burner in case of insufficient air quantity at the combustion head - Flame control panel - Terminal strip for electrical connections - Flame inspection window - Slide bars for easier installation and maintenance - Protection filter against radio interference - IP 44 electric protection level. Gas train Fuel supply line, in the MULTIBLOC configuration (from a diameter of 3/4” until a diameter 2”) or COMPOSED configuration (from a diameter of DN 40 until a diameter of DN 50), fitted with: - Filter - Stabiliser - Minimum gas pressure switch - Safety valve - One stage or two stage working valve with ignition gas output regulator. Conforming to: - 89/336/EEC directive (electromagnetic compatibility) - 73/23/EEC directive (low voltage) - 92/42/EEC directive (performance) - 90/396/EEC directive (gas) - EN 676 (gas burners). Standard equipment: - 1 gas train gasket - 1 flange gasket - 4 screws for fixing the flange - 1 thermal screen - 4 screws for fixing the burner flange to the boiler - 4 fairleads for electrical connection - Instruction handbook for installation, use and maintenance - Spare parts catalogue. Available accessories to be ordered separately: - Head extension kit - Head length reduction kit - Continuous ventilation kit - Sound-proofing box - LPG kit - Gas train adapter - Seal control kit.
Lineagrafica
RIELLO S.p.A.
ISO 9001 Cert. n. 0061
- Via degli Alpini, 1 - 37045 LEGNAGO (VR) Italy Tel. ++39.0442630111 - Fax ++39.044221980 Internet: http://www.rielloburners.com - E-mail:
[email protected] Since the Company is constantly engaged in the production improvement, the aesthetic and dimensional features, the technical data, the equipment and the accessories can be changed. This document contains confidential and proprietary information of RIELLO S.p.A. Unless authorised, this information shall not be divulged, nor duplicated in whole or in part.
TWO STAGE GAS BURNERS RS SERIES
RS 28 RS 38 RS 50 RS 70 RS 100 RS 130 RS 190
81/163 105/232 116/290 192/465 232/698 372/930 470/1279
÷ 325 kW ÷ 440 kW ÷ 580 kW ÷ 814 kW ÷ 1163 kW ÷ 1512 kW ÷ 2290 kW
The RS series of burners covers a firing range from 81 to 2290 kW, and they have been designed for use in hot or superheater water boilers, hot air or steam generators, diathermic oil boilers. Operation is "two stage"; the burners are fitted with an electronic device STATUS PANEL, which supplies complete diagnostic: hour meter, ignition meter, identification of trouble shooting. Optimisation of sound emissions is guaranteed by the use of fans with forward inclined blades and sound deadening material incorporated in the air suction circuit. The elevated performance of the fans and combustion head, guarantee flexibility of use and excellent working at all firing rates. The exclusive design ensures reduced dimensions, simple use and maintenance. A wide range of accessories guarantees elevated working flexibility.
TS0046UK00
TECHNICAL DATA
RS 28
Model
RS 38
RS 38
RS 50
Type
Heat output
SQN90
LKS210
12
15
s 105/232÷440
105/232÷440
116/290÷581
192/465÷814
232/698÷1163
372/930÷1512
470/1279÷2290
Mcal/h
70/140÷280
90/200÷378
90/200÷378
100/249÷500
165/400÷700
200/600÷1000
320/800÷1300
405/1100÷1970
23/70÷116
37/93÷151
47/128÷229
22/54÷95
27/81÷135
43/108÷176
55/149÷266
7,4/18÷32
9/27÷45
14,4/36÷59
0/40
Fuel / air data
Density gas G20
kg/Nmc
10
Output gas G20
Nmc/h
0,71 8/16÷32
10,5/23÷44
10,5/23÷44
11,6/29÷58
Density gas G25
kg/Nmc
Output gas G25
Nmc/h
0,78 9,4/19÷38
12/27÷51
12/27÷51
13,5/34÷68 25,8
Net calorific value LPG gas kWh/Nmc
Density LPG gas
kg/Nmc
Output LPG gas
Nmc/h
Fan
Type
Air temperature
Max. °C
Electrical supply
Ph/Hz/V
19/46,5÷81,4 8,6
Net calorific value gas G25 kWh/Nmc
2,02 3/6,5÷12,5
4/9÷17
4/9÷17
4,5/11÷23
18/50÷89 Straight blades
Centrifugal with reverse curve blades
60 1/50/230~(±10%)
3N/50/230-400~(±10%)
3/50/230~(±10%)
1/50/230 ~ (±10%)
Auxiliary electrical supply Ph/Hz/V
Electrical data
15
81/163÷325
Net calorific value gas G20 kWh/Nmc
MMI 813
Type
Total electrical power kW
0,37
0,6
0,56
0,75
1,4
1,8
2,6
5,5
Auxiliary electrical power kW
0,12
0,12
0,12
0,12
0,3
0,3
0,4
1
Protection level
44
IP
Motor electrical power kW
0,25
0,42
0,45
0,65
1,1
1,5
2,2
4,5
Rated motor current A
2,1
2,9
2 - 1,2
3 - 1,7
4,8 - 2,8
5,9 - 3,4
8,8 - 5,1
15,8 - 9,1
A
4,8
11
9,5 - 5,5
13,8 - 8
25 - 14,6
27,7 - 16
57,2 - 33,2
126 - 73
Motor start current
54
Motor protection level IP
Ignition transformer
230V - 1x8 kV
V1 - V2
1A - 20 mA
I1 - I2
Intermittent (at least one stop every 24 h)
Operation
Approval Emissions
SQN31
kW
Working temperature °C min./max.
Control box
RS 190
2÷1
Modulation ratio to max. output Run time
RS 130
Two stage
Burner operation mode
Servomotor
RS 100
RS 70
Sound pressure
dBA
68
70
70
72
75
77
78,5
83
Sound output
W
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
CO Emission
mg/kWh
NOx Emission
mg/kWh
< 40 < 130 90/396 - 89/336 - 73/23 - 92/42 EEC
Directive
EN 676
Conforming to Certification
CE 0085AP0733
CE 0085AP0734
CE 0085AP0735 CE 0085AP0944 CE 0085AP0945 CE 0085AP0946 CE 0085AT0042
Reference conditions: Temperature: 20°C Pressure: 1013.5 mbar Altitude: 100 m a.s.l. Noise measured at a distance of 1 meter.
Since the Company is constantly engaged in the production improvement, the aesthetic and dimensional features, the technical data, the equipment and the accessories can be changed. This document contains confidential and proprietary information of RIELLO S.p.A. Unless authorised, this information shall not be divulged, nor duplicated in whole or in part.
FIRING RATES
10
90
9
80
8
70
7
60
6
50
5
40
4
30
3
mm H2O
20 10 0
-10
hPa (mbar)
100
RS 28
2 1 0
-1 0
100
0
15
140
14
130
13
120
12
110
11
100
10
90
9
80
8
70
7
60
6
50
5
40
4
30
3
mm H2O
10 0
-10
hPa (mbar)
150
20
RS 50
RS 38
200
100
300
200
400
300
400
500
500
600 Mcal/h
700 kW
600
RS 190 RS 130 RS 100 RS 70
2 1 0
-1 0 0
100
200 200
300
400
400
500 600
600
700 800
Useful working field for choosing the burner 1st stage operating range Test conditions conforming to EN 676: Temperature: 20°C Pressure: 1013.5 mbar Altitude: 100 m a.s.l.
800
900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500
1000
1200
1400
1600
1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100 Mcal/h
1800
2000
2200
2400
kW
FUEL SUPPLY
GAS TRAINS The burners are fitted with a butterfly valve to regulate the fuel delivery on 1st and 2nd stage, controlled by a variable profile cam servomotor. Fuel can be supplied either from the right or left hand sides. The gas train can be selected to best fit system requirements depending on the fuel output and pressure in the supply line. The gas train can be “Multibloc“ type (containing the main components in a single unit) or “Composed” type (assembly of the single components).
Example of the variable profile cam on RS 70-100-130 burners.
MULTIBLOC gas train without seal control
12 P1 4
11
15
10
MULTIBLOC
7
14
9
8
P2
6
5
P3
3
L
2
1
1
Gas input pipework
2
Manual valve
3
Anti-vibration joint
4
Pressure gauge with pushbutton cock.
5
Filter
6
Pressure regulator (vertical)
7
Minimum gas pressure switch
8
VS safety solenoid (vertical)
9
VR regulation solenoid (vertical) Two settings: - firing output (rapid opening) - maximum output (slow opening)
L1
10 Gasket and flange supplied with the burner
MULTIBLOC gas train with seal control
11 Gas adjustment butterfly valve 12 Burner 13 Seal control mechanism for valves 8-9. According to standard EN 676, the seal control is compulsory for burners with maximum output above 1200 kW. 14 Gas train-burner adapter.
12
15 Maximum gas pressure switch
P1 15
P1 Combustion head pressure
4
11 10
MULTIBLOC
7
14
9
13
8
P2
6
5
P2 Pressure downstream from the regulator P3
3
2
1
P3 Pressure upstream from the filter Gas train supplied separately, with the code given in the table
L L
L1
L1 Installer’ s responsibility
COMPOSED gas train without seal control
COMPOSED gas train with seal control
12
12
P1 15
P1 4
11 10
14
15
9
8
P2
L
4
11 10
7
6
5
P3
3
2
L1
1
14
7
9
13
8
P2
L
6
5
P3
3
2
L1
1
Example of gas train “COMPOSED” type without seal control
Y
Øi Øo
Z
X
Example of gas train “MULTIBLOC” type without seal control
Y Øo
Øi Z
X
Gas trains are approved by standard EN 676 together with the burner. The overall dimensions of the gas train depends on how they are constructed. The following table shows the maximum dimensions of the gas trains that can be fitted to RS burners, intake and outlet diameters and seal control if fitted. Please note that the seal control can be installed as an accessory, if not already installed on the gas train. The maximum gas pressure of gas train “Multibloc” type is 300 mbar, and that one of gas train “Composed” type is 500 mbar.
GAS TRAINS
COMPOSED
GAS TRAINS
MULTIBLOC
Name
Code
Øi
Øo
X mm
Y mm
Z mm
Seal Control
MBD 407
3970076
3/4”
3/4”
371
196
120
-
MBD 410
3970077
1”
3/4”
405
217
145
-
MBD 412
3970144
1”1/4
1”1/2
433
217
145
-
MBD 412 CT
3970197
1”1/4
1”1/2
433
217
262
Incorporated
MBD 415
3970180
1”1/2
1”1/2
523
250
100
-
MBD 415 CT
3970198
1”1/2
1”1/2
523
250
227
Incorporated
MBD 420
3970181
2”
2”
523
300
100
-
MBD 420 CT
3970182
2”
2”
523
300
227
Incorporated
CB 40/1
3970145
1”1/2
1”1/2
891
261
195
-
CB 50/1
3970146
2”
2”
986
328
250
-
CB 50/1 CT
3970160
2”
2”
986
328
320
Incorporated
CBF 65/1
3970147
DN 65
DN 65
874
356
285
-
CBF 65/1 CT
3970161
DN 65
DN 65
874
356
285
Incorporated
CBF 80/1
3970148
DN 80
DN 80
934
416
285
-
CBF 80/1 CT
3970162
DN 80
DN 80
934
416
285
Incorporated
CBF 100/1
3970149
DN 100
DN 100
1054
501
350
-
CBF 100/1 CT
3970163
DN 100
DN 100
1054
501
350
Incorporated
PRESSURE DROP DIAGRAMS The diagrams indicate the minimum pressure drop of the burners with the various gas trains that can be matched with them; at the value of these pressure drop add the combustion chamber pressure. The value thus calculated represents the minimum required input pressure to the gas train. NATURAL GAS
LPG
RS 28
RS 28 G25
45
BD
40
7
55
40
50
35
45 40
30
35 25
10 D4 MB
30
20
25
T
MBD
15
412
MBD
10
C - 412
20
0/1 CB 4 T 415 C 415 -
5 0
0
163
200
07 D4 MB
30
25
20
410
MBD
12 CT
12 - 4
MBD 4
15
10
5
200
35
15 10
140 150
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
M
45
250
Pressure drop
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
40
Pressure drop
LPG
∆P
mbar
∆P
mbar
G20
5
0
280 kcal/h X 1000
250
300
140 150
325 kW
163
Gas train
200
250
200
250
280 kcal/h X 1000
300
325
kW
Gas train
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
MBD 407
3970076
3000824
Accessory
CB 40/1
3970145
-
Accessory
MBD 410
3970077
3000824
Accessory
MBD 415
3970180
-
Accessory
MBD 412
3970144
-
Accessory
MBD 415 CT
3970198
-
Incorporated
MBD 412 CT
3970197
-
Incorporated
RS 38
RS 38 G20
40
30
35 25
20
MB
D
2 41
-4
CB 15
MBD
415
CT
30
/1
25
5 CT
20
12
40
- 41
CT - 420 420 MBD CT 1 / 0 /1 - 5 CB 50
232 250
300
300
350
350
400
mbar
7
40
35
30
20
10
10
D4
MB
25
20 MBD 4
CT - 412 412 MBD 40/1 B C T 415 C CT 415 - 50/1 MBD B 50/1 C T C - 420
5
0
378 kcal/h X 1000
440
MB
40
10
0 250
LPG D
15
5
200
45
15
5
0
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
mbar
D
MB
10
Pressure drop
∆P
0
41
Pressure drop
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
∆P
G25
200
kW
232 250
Gas train
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
Gas train
MBD 407
3970076
3000824
Accessory
MBD 415 CT
MBD 410
3970077
3000824
Accessory
CB 50/1
MBD 412
3970144
-
Accessory
MBD 412 CT
3970197
-
Incorporated
CB 40/1
3970145
-
Accessory
MBD 415
3970180
-
Accessory
250
300
Code
300
350
350
400
378 400 kcal/h X 1000
440
kW
Adapter
Seal Control
3970198
-
Incorporated
3970146
3000822
Accessory
CB 50/1 CT
3970160
3000822
Incorporated
MBD 420
3970181
3000822
Accessory
MBD 420 CT
3970182
3000822
Incorporated
NATURAL GAS
LPG
RS 50
RS 50 BD
M
55 40
50 45
T 2C - 41 12 D4 B M 0/1 CB 4
30 25
40 35 30
CT - 415 415 MBD 20 CT 20 - 4 MBD 4 /1 CT 0 /1 - 5 CB 50
20 15
Pressure drop
60
45
35
10
15
5 0
0
290
350
350
400
400
40
MBD
500
550
410
30
MBD 41
5
12 CT 12 - 4 MBD 4 40/1 CB - 415 CT
/1 - 50 0 CT - CB 50
MBD 420 - 42
10
/1 CT
0
500 kcal/h X 1000
450
450
50
20
20
5
300
07 D4 MB
60
25
10
249
LPG ∆P
41
mbar
0
50
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head mbar
∆P
G25
Pressure drop
G20
581 kW
249
300
290
350
Gas train
350
400
450
450
400
500
500 kcal/h X 1000
550
581 kW
Gas train
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
MBD 407
3970076
3000824
Accessory
MBD 415 CT
3970198
-
Incorporated
MBD 410
3970077
3000824
Accessory
CB 50/1
3970146
3000822
Accessory
MBD 412
3970144
-
Accessory
CB 50/1 CT
3970160
3000822
Incorporated
MBD 412 CT
3970197
-
Incorporated
MBD 420
3970181
3000822
Accessory
CB 40/1
3970145
-
Accessory
MBD 420 CT
3970182
3000822
Incorporated
MBD 415
3970180
-
Accessory
RS 70 60
40
CB
30
T 5C - 41
15 D4 MB
MBD
20
CB 5
420
0
5/1 -
CBF 80/1
10
50
40
0 CT
- 42
50 /1 -
CBF 6
Pressure drop
/1 40
/1 C
65/1
30
T
CT
0
465
Gas train
500
600
600
700
40
30
10
0
700 kcal/h X 1000
814
20
D4
MB
1 40/ CB T C T 15 1C -4 50/ 15 1D4 50/ MB B C T 0C - 42
20
80/1 CT
0 500
50
20
10
400
LPG
∆P
Pressure drop
50
mbar
G25
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head mbar
∆P
G20
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
RS 70
400
kW
465
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
Gas train
CB 40/1
3970145
3000843
Accessory
MBD 420 CT
MBD 415
3970180
3000843
Accessory
CBF 65/1
MBD 415 CT
3970198
3000843
Incorporated
CB 50/1
3970146
-
Accessory
CB 50/1 CT
3970160
-
Incorporated
MBD 420
3970181
-
Accessory
500
500
600
600
Code
700
700 kcal/h X 1000
814
kW
Adapter
Seal Control
3970182
-
Incorporated
3970147
3000825
Accessory
CBF 65/1 CT
3970161
3000825
Incorporated
CBF 80/1
3970148
3000826
Accessory
CBF 80/1 CT
3970162
3000826
Incorporated
NATURAL GAS
LPG
RS 100
RS 100
G20
50
T
D
MB
40
15
5C
41
60
4
50
T 20 C
-4 420 1 CT MBD 50/ 1 0/ CB 5
30
40
0
0
700
800
Gas train
900
900
1000
1100
mbar 40
30
20
D4
MB
0/1 B4 - C CT 5 1 -4 CT 15 /1 D4 - 50 MB 0/1 5 CB T 0C - 42
20
10
800
50
20
10
700
60
30
CT 65/1 5/1 CBF 6 /1 CT 0 8 /1 CBF 80
600
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
80
70
LPG
70
∆P
Pressure drop
CB
40
60
20
Pressure drop
90
/1
mbar
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
∆P
G25
70
10
0
1000 kcal/h X 1000
600
kW
700
1163
700
800
800
900
900
1000
1000 kcal/h X 1000
1100
kW
1163
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
CB 40/1
3970145
3000843
Accessory
MBD 420 CT
3970182
-
Incorporated
MBD 415
3970180
3000843
Accessory
CBF 65/1
3970147
3000825
Accessory
MBD 415 CT
3970198
3000843
Incorporated
CBF 65/1 CT
3970161
3000825
Incorporated
CB 50/1
3970146
-
Accessory
CBF 80/1
3970148
3000826
Accessory
CB 50/1 CT
3970160
-
Incorporated
CBF 80/1 CT
3970162
3000826
Incorporated
MBD 420
3970181
-
Accessory
Gas train
RS 130 G25
110
140
100
CB
130 120
90
110 80
100
70 60
M
50
15 BD 4
- 41
5 CT
30
- 65/1 CT CBF 65/1 80/1 CT /1 CBF 80
20
CBF
10
90 80 70
T 420 C 420 MBD CT - 50/1 /1 0 5 CB
40
Pressure drop
/1
40
100/1 - 100/1 CT
60
40 30 20 10
800
930
Gas train
900
1000
1100
1000
1100
1200
1300
LPG
110 100 90 80 70 60 50
15 BD 4
M
40
50
0
0
∆P
M
30
Pressure drop
G20
Combustion head and gas train mbar Combustion head
∆P
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head mbar
RS 130
0-4 BD 42
20 CT
0/1 CB 4 CT 1 CT - 50/ 50/1
- 415
- CB
CBF 65/1
20
- 65/1 CT
10 0
1200
1300 kcal/h X 1000
800
1400
kW 1512
930
900
1000
1100
1000
1100
1200
1300
1200
1300 kcal/h X 1000
1400
kW 1512
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
Gas train
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
CB 40/1
3970145
3000843
Accessory
CBF 65/1
3970147
3000825
Accessory
MBD 415
3970180
3000843
Accessory
CBF 65/1 CT
3970161
3000825
Incorporated
MBD 415 CT
3970198
3000843
Incorporated
CBF 80/1
3970148
3000826
Accessory
CB 50/1
3970146
-
Accessory
CBF 80/1 CT
3970162
3000826
Incorporated
CB 50/1 CT
3970160
-
Incorporated
CBF 100/1
3970149
MBD 420
3970181
-
Accessory
MBD 420 CT
3970182
-
Incorporated
CBF 100/1 CT
3970163
3010223 3000826 3010223 3000826
Accessory Incorporated
NATURAL GAS
LPG
RS 190
RS 190 G25 -5
120
C
80
20 D4
T
0C
- 42
100
MB
80
60
CBF
5/1
1-6
65/
40
CT 60
/1 CT
1 - 80
1 CT
1 - 100/
CBF 100/
20
0 1100 1200
1300 1400
1500
1600
1700
1800 1900 2000 kcal/h X 1000
1200 1279 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100
Gas train
kW 2290
Code
Adapter
CB 50/1
3970146
3010128
Accessory
CB 50/1 CT
3970160
3010128
Incorporated
MBD 420
3970181
3010128
Accessory
MBD 420 CT
3970182
3010128
Incorporated
CBF 65/1
3970147
3000831
Accessory
note
Seal Control
100
80
1-
0/ B5
60
20 D4
T
1C
50/
C T -
0C
- 42
MB 40
CBF 65
/1 - 65
/1 CT
40
20
0 1000
∆P
mbar
mbar
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
/1
0 F5
0/ CBF 8
Pressure drop
1
0/
100
LPG 140
CT
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
∆P
Pressure drop
G20
20
0 1000
1100 1200
1300 1400
1500
1600
1700
1800 1900 2000 kcal/h X 1000
1200 1279 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100
Gas train
kW 2290
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
CBF 65/1 CT
3970161
3000831
Incorporated
CBF 80/1
3970148
3000832
Accessory
CBF 80/1 CT
3970162
3000832
Incorporated
CBF 100/1
3970149
3010127
Accessory
CBF 100/1 CT
3970163
3010127
Incorporated
Please contact the Riello Burner Technical Office for different pressure levels from those above indicated.
SELECTING THE FUEL SUPPLY LINES The following diagram enables pressure drop in a pre-existing gas line to be calculated and to select the correct gas train. The diagram can also be used to select a new gas line when fuel output and pipe length are known. The pipe diameter is selected on the basis of the desired pressure drop. The diagram uses methane gas as reference; if another gas is used, conversion coefficient and a simple formula (on the diagram) transform the gas output to a methane equivalent (refer to figure A). Please note that the gas train dimensions must take into account the back pressure of the combustion chamber during operations. Control of the pressure drop in an existing gas line or selecting a new gas supply line. The methane output equivalent is determined by the formula fig. A on the diagram and the conversion coefficient. Once the equivalent output has been determined on the delivery scale ( V ), shown at the top of the diagram, move vertically downwards until you cross the line that represents the pipe diameter; at this point, move horizontally to the left until you meet the line that represents the pipe length. Once this point is established you can verify, by moving vertically downwards, the pipe pressure drop of on the botton scale below (mbar). By subtracting this value from the pressure measured on the gas meter, the correct pressure value will be found for the choice of gas train. Example:
- gas used - gas output - pressure at the gas meter - gas line length - conversion coefficient
- equivalent methane output V =
G25 9.51 mc/h 20 mbar 15 m 0.62 (see figure A)
9.51 0.62
= 15.34 mc/h
- once the value of 15.34 has been identified on the output scale ( V ), moving vertically downwards you cross the line that represents 1" 1/4 (the chosen diameter for the piping); - from this point, move horizontally to the left until you meet the line that represents the length of 15 m of the piping; - move vertically downwards to determine a value of 1.4 mbar in the pressure drop botton scale; - subtract the determined pressure drop from the meter pressure, the correct pressure level will be found for the choice of gas train; - correct pressure = ( 20-1.4 ) = 18.6 mbar
30 22 15 12 9 6
V
45 61 76 95 122 152 1
2
10
20
3
4
15,34
5 6 7 8 10
20
30 40 50 60
80 100
200
400
600 800 1000
3
6"
PIP
EL
EN
GT
4"
H(
m)
2
Figure A 0,1
0,2
PIPE DIAMETER 0,3
0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 1
PRESSURE DROP (mbar)
1,4
2
3
4
5
6
2
2"
1 - G20 0,62 - G25 1,18 - G31
1/
4 3/
{
=
1/
f
1"
f
3"
2"
2 1/ 1" 4 1/ 1"
V = Gas output Nmc/h
VENTILATION
The ventilation circuit produces low noise levels with high performance pressure and air output, inspite of the compact dimensions. Except for the RS 190 model, the use of reverse curve blades and sound-proofing material keeps noise level very low. In the RS 190 model, noise has been reduced by the special design of the air suction circuit.
Example of the air damper on RS 28 - 38 - 50 burners
A variable profile cam connects the fuel and air regulations, to obtain a perfect control of combustion during the change of stage. When the burner is not operating the servomotor closes completely the air damper to reduce heat dispersion from the boiler. A minimum air pressure switch stops the burner when there is an insufficient quantity of air at the combustion head.
COMBUSTION HEAD
Different lengths of the combustion head can be chosen for the RS series of burners. The choice depends on the thickness of the front panel and the type of boiler. Depending on the type of generator, check that the penetration of the head into the combustion chamber is correct. The internal positioning of the combustion head can easily be adjusted to the maximum defined output by adjusting a screw fixed to the flange. Example of a RS burner combustion head
Dimensions of the flame 4
L
in
Lm
2
1,5
D max
1
D min 1
0,5
0
0 0
1
2
3 4 Burner output (MW)
Diameter of the flame (m)
Lenght of the flame (m)
3
D
2
ax
Lm
Example: Burner thermal output = 2000 kW; L flame (m) = 2,7 m (medium value); D flame (m) = 0,8 m (medium value)
ADJUSTMENT
BURNER OPERATION MODE
On “two stage” operation, the burner gradually adapts the output to the requested level, by varying between two pre-set levels (see figure A).
Controlled variable
“Two stage ” operation °C bar
Time
Output
MAX
MIN
Time
Figure A
The RS burners are equipped of an exclusive electronic device “STATUS PANEL” or “LED PANEL” that, in every moments, shows all burners operational modes and finds eventual anomalies during the operational cycle. Example of “STATUS PANEL”
FIRING RS 28-38-50-70-100-130-190 •
TL TR
0" 9”
M 9
56
2° M
3
1°
61,5 59
18 (1) 21 (2) 24 (3)
VS VR
46 81
18/21/24” 46" 55"
55 (1) 58 (2)(3)
0
80
2° 1° 0
59
65
56” 58"
0
time (s)
(1) RS 28-38-50 (2) RS 70-100-130 (3) RS 190
59" 65” 80"
The TL remote control closes; servomotor starts after about 3”. The control box starting cycle begins. Fan motor starts. The air damper is positioned to 2nd stage. Pre-ventilation stage. Servomotor rotates. The air damper and the gas butterfly valve are positioned to 1st stage output (for RS 28-38-50). Ignition electrode sparks. The air damper and the gas butterfly valve are positioned to 1st stage output (for RS 70-100-130-190). Firing; the VS safety valve and the VR adjustment valve open. Output can be increased. The control box starting cycle ends.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS To be made by the installer
Electrical connections must be made by qualified and skilled personnel, according to the local regulations.
Example of the terminal board for electrical connections for the RS 70-100-130-190 models
“TWO STAGE” OPERATION - Single-phase power supply RS 28-38 - without seal control X6
3 2 1 N P
P
Ph
N
X4
T8 T7 T6
B5
B4 S3 T2 T1
h2
VR
3 2 1 N
X6
X7
Ph
T8 N
T6
IN
S h1
X4
B5
B4 S3 T2 T1
h2
VS
TR
TS
N
X7
T6A TS
TL
ϑP
ϑP
L1
IN
S h1
ϑP
ϑP
ϑP
PG
VS
P
P
- Hour meter - Hour meter - Manual switch - Burner auxiliary terminal board - 4 pin plug - 6 pin plug - 7 pin plug - Minimum gas pressure switch - External lock-out signal - High/low flame setting thermostat - Threshold thermostat - Safety thermostat - Adjustment valve - Safety valve - 6A fuse
1,5 mm2
S1
1,5 mm2
h1 h2 IN MB X4 X6 X7 PG S TR TL TS VR VS T6A
T8 T7 T6
V
VR
T6A
TL
ϑP
PG
L1
N
V
TR
RS 28-38 - with seal control
XP
PE N
L
~ 50Hz
230V
T8
T7
T6
B5
N
PE N
L1
L
~
h1 - Hour meter 50Hz 230V h2 - Hour meter IN - Manual switch XP - Seal control plug X4 - 4 pin plug X6 - 6 pin plug X7 - 7 pin plug PG - Minimum gas pressure switch S - External lock-out signal S1 - External lock-out signal on the seal control TR - High/low flame setting thermostat TL - Threshold thermostat TS - Safety thermostat VPS - Seal control VR - Adjustment valve VS - Safety valve T6A - 6A fuse
VPS
“TWO STAGE” OPERATION - Triple-phase power supply RS 38-50 - without seal control X6
3 2 1 N P
P
Ph
N
X5
L3 N
L2 L1
X4
T8 T7 T6
B5
B4 S3 T2 T1
V
h2
TR
PG
VR
ϑP
VS
P
RS 38-50 - with seal control
S h1
N
L1
X6
X7
3 2 1 N T6
IN
Ph
T8 N
X5
L2 L1
X4
T8 T7 T6
B5
h2
VS
TR
TS
TL
ϑP
ϑP
ϑP
~ ~
T8
h1 h2 IN MB X4 X5 X6 X7 PG S TR TL TS VR VS T6A
PE N
3
- Hour meter - Hour meter - Manual switch - Burner auxiliary terminal board - 4 pin plug - 5 pin plug - 6 pin plug - 7 pin plug - Minimum gas pressure switch - External lock-out signal - High/low flame setting thermostat - Threshold thermostat - Safety thermostat - Adjustment valve - Safety valve - 6A fuse
M
~
T6A TS
TL
ϑP
1,5 mm2
XP
1,5 mm2
3N 50Hz 400/230V 3 50Hz 230V
IN
X7
T6A
P
PE L2 L1
L1
PG S1
L3
S h1
N
ϑP
T6A
1,5 mm2
B4 S3 T2 T1
V
VR
T6A
L3 N
~
L
T7
T6
B5
N
1,5 mm2
L1
L3
50Hz 230V VPS
~ ~
PE L2 L1
3N 50Hz 400/230V 3 50Hz 230V
3
M
~
h1 - Hour meter h2 - Hour meter IN - Manual switch XP - Seal control plug X4 - 4 pin plug X5 - 5 pin plug X6 - 6 pin plug X7 - 7 pin plug PG - Minimum gas pressure switch S - External lock-out signal S1 - External lock-out signal on the seal control TR - High/low flame setting thermostat TL - Threshold thermostat TS - Safety thermostat VPS - Seal control VR - Adjustment valve VS - Safety valve T6A - 6A fuse
PE N
L
~ 50Hz
230V
RS 70-100-130-190 - without seal control MB
L1 L2 L3 N L
1 2 3
4 5 6
7
P P
T6A TS ϑP
V
N
V
MB
L1 L2 L3 N L
1 2 3 4 5 6 T6A TS
ϑP
ϑP
IN
F
PG
VS
7
8 N
V
N
V
T8 T6
TR
TL
ϑP
S
8 N
RS 70-100-130-190 - with seal control
VR
TL
S
TR
ϑP
F
IN
ϑP
VS
P
PG
VR
P
S1
L PE L1 L2 L3
~ ~
~
3N 50Hz 400/230V 3 50Hz 230V
MB IN PG S TR TL TS VR VS T6A F L
L
N L 50Hz 230V 3
~
PE L1 L2 L3
M
~
~ ~
3N 50Hz 400/230V 3 50Hz 230V
- Burner terminal board - Manual switch - Minimum gas pressure switch - External lock-out signal - High/low flame setting thermostat - Threshold thermostat - Safety thermostat - Adjustment valve - Safety valve - 6A fuse - Fuse (see table A) - Lead section (see table A)
XP
N L 50Hz 230V
3
T8
T7
T6
B5
N
L1
M
~
VPS
MB - Burner terminal board IN - Manual switch XP - Seal control plug PG - Minimum gas pressure switch S - External lock-out signal S1 - External lock-out signal on the seal control TR - High/low flame setting thermostat TL - Threshold thermostat TS - Safety thermostat VPS - Seal control VR - Adjustment valve VS - Safety valve T6A - 6A fuse F - Fuse (see table A) L - Lead section (see table A)
The following table shows the supply lead sections and the type of fuse to be used. Model
F L
A mm2
RS 28
RS 38
RS 38
230V
230V
230V 400V 230V 400V 230V 400V 230V
400V
230V
400V
230V
400V
T6 1,5
T6 1,5
T6 1,5
T10 1,5
T16 1,5
T10 1,5
T25 2,5
T20 2,5
T6 1,5
RS 50
T6 1,5
T6 1,5
RS 70
T10 T6 1,5 1,5
RS 100
T16 1,5
RS 130
RS 190
Table A
EMISSIONS
CO EMISSIONS mg/kWh
mg/kWh
NO2 EMISSIONS 150 125 100
50 40 30
75 20 50 10
25 0
0 RS 28
RS 38
RS 50
RS 70
RS 100
RS 130
RS 190
RS 28
RS 38
RS 50
RS 70
RS 100
RS 130
RS 190
dB(A)
NOISE EMISSIONS 100 80 60 40 20 0 RS 28
RS 38
RS 50
RS 70
RS 100
RS 130
RS 190
The emission data has been measured in the various models at maximum output, according to EN 676 standard.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS (mm)
BURNERS RS 28 - 38 - 50
RS 70 - 100 - 130
E
E
A
A
F
G G (1)
B
F
C
G - G (1)
H
H
L
D
I
M
L
D
I
M
N N
O - O (1)
P
O - O (1)
RS 190 E
A B
F
C
O - O (1)
G - G (1)
H L
D
I
M N
Model
A
B
C
D
E
F
G - G (1)
H
I
L
M
N
O - O (1)
P
RS 28 RS 38 RS 50 RS 70 RS 100 RS 130 RS 190
476 476 476 511 527 553 681
296 312 338 366
215 215 215 315
474 474 474 555 555 555 555
580 580 580 840 840 840 856
164 164 164 214 214 214 230
216 - 351 216 - 351 216 - 351 250 - 385 250 - 385 280 - 415 372
140 140 152 179 179 189 222
352 352 352 430 430 430 430
168 168 168 221 221 221 186
1”1/2 1”1/2 1”1/2 2” 2” 2” DN80
108 108 108 134 134 134 150
810 810 810 1161 - 1296 1161 - 1296 1161 - 1296 1312
719 719 719 -
(1) “Extended” head model
Model RS 28 RS 38 RS 50 RS 70 RS 100 RS 130 RS 190
BURNER – BOILER MOUNTING FLANGE
45°
D1 45°
D2 Ø
Model
PACKAGING
Z
Y X - X (1)
RS 28 RS 38 RS 50 RS 70 RS 100 RS 130 RS 190 (1) “Extended” head model
D1
D2
Ø
160 160 160 185 185 195 230
224 224 224 275 - 325 275 - 325 275 - 325 325 - 368
M8 M8 M8 M12 M12 M12 M16
X - X (1) 872 - 1007 872 - 1007 872 - 1007 1190 - 1325 1190 - 1325 1190 - 1325 1250
Y
Z
kg
540 540 540 692 692 692 785
550 550 550 740 740 740 725
38 40 41 70 73 76 82
INSTALLATION DESCRIPTION
Installation, start up and maintenance must be carried out by qualified and skilled personnel. All operations must be performed in accordance with the technical handbook supplied with the burner.
BURNER SETTING All the burners have slide bars, for easier installation and maintenance. After drilling the boilerplate, using the supplied gasket as a template, dismantle the blast tube from the burner and fix it to the boiler. Adjust the combustion head. Fit the gas train, choosing this on the basis of the maximum output of the boiler and considering the enclosed diagrams. Refit the burner casing to the slide bars. Close the burner, sliding it up to the flange.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AND START UP Make the electrical connections to the boiler following the wiring diagrams included in the instruction handbook. Turn the motor to check rotation direction (if it is a three-phase motor). Perform a first ignition calibration on the gas train. On start up, check: - Gas pressure at the combustion head (to max. and min. output) - Combustion quality, in terms of unburned substances and excess air.
ACCESSORIES
Extended heads “Standard head” burners can be transformed into “extended head” versions, by using the special kit. The KITS available for the various burners, giving the original and the extended lengths, are listed below. Combustion head extension kits Burner
‘Standard head’ length (mm)
‘Extended head’ length (mm)
Kit code
RS 28 RS 38 RS 50 RS 70 RS 100 RS 130 RS 190
216 216 216 250 250 280 372
351 351 351 385 385 415 530
3010076 3010077 3010078 3010117 3010118 3010119 3010196
Spacer kit If burner head penetration into the combustion chamber needs reducing, varying thickness spacers are available, as given in the following table: Head length reduction kit Burner
S
RS 28 - 38 - 50 RS 70 - 100 - 130 RS 190
Spacer thickness S (mm)
Kit code
90 135 110
3010095 3010129 3000722
Continuous ventilation kit If the burner requires continuous ventilation in the stages without flame, a special kit is available as given in the following table: Continuous ventilation kit Burner
Kit code
RS 28 - 38 - 50 RS 70 - 100 - 130 - 190
3010094 3010094
Sound proofing box If noise emission needs reducing even further, sound-proofing boxes are available, as given in the following table: Sound proofing box Burner
RS 28 - 38 - 50 RS 70 - 100 - 130 - 190
Box type
Box code
C2 C3
3000777 3000778
LPG kit For burning LPG gas, a special kit is available to be fitted to the combustion head on the burner, as given in the following table: LPG kit Burner
Kit code for ‘standard head’
Kit code for ‘extended head’
RS 28 RS 38 RS 50 RS 70 RS 100 RS 130 RS 190
3010079 3010081 3010083 3010097 3010099 3010101 3010166
3010080 3010082 3010084 3010098 3010100 3010102 -
GAS TRAIN ACCESSORIES
Adapters When the diameter of the gas train is different from the set diameter of the burners, an adapter must be fitted between the gas train and the burner. The following table lists the adapters for various burners. Adapters Burner
RS 28 RS 38
Gas train
Dimensions
Adapter code
MBD 407 - 410
3/4"
1" 1/2
3000824
MBD 407 - 410
3/4"
1" 1/2
3000824
1" 1/2
3000822
1" 1/2
3000824
1" 1/2
3000822
2"
3000843
2"
MBD 420 - CB 50/1 MBD 407 - 410
3/4"
RS 50 MBD 420 - CB 50/1
2"
MBD 415 - CB 40/1
1" 1/2
1" 1/2
RS 70
CBF 65/1
DN 65
3000825
2"1/2 2"
CBF 80/1
2"1/2
DN 80
MBD 415 - CB 40/1
1" 1/2
3000826
2"
3000843
2"
1" 1/2
RS 100
CBF 65/1
DN 65
3000825
2"1/2 2"
CBF 80/1
2"1/2
DN 80
MBD 415 - CB 40/1
1" 1/2
3000826
2"
3000843
2"
1" 1/2
CBF 65/1
DN 65
3000825
2"1/2 2"
RS 130 2"1/2
DN 80
CBF 80/1
DN 100
3000826
2"
3010223
DN 80
CBF 100/1 2"1/2
DN 80
3000826
2"
DN 80
MBD 420 - CB 50/1
DN 65
2"1/2
2"
3010128
DN 80
CBF 65/1
3000831
DN 65
RS 190
DN 80
CBF 80/1
3000832
DN 80 DN 80
CBF 100/1
DN 100
3010127
Seal control kit To test the valve seals on the gas train, a special “seal control kit” is available. The valve seal control device is compulsory (EN 676) on gas trains to burners with a maximum output over 1200 kW. The sealing control is type VPS 504. Seal control kit Burner
Gas train
Kit code
RS 28 RS 38 RS 50 RS 70 RS 100 RS 130 RS 190
MBD 407 - 410 - 412 - 415 - CB 40/1 MBD 407 - 410 - 412 - 415 - 420 - CB 40/1 - 50/1 MBD 407 - 410 - 412 - 415 - 420 - CB 40/1 - 50/1 MBD 415 - 420 - CB 40/1 - 50/1 - CBF 65/1 - 80/1 MBD 415 - 420 - CB 40/1 - 50/1 - CBF 65/1 - 80/1 MBD 415 - 420 - CB 40/1 - 50/1 - CBF 65/1 - 80/1 - 100/1 MBD 420 - CB 50/1 - CBF 65/1 - 80/1 - 100/1
3010123 3010123 3010123 3010123 3010123 3010123 3010123
Stabiliser spring Accessory springs are available to vary the pressure range of the gas train stabilisers. The following table shows these accessories with their application range Stabiliser springs Gas train
CBF 65/1 - CBF 80/1 CBF 100/1 CBF 65/1 - CBF 80/1 CBF 100/1 CBF 65/1 - CBF 80/1 CBF 100/1
Spring
Code
Red da 25 a 55 mbar Red da 25 a 55 mbar Black da 60 a 110 mbar Black da 60 a 110 mbar Pink da 90 a 150 mbar Pink da 90 a 150 mbar
3010133 3010134 3010135 3010136 3090456 3090489
Please refer to the technical manual for the correct choice of spring.
SPECIFICATION
A specific index guides your choice of burner from the various models available in the RS series. Below is a clear and detailed specification description of the product.
DESIGNATION OF SERIES R BURNERS Series :
R Fuel :
S L LS N
Natural Gas Light oil Light oil/Methane Heavy oil
Size Setting :
/1 ... /M
Single stage Two stage Modulating
Emission :
... MZ BLU MX
Head :
Class 1 EN267 - EN676 Class 2 EN267 - EN676 Class 3 EN267 - EN676 Class 1 EN267 Class 3 EN676 TC TL
Standard head Extended head
Diagnostic :
LP ST
Led panel Status panel
Flame control system: FS1 Standard (1 stop every 24 h) FS2 Continuous working (1 stop every 72 h) Electrical supply to the system : 1/230/50 1/230V/50Hz 3/230/50 3/230V/50Hz 3/400/50 3N/400V/50Hz 3/230-400/50 3/230V/50Hz - 3N/400V/50Hz 3/220/60 3/220V/60Hz 3/380/60 3N/380V/60Hz 3/220-380/60 3/220/60Hz - 3N/380V/60Hz Auxiliary voltage : 230/50-60 230V/50-60Hz 110/50-60 110V/50-60Hz ID: Differential switch
R
S
130
TC
FS1
BASIC DESIGNATION EXTENDED DESIGNATION
3/230-400/50
230/50-60
LIST OF AVAILABLE MODELS RS 28 RS 28 RS 28 RS 28 RS 28 RS 28 RS 28 RS 28
TC TC TC TC TL TL TL TL
LP LP ST ST LP LP ST ST
FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1
1/230/50 1/230/50 1/230/50 1/230/50 1/230/50 1/230/50 1/230/50 1/230/50
230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60
RS 38 RS 38 RS 38 RS 38 RS 38 RS 38 RS 38 RS 38 RS 38 RS 38 RS 38 RS 38 RS 38 RS 38 RS 38 RS 38
TC TC TC TC TC TC TC TC TL TL TL TL TL TL TL TL
LP LP LP LP ST ST ST ST LP LP LP LP ST ST ST ST
FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1
1/230/50 1/230/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 1/230/50 1/230/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 1/230/50 1/230/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 1/230/50 1/230/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50
230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60
RS 50 RS 50 RS 50 RS 50 RS 50 RS 50 RS 50 RS 50
TC TC TC TC TL TL TL TL
LP LP ST ST LP LP ST ST
FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1
3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50
230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60
ID ID ID ID ID ID ID ID ID ID ID ID ID
RS 70 RS 70 RS 70 RS 70 RS 70 RS 70 RS 70 RS 70
TC TC TC TC TL TL TL TL
LP LP ST ST LP LP ST ST
FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1
3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50
230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60
RS 100 RS 100 RS 100 RS 100 RS 100 RS 100 RS 100 RS 100
TC TC TC TC TL TL TL TL
LP LP ST ST LP LP ST ST
FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1
3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50
230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60
RS 130 RS 130 RS 130 RS 130 RS 130 RS 130 RS 130 RS 130
TC TC TC TC TL TL TL TL
LP LP ST ST LP LP ST ST
FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1
3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50
230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60
RS 190 TC ST FS1 3/230-400/50 RS 190 TC ST FS1 3/230-400/50
ID ID ID ID ID ID ID ID ID ID ID
230/50-60 230/50-60 ID
ID ID ID
ID
Other versions are available on request
PRODUCT SPECIFICATION
Burner: Monoblock forced draught gas burner with two stage operation, fully automatic, made up of: - Air suction circuit lined with sound-proofing material - Fan with reverse curve blades (straight blades on the 190 model) high performance with low sound emissions - Air damper for air flow setting and butterfly valve for regulating fuel output on 1st and 2nd stage controlled by a servomotor with variable cam - Starting motor at 2800 rpm, three-phase 400V with neutral, 50Hz (available also single-phase, 230V, 50Hz for the RS 28 and 38 models) - Combustion head, that can be set on the basis of required output, fitted with: - stainless steel end cone, resistant to corrosion and high temperatures - ignition electrodes - ionisation probe - gas distributor - flame stability disk - Minimum air pressure switch stops the burner in case of insufficient air quantity at the combustion head - Flame control panel, with lock-out pilot light and lock-out reset button - Electronic control device: STATUS PANEL or LED PANEL - Burner on/off selection switch - 1st - 2nd stage manual switch - Flame inspection window - Slide bars for easier installation and maintenance - Protection filter against radio interference - IP 44 electric protection level. Gas train Fuel supply line, in the MULTIBLOC configuration (from a diameter of 3/4” until a diameter 2”) or COMPOSED configuration (from a diameter of DN 65 until a diameter of DN 100), fitted with: - Filter - Stabiliser - Minimum gas pressure switch - Safety valve - Valve seal control (for output > 1200 kW) - One stage working valve with ignition gas output regulator. Conforming to: - 89/336/EEC directive (electromagnetic compatibility) - 73/23/EEC directive (low voltage) - 92/42/EEC directive (performance) - 90/396/EEC directive (gas) - EN 676 (gas burners). Standard equipment: - 1 gas train gasket - 1 flange gasket - 4 screws for fixing the flange - 1 thermal screen - 4 screws for fixing the burner flange to the boiler - Wiring loom fittings for the electrical connection (RS 28 - 38 - 50) - 2 slide bar extensions (for extended head models and RS 190 model) - Instruction handbook for installation, use and maintenance - Spare parts catalogue. Available accessories to be ordered separately: - Head extension kit - Head length reduction kit - Continuous ventilation kit - Sound-proofing box - LPG kit - Gas train adapter - Seal control kit - Stabiliser spring.
Lineagrafica
RIELLO S.p.A.
ISO 9001 Cert. n. 0061
- Via degli Alpini, 1 - 37045 LEGNAGO (VR) Italy Tel. ++39.0442630111 - Fax ++39.044221980 Internet: http://www.rielloburners.com - E-mail:
[email protected] Since the Company is constantly engaged in the production improvement, the aesthetic and dimensional features, the technical data, the equipment and the accessories can be changed. This document contains confidential and proprietary information of RIELLO S.p.A. Unless authorised, this information shall not be divulged, nor duplicated in whole or in part.
MODULATING GAS BURNERS RS/M SERIES
RS 28/M 52/163 ÷ 325 kW RS 38/M 70/232 ÷ 440 kW RS 50/M 85/290 ÷ 580 kW RS 70/M 135/465 ÷ 814 kW RS100/M 150/698 ÷ 1163 kW RS 130/M 160/930 ÷ 1512 kW RS 190/M 470/1279 ÷ 2290 kW
The RS/M series of burners covers a firing range from 52 to 2290 kW, and they have been designed for use in hot water boilers or superheaters, hot air or steam generators, diathermic oil boilers. Operation can be “two stage progressive” or, alternatively, “modulating” with the installation of a PID logic regulator and respective probes. RS/M series burners guarantees high efficiency levels in all the various applications, thus reducing fuel consumption and running costs. Optimisation of sound emissions is guaranteed by the use of fans with forward inclined blades and sound deadening material incorporated in the air suction circuit. The exclusive design ensures reduced dimensions, simple use and maintenance. A wide range of accessories guarantees elevated working flexibility.
TS0015UK00
TECHNICAL DATA
RS28/M
Model
RS38/M
RS50/M
SQN90
Type
Heat output
SQN31
24
s
42
kW
52/163÷325
70/232÷440
85/290÷580
135/465÷814
150/698÷1163
160/930÷1512
470/1279÷2290
Mcal/h
45/140÷280
60/200÷378
73/249÷499
116/400÷700
129/600÷1000
138/800÷1300
405/1100÷1970
15/70÷116
16/93÷151
47/128÷229
17/81÷135
19/108÷176
55/149÷266
6/27÷45
6/36÷59
Working temperature °C min./max.
0/40 10
Fuel / air data
Net calorific value gas G20 kWh/Nmc
Density gas G20
kg/Nmc
Output gas G20
Nmc/h
0,71 5/16÷32
7/23÷44
8,5/29÷58
Density gas G25
kg/Nmc
Output gas G25
Nmc/h
0,78 6/19÷38
8/27÷51
10/34÷68
kg/Nmc
Output LPG gas
Nmc/h
Fan
Type
Air temperature
Max. °C
Electrical supply
Ph/Hz/V
2,02 2/6,5÷12,5
3/9÷17
4/11÷23
Electrical data
5/18÷32
18/50÷89 Straight blades
Centrifugal with reverse curve blades
60 1/50/230~(±10%)
3N/50/230-400~(±10%)
3/50/230~(±10%)
1/50/230 ~ (±10%)
Auxiliary electrical supply Ph/Hz/V
LFL 1.333 (Intermittent working)
Type
Total electrical power kW
0,37
0,56
0,75
1,4
1,8
2,6
5,5
Auxiliary electrical power kW
0,12
0,12
0,12
0,3
0,3
0,4
1
Protection level
44
IP
Motor electrical power kW
0,25
0,45
0,65
1,1
1,5
2,2
4,5
Rated motor current A
2,1
2 - 1,2
3 - 1,7
4,8 - 2,8
5,9 - 3,4
8,8 - 5,1
15,8 - 9,1
A
4,8
9,5 - 5,5
13,8 - 8
25 - 14,6
27,7 - 16
57,2 - 33,2
126 - 73
Motor start current
54
Motor protection level IP
Ignition transformer
230V - 1x8 kV
V1 - V2
1A - 20 mA
I1 - I2
Intermittent (at least one stop every 24 h) - Continuous as optional (at least one stop every 72 h)
Operation
Approval Emissions
16/54÷95 25,8
Net calorific value LPG gas kWh/Nmc
Density LPG gas
13,5/46,5÷81,4 8,6
Net calorific value gas G25 kWh/Nmc
Control box
RS190/M
6÷1
Modulation ratio at max. output Run time
RS130/M
Modulating (with regulator and probes accessories)
Burner operation mode
Servomotor
RS100/M
RS70/M
Sound pressure
dBA
68
70
72
75
77
78,5
83
Sound output
W
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
CO Emission
mg/kWh
NOx Emission
mg/kWh
< 40 < 130 90/396 - 89/336 - 73/23 - 92/42 EEC
Directive
EN 676
Conforming to Certification
CE 0085AQ0709
CE 0085AQ0708
CE 0085AT0042
Reference conditions: Temperature: 20°C Pressure: 1013.5 mbar Altitude: 100 m a.s.l. Noise measured at a distance of 1 meter.
Since the Company is constantly engaged in the production improvement, the aesthetic and dimensional features, the technical data, the equipment and the accessories can be changed. This document contains confidential and proprietary information of RIELLO S.p.A. Unless authorised, this information shall not be divulged, nor duplicated in whole or in part.
FIRING RATES
100
10
90
9
80
8
70
7
60
6
50
5
40
4
30
3
RS 38/M
RS 50/M
mm H2O
20 10 0
-10
hPa (mbar)
RS 28/M
2 1 0
-1 0
100
0
150
15
140
14
130
13
120
12
110
11
100
10
90
9
80
8
70
7
60
6
50
5
40
4
30
3
200
100
300
200
300
400
400
500
500
600 Mcal/h
700 kW
600
RS 190/M
RS 130/M RS 100/M
mm H2O
20 10 0
-10
hPa (mbar)
RS 70/M
2 1 0
-1 0 0
100
200 200
300
400
400
500 600
600
700 800
Useful working field for choosing the burner Modulation range Test conditions conforming to EN 676: Temperature: 20°C Pressure: 1013.5 mbar Altitude: 100 m a.s.l.
800
900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500
1000
1200
1400
1600
1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100 Mcal/h
1800
2000
2200
2400
kW
FUEL SUPPLY
GAS TRAINS The burners are fitted with a butterfly valve to regulate the fuel, controlled by a variable profile cam servomotor. Fuel can be supplied either from the right or left hand sides. A maximum gas pressure switch stops the burner in case of excess pressure in the fuel line. The gas train can be selected to best fit system requirements depending on the fuel output and pressure in the supply line. The gas train can be “Multibloc “ type (containing the main components in a single unit) or “Composed” type (assembly of the single components).
Example of the variable profile cam on RS 70-100-130/M burners.
Example of the variable profile cam on RS 190/M burners.
MULTIBLOC gas train without seal control
12 P1 4
11
15
10
MULTIBLOC
7
14
9
8
P2
6
5
P3
3
L
2
1
1
Gas input pipework
2
Manual valve
3
Anti-vibration joint
4
Pressure gauge with pushbutton cock.
5
Filter
6
Pressure regulator (vertical)
7
Minimum gas pressure switch
8
VS safety solenoid (vertical)
9
VR regulation solenoid (vertical) Two settings: - firing output (rapid opening) - maximum output (slow opening)
L1
10 Gasket and flange supplied with the burner
MULTIBLOC gas train with seal control
11 Gas adjustment butterfly valve 12 Burner 13 Seal control mechanism for valves 8-9. According to standard EN 676, the seal control is compulsory for burners with maximum output above 1200 kW. 14 Gas train-burner adapter.
12
15 Maximum gas pressure switch
P1 15
P1 Combustion head pressure
4
11 10
MULTIBLOC
7
14
9
13
8
P2
6
5
P2 Pressure downstream from the regulator P3
3
2
1
P3 Pressure upstream from the filter Gas train supplied separately, with the code given in the table
L L
L1
L1 Installer’ s responsibility
COMPOSED gas train without seal control
COMPOSED gas train with seal control
12
12
P1 15
P1 4
11 10
14
15
9
8
P2
L
4
11 10
7
6
5
P3
3
2
L1
1
14
7
9
13
8
P2
L
6
5
P3
3
2
L1
1
Example of gas train “COMPOSED” type without seal control
Y
Øi Øo
Z
X
Example of gas train “MULTIBLOC” type without seal control
Y Øo
Øi Z
X
Gas trains are approved by standard EN 676 together with the burner. The overall dimensions of the gas train depends on how they are constructed. The following table shows the maximum dimensions of the gas trains that can be fitted to RS/M burners, intake and outlet diameters and seal control if fitted. Please note that the seal control can be installed as an accessory, if not already installed on the gas train. The maximum gas pressure of gas train “Multibloc” type is 300 mbar, and that one of gas train “Composed” type is 500 mbar.
GAS TRAINS
COMPOSED
GAS TRAINS
MULTIBLOC
Name
Code
Øi
Øo
X mm
Y mm
Z mm
Seal Control
MBD 407
3970076
3/4”
3/4”
371
196
120
-
MBD 410
3970077
1”
3/4”
405
217
145
-
MBD 412
3970144
1”1/4
1”1/2
433
217
145
-
MBD 412 CT
3970197
1”1/4
1”1/2
433
217
262
Incorporated
MBD 415
3970180
1”1/2
1”1/2
523
250
100
-
MBD 415 CT
3970198
1”1/2
1”1/2
523
250
227
Incorporated
MBD 420
3970181
2”
2”
523
300
100
-
MBD 420 CT
3970182
2”
2”
523
300
227
Incorporated
CB 40/1
3970145
1”1/2
1”1/2
891
261
195
-
CB 50/1
3970146
2”
2”
986
328
250
-
CB 50/1 CT
3970160
2”
2”
986
328
320
Incorporated
CBF 65/1
3970147
DN 65
DN 65
874
356
285
-
CBF 65/1 CT
3970161
DN 65
DN 65
874
356
285
Incorporated
CBF 80/1
3970148
DN 80
DN 80
934
416
285
-
CBF 80/1 CT
3970162
DN 80
DN 80
934
416
285
Incorporated
CBF 100/1
3970149
DN 100
DN 100
1054
501
350
-
CBF 100/1 CT
3970163
DN 100
DN 100
1054
501
350
Incorporated
PRESSURE DROP DIAGRAMS The diagrams indicate the minimum pressure drop of the burners with the various gas trains that can be matched with them; at the value of these pressure drop add the combustion chamber pressure. The value thus calculated represents the minimum required input pressure to the gas train. NATURAL GAS
LPG
RS 28/M
RS 28/M G25
45
BD
40
7
55
40
50
35
45 40
30
35 25
10 D4 MB
30
20
25
T
MBD
15
412
MBD
10
C - 412
20
0/1 CB 4 T 415 C 415 -
5 0
0
163
200
07 D4 MB
30
25
20
410
MBD
12 CT
12 - 4
MBD 4
15
10
5
200
35
15 10
140 150
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
M
45
250
Pressure drop
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
40
Pressure drop
LPG
∆P
mbar
∆P
mbar
G20
5
0
280 kcal/h X 1000
250
300
140 150
325 kW
163
Gas train
200
250
200
250
280 kcal/h X 1000
300
325
kW
Gas train
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
MBD 407
3970076
3000824
Accessory
CB 40/1
3970145
-
Accessory
MBD 410
3970077
3000824
Accessory
MBD 415
3970180
-
Accessory
MBD 412
3970144
-
Accessory
MBD 415 CT
3970198
-
Incorporated
MBD 412 CT
3970197
-
Incorporated
RS 38/M
RS 38/M G20
40
30
35 25
20
MB
D
2 41
-4
CB 15
MBD
415
CT
30
/1
25
5 CT
20
12
40
- 41
CT - 420 420 MBD CT 1 / 0 /1 - 5 CB 50
232 250
300
300
350
350
400
mbar
7
40
35
30
20
10
10
D4
MB
25
20 MBD 4
CT - 412 412 MBD 40/1 B C T 415 C CT 415 - 50/1 MBD B 50/1 C T C - 420
5
0
378 kcal/h X 1000
440
MB
40
10
0 250
LPG D
15
5
200
45
15
5
0
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
mbar
D
MB
10
Pressure drop
∆P
0
41
Pressure drop
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
∆P
G25
200
kW
232 250
Gas train
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
Gas train
MBD 407
3970076
3000824
Accessory
MBD 415 CT
MBD 410
3970077
3000824
Accessory
CB 50/1
MBD 412
3970144
-
Accessory
MBD 412 CT
3970197
-
Incorporated
CB 40/1
3970145
-
Accessory
MBD 415
3970180
-
Accessory
250
300
Code
300
350
350
400
378 400 kcal/h X 1000
440
kW
Adapter
Seal Control
3970198
-
Incorporated
3970146
3000822
Accessory
CB 50/1 CT
3970160
3000822
Incorporated
MBD 420
3970181
3000822
Accessory
MBD 420 CT
3970182
3000822
Incorporated
NATURAL GAS
LPG
RS 50/M
RS 50/M BD
M
55 40
50
12 D4 MB
30
45
CT 412
40
0/1 CB 4
25
35 30
CT - 415 415 MBD 20 CT 20 - 4 MBD 4 /1 CT 0 5 /1 CB 50
20 15
Pressure drop
60
45
35
10
15
5 0
0
290
350
350
400
400
40
MBD
500
550
410
30
MBD 41
12 CT 12 - 4 MBD 4 CB 40/1 CT 5 - 415 /1 CT
/1 - 50 0 CT - CB 50
MBD 420 - 42
10
0
500 kcal/h X 1000
450
450
50
20
20
5
300
07 D4 MB
60
25
10
249
LPG ∆P
41
mbar
0
50
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head mbar
∆P
G25
Pressure drop
G20
581 kW
249
300
290
350
Gas train
350
400
450
450
400
500
500 kcal/h X 1000
550
581 kW
Gas train
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
MBD 407
3970076
3000824
Accessory
MBD 415 CT
3970198
-
Incorporated
MBD 410
3970077
3000824
Accessory
CB 50/1
3970146
3000822
Accessory
MBD 412
3970144
-
Accessory
CB 50/1 CT
3970160
3000822
Incorporated
MBD 412 CT
3970197
-
Incorporated
MBD 420
3970181
3000822
Accessory
CB 40/1
3970145
-
Accessory
MBD 420 CT
3970182
3000822
Incorporated
MBD 415
3970180
-
Accessory
RS 70/M
40
CB
30
T 5C - 41
15 D4 MB
MBD
20
420
0 CB 5
5/1 -
Pressure drop
40
0 CT
- 42
50 /1 -
CBF 6
50
/1 C
65/1
30
T
CT
0
0
465
Gas train
500
500
600
600
700
30
10
0
700 kcal/h X 1000
814
20
D4
MB
1 40/ CB T C CT 15 /1 -4 - 50 15 D4 0/1 MB B5 C T 0C - 42
20
CT /1 - 80/1 10
400
40
20
CBF 80
10
50 mbar
60
/1 40
LPG
∆P
Pressure drop
50
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
G25
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head mbar
∆P
RS 70/M
G20
400
kW
465
Gas train
500
500
600
600
700
700 kcal/h X 1000
814
kW
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
CB 40/1
3970145
3000843
Accessory
MBD 420 CT
3970182
-
Incorporated
MBD 415
3970180
3000843
Accessory
CBF 65/1
3970147
3000825
Accessory
MBD 415 CT
3970198
3000843
Incorporated
CBF 65/1 CT
3970161
3000825
Incorporated
CB 50/1
3970146
-
Accessory
CBF 80/1
3970148
3000826
Accessory
CB 50/1 CT
3970160
-
Incorporated
CBF 80/1 CT
3970162
3000826
Incorporated
MBD 420
3970181
-
Accessory
NATURAL GAS
LPG
RS 100/M
RS 100/M
G20
50
T
D
MB
40
15
5C
41
60
4
50
T 20 C
-4 420 1 CT MBD 50/ 1 0/ CB 5
30
40
0
0
700
800
Gas train
900
900
1000
1100
40
30
20
D4
MB
0/1 B4 - C CT 5 1 -4 CT 15 /1 D4 - 50 MB 0/1 5 CB T 0C - 42
20
10
800
50
20
10
700
60
30
CT 65/1 5/1 CBF 6 /1 CT 0 8 /1 CBF 80
600
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
80
70
LPG
70
∆P
Pressure drop
mbar
CB 60
20
Pressure drop
90
/1
40
mbar
70
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
∆P
G25
10
0
1000 kcal/h X 1000
600
kW
700
1163
700
800
800
900
900
1000
1000 kcal/h X 1000
1100
kW
1163
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
CB 40/1
3970145
3000843
Accessory
MBD 420 CT
3970182
-
Incorporated
MBD 415
3970180
3000843
Accessory
CBF 65/1
3970147
3000825
Accessory
MBD 415 CT
3970198
3000843
Incorporated
CBF 65/1 CT
3970161
3000825
Incorporated
CB 50/1
3970146
-
Accessory
CBF 80/1
3970148
3000826
Accessory
CB 50/1 CT
3970160
-
Incorporated
CBF 80/1 CT
3970162
3000826
Incorporated
MBD 420
3970181
-
Accessory
Gas train
RS 130/M G25
110
140
100
CB
130 120
90
110 80
100
70 60
M
50
15 BD 4
- 41
5 CT
30
- 65/1 CT CBF 65/1 80/1 CT /1 CBF 80
20
CBF
10
90 80 70
T 420 C 420 MBD CT - 50/1 /1 0 5 CB
40
Pressure drop
/1
40
100/1 - 100/1 CT
60
40 30 20 10
800
930
Gas train
900
1000
1100
1000
1100
1200
1300
LPG
110 100 90 80 70 60 50
15 BD 4
M
40
50
0
0
∆P
M
30
Pressure drop
G20
Combustion head and gas train mbar Combustion head
∆P
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head mbar
RS 130/M
0-4 BD 42
20 CT
0/1 CB 4 CT 1 CT - 50/ 50/1
- 415
- CB
CBF 65/1
20
- 65/1 CT
10 0
1200
1300 kcal/h X 1000
800
1400
kW 1512
930
900
1000
1100
1000
1100
1200
1300
1200
1300 kcal/h X 1000
1400
kW 1512
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
Gas train
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
CB 40/1
3970145
3000843
Accessory
CBF 65/1
3970147
3000825
Accessory
MBD 415
3970180
3000843
Accessory
CBF 65/1 CT
3970161
3000825
Incorporated
MBD 415 CT
3970198
3000843
Incorporated
CBF 80/1
3970148
3000826
Accessory
CB 50/1
3970146
-
Accessory
CBF 80/1 CT
3970162
3000826
Incorporated
CB 50/1 CT
3970160
-
Incorporated
CBF 100/1
3970149
MBD 420
3970181
-
Accessory
MBD 420 CT
3970182
-
Incorporated
CBF 100/1 CT
3970163
3010223 3000826 3010223 3000826
Accessory Incorporated
NATURAL GAS
LPG
RS 190/M
RS 190/M G25
Pressure drop
1
0/
5 CF
mbar
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
100
-5
80
D MB
LPG 140
CT
420
120
T
0C
- 42
100
80
60
CBF 40
5/1
1-6
65/
CT
CT 80/1 0/1 CBF 8 1 CT 1 - 100/ CBF 100/
20
60
0 1100 1200
1300 1400
1500
1600
1700
1800 1900 2000 kcal/h X 1000
1200 1279 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100
Gas train
kW 2290
Code
Adapter
CB 50/1
3970146
3010128
Accessory
CB 50/1 CT
3970160
3010128
Incorporated
MBD 420
3970181
3010128
Accessory
MBD 420 CT
3970182
3010128
Incorporated
CBF 65/1
3970147
3000831
Accessory
note
Seal Control
100
80
1-
0/ B5
60
20 D4
T
1C
50/
C T -
0C
- 42
MB 40
CBF 65
/1 - 65
/1 CT
40
20
0 1000
∆P
mbar
1 0/
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
∆P
Pressure drop
G20
20
0 1000
1100 1200
1300 1400
1500
1600
1700
1800 1900 2000 kcal/h X 1000
1200 1279 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100
Gas train
kW 2290
Code
Adapter
Seal Control
CBF 65/1 CT
3970161
3000831
Incorporated
CBF 80/1
3970148
3000832
Accessory
CBF 80/1 CT
3970162
3000832
Incorporated
CBF 100/1
3970149
3010127
Accessory
CBF 100/1 CT
3970163
3010127
Incorporated
Please contact the Riello Burner Technical Office for different pressure levels from those above indicated.
SELECTING THE FUEL SUPPLY LINES The following diagram enables pressure drop in a pre-existing gas line to be calculated and to select the correct gas train. The diagram can also be used to select a new gas line when fuel output and pipe length are known. The pipe diameter is selected on the basis of the desired pressure drop. The diagram uses methane gas as reference; if another gas is used, conversion coefficient and a simple formula (on the diagram) transform the gas output to a methane equivalent (refer to figure A). Please note that the gas train dimensions must take into account the back pressure of the combustion chamber during operations. Control of the pressure drop in an existing gas line or selecting a new gas supply line. The methane output equivalent is determined by the formula fig. A on the diagram and the conversion coefficient. Once the equivalent output has been determined on the delivery scale ( V ), shown at the top of the diagram, move vertically downwards until you cross the line that represents the pipe diameter; at this point, move horizontally to the left until you meet the line that represents the pipe length. Once this point is established you can verify, by moving vertically downwards, the pipe pressure drop of on the botton scale below (mbar). By subtracting this value from the pressure measured on the gas meter, the correct pressure value will be found for the choice of gas train. Example:
- gas used - gas output - pressure at the gas meter - gas line length - conversion coefficient
- equivalent methane output V =
G25 9.51 mc/h 20 mbar 15 m 0.62 (see figure A)
9.51 0.62
= 15.34 mc/h
- once the value of 15.34 has been identified on the output scale ( V ), moving vertically downwards you cross the line that represents 1" 1/4 (the chosen diameter for the piping); - from this point, move horizontally to the left until you meet the line that represents the length of 15 m of the piping; - move vertically downwards to determine a value of 1.4 mbar in the pressure drop botton scale; - subtract the determined pressure drop from the meter pressure, the correct pressure level will be found for the choice of gas train; - correct pressure = ( 20-1.4 ) = 18.6 mbar
30 22 15 12 9 6
V
45 61 76 95 122 152 1
2
10
20
3
4
5 6 7 8 10
15,34
20
30 40 50 60
80 100
200
400
600 800 1000
3
6"
PIP
EL
EN
GT
4"
H(
m)
2"
4
1 - G20 0,62 - G25 1,18 - G31
Figure A 0,1
0,2
PIPE DIAMETER 0,3
0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 1
PRESSURE DROP (mbar)
1,4
2
3
4
5
6
2 1/
3/
{
=
2 1/
f
1"
f
3"
2"
2 1/ 1" 4 1/ 1"
V = Gas output Nmc/h
VENTILATION
The ventilation circuit produces low noise levels with high performance pressure and air output, inspite of the compact dimensions. Except for the RS 190/M model, the use of reverse curve blades and sound-proofing material keeps extremely lnoise level very low. In the RS 190/M model, noise has been reduced by the special design of the air suction circuit. A variable profile cam connects the fuel and air regulations, ensuring high fuel efficiency at all firing ranges. A minimum air pressure switch stops the burner when there is an insufficient quantity of air at the combustion head. Example of the servomotor for gas setting
COMBUSTION HEAD
Different lengths of the combustion head can be chosen for the RS/M series of burners. The choice depends on the thickness of the front panel and the type of boiler. Depending on the type of generator, check that the penetration of the head into the combustion chamber is correct. The internal positioning of the combustion head can easily be adjusted to the maximum defined output by adjusting a screw fixed to the flange. Example of a RS/M burner combustion head
Dimensions of the flame 4
ax
3 Lenght of the flame (m)
Lm 2
in
D max
L 1,5
1
D min 1
0,5
0
0 0
1
2
D
2
3 4 Burner output (MW)
Diameter of the flame (m)
Lm
Example: Burner thermal output = 2000 kW; L flame (m) = 2,7 m (medium value); D flame (m) = 0,8 m (medium value)
ADJUSTMENT
BURNER OPERATION MODE The RS/M series of burners can have “two stage progressive” or “modulating” operation.
On “two stage progressive” operation, the burner gradually adapts the output to the requested level, by varying between two pre-set levels (see figure A).
°C bar
In “modulating” operation, “Modulating” operation normally required in steam °C generators, in superheater bar boilers or diathermic oil burners, a specific regulator and probes are required. These are supplied as accessories that must be MAX ordered separately. The burner can work for long MIN periods at intermediate output levels (see figure B). Controlled variable
Controlled variable
“Two stage progressive” operation
Example of a regulator
Time
Output
MAX
Output
MIN
Time
Time
Figure A
Time
Figure B
FIRING RS 28/M - 38/M - 50/M 0"
TL TR
6" - 30" 30"- 61" 61" - 81"
M 84 VS VR
93
90 30
max M
61 81
min 0
84" 90"
6
2°
B A 90
1° 0
114
114"
The TL remote control closes. The fan motor starts turning. The servomotor opens the air-damper. Pre-ventilation with air delivery at MAX output. The air damper and the gas butterfly valve are positioned on MIN output The ignition electrode sparks. Firing : the VS safety valve and the VR adjustment valve open. The start up cycle of the control box is concluded.
0
time (s)
RS 70/M - 100/M - 130/M - 190/M 0"
TL TR
6" - 48" 48"- 80" 80" - 112"
M 113 VS VR
48
max M
min 0
122
119 80 112
113" 119"
6
2°
B A 120
1° 0
135
135" 0
time (s)
The TL remote control closes. The fan motor starts turning. The servomotor opens the air-damper. Pre-ventilation with air delivery at MAX output. The air damper and the gas butterfly valve are positioned on MIN output The ignition electrode sparks. Firing : the VS safety valve and the VR adjustment valve open. The start up cycle of the control box is concluded.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS To be made by the installer
Electrical connections must be made by qualified and skilled personnel, according to the local regulations.
Example of the terminal board for electrical connections for the RS 70-100-130-190/M models
“TWO STAGE PROGRESSIVE” OPERATION RS 38/M - 50/M - 70/M - 100/M - 130/M - 190/M Without seal control
RS 28/M Without seal control MB
N L
1 2 3 T6A TS
ϑP
4 5 V
N N U M B1 B3 B4 W1W2 Q H C AL AL1
P P V
N
TL
S
MB
L1 L2 L3 N L T6A TS
TR
ϑP
ϑP
IN
VR
PG
1,5 mm2
1 2 3
ϑP
N N U M B1 B3 B4 W1W2 Q H C AL AL1
P P V
N
TL
TR
ϑP
S
ϑP
F
VS
4 5 V
IN
VR
PG
P
VS
P
L N L
MB TS S IN TL TR T6A PG VR VS
PE N L
~ 50Hz
230V
- Burner terminal board - Safety thermostat - External lock-out signal - Manual switch - Threshold thermostat - High/low flame setting thermostat - 6A fuse - Minimum gas pressure switch - Adjustment valve - Safety valve
PE L1 L2 L3
~ ~
N L
1 2 3 T6A TS
ϑP
4 5 V
N N U M B1 B3 B4 W1W2 Q H C AL AL1
T8 T6 V
N
MB
L1 L2 L3 N L
ϑP
ϑP
VS
M
~
1 2 3 T6A TS
TR
ϑP
IN
3
MB TS S IN TL TR T6A F L PG VR VS
- Burner terminal board - Safety thermostat - External lock-out signal - Manual switch - Threshold thermostat - High/low flame setting thermostat - 6A fuse - Fuse (see table A) - Lead section (see table A) - Minimum gas pressure switch - Adjustment valve - Safety valve
RS 38/M - 50/M - 70/M - 100/M - 130/M - 190/M With seal control
TL
S
230V
3N 50Hz 400/230V 3 50Hz 230V
RS 28/M With seal control MB
~ 50Hz
PG VR
P
4 5 V
N N U M B1 B3 B4 W1W2 Q H C AL AL1
T8 T6 V
N
TR
TL
ϑP
S
F
IN
ϑP
VS
PG VR
P
S1
1,5 mm2
S1 XP
T8
T7
T6
MB TS S S1 IN TL TR T6A PG VR VS VPS XP
230V
N
L1
XP T8
PE L1 L2 L3
PE N L
~ 50Hz
B5
L
VPS
- Burner terminal board - Safety thermostat - External lock-out signal - External lock-out signal on the seal control - Manual switch - Threshold thermostat - High/low flame setting thermostat - 6A fuse - Minimum gas pressure switch - Adjustment valve - Safety valve - Seal control - Plug for VPS
~ ~
N L
~ 50Hz
3N 50Hz 400/230V 3 50Hz 230V
230V 3
M
~
VPS
MB - Burner terminal board TS - Safety thermostat S - External lock-out signal S1 - External lock-out signal on the seal control IN - Manual switch TL - Threshold thermostat TR - High/low flame setting thermostat T6A - 6A fuse F - Fuse (see table A) L - Lead section (see table A) PG - Minimum gas pressure switch VR - Adjustment valve VS - Safety valve VPS - Seal control XP - Plug for VPS
T7
T6
B5
N
L1
“MODULATING” OPERATION – temperature probe
RS 38/M - 50/M - 70/M - 100/M - 130/M -190/M
RS 28/M
MB
N L
1 2 3 T6A TS
ϑP
RWF 40
RWF 40
N L1 M1 I1 G1+ U1 G- G+ Q Y1 Y2 Q13 Q14 TE
N L1 M1 I1 G1+ U1 G- G+ Q Y1 Y2 Q13 Q14 TE
4 5 V
N N U M B1 B3 B4 W1W2 Q H C AL
P P V
N a b
1 2 3 T6A TS
IN
BT
VR
L1 L2 L3 N L
c d
S
PG
MB
AL1
ϑP
N N U M B1 B3 B4 W1W2 Q H C AL
P P V
N a b
AL1
c d
IN
S
BT
F
VS
P
1,5 mm2
4 5 V
VR
PG
VS
P
L N L
~ 50Hz
~ 50Hz
PE L1 L2 L3
PE N L
MB TS S IN BT T6A RWF40 PG VR VS
230V
~ ~
- Burner terminal board - Safety thermostat - External lock-out signal - Manual switch - Temperature probe - 6A fuse - Regulator (fitted to the burner) - Minimum gas pressure switch - Adjustment valve - Safety valve
230V
3N 50Hz 400/230V 3 50Hz 230V
3
MB TS S IN BT T6A F L RWF40 PG VR VS
M
~
- Burner terminal board - Safety thermostat - External lock-out signal - Manual switch - Temperature probe - 6A fuse - Fuse (see table A) - Lead section (see table A) - Regulator (fitted to the burner) - Minimum gas pressure switch - Adjustment valve - Safety valve
"MODULATING" OPERATION – pressure probe
RS 28/M
MB
N L
1 2 3 T6A TS
ϑP
RS 38/M - 50/M - 70/M - 100/M - 130/M -190/M
RWF 40
RWF 40
N L1 M1 I1 G1+ U1 G- G+ Q Y1 Y2 Q13 Q14 TE
N L1 M1 I1 G1+ U1 G- G+ Q Y1 Y2 Q13 Q14 TE
4 5 V
N N U M B1 B3 B4 W1W2 Q H C AL
P P V
N
S
BP
VR
PG
2 1 4/20mA
MB
AL1
L1 L2 L3 N L
1 2 3 T6A TS
IN
ϑP
N N U M B1 B3 B4 W1W2 Q H C AL
P P V
N
S
2 1 4/20mA
BP
AL1
IN
F
VS
P
1,5 mm2
4 5 V
VR
PG
VS
P
L N L
PE L1 L2 L3
PE N L
~ 50Hz
230V
MB TS S IN BP T6A RWF40 PG VR VS
- Burner terminal board - Safety thermostat - External lock-out signal - Manual switch - Pressure probe - 6A fuse - Regulator (installed on the burner) - Minimum gas pressure switch - Adjustment valve - Safety valve
~ ~
~ 50Hz
230V
3N 50Hz 400/230V 3 50Hz 230V
3
M
~
MB TS S IN BP T6A F L RWF40 PG VR VS
- Burner terminal board - Safety thermostat - External lock-out signal - Manual switch - Pressure probe - 6A fuse - Fuse (see table A) - Lead section (see table A) - Regulator (fitted on the burner) - Minimum gas pressure switch - Adjustment valve - Safety valve
The following table shows the supply lead sections and the type of fuse to be used. Model
F L
A mm2
Table A
RS 28/M
RS 38/M
RS 50/M
RS 70/M
RS 100/M
RS 130/M
RS 190/M
230V
230V 400V 230V 400V 230V 400V 230V
400V
230V
400V
230V
400V
T6 1,5
T6 1,5
T10 1,5
T16 1,5
T10 1,5
T25 2,5
T25 2,5
T6 1,5
T6 1,5
T6 1,5
T10 T6 1,5 1,5
T16 1,5
mg/kWh
EMISSIONS
NO2 EMISSIONS
150 125 100 75 50 25 0
mg/kWh
RS 28/M
RS 38/M
RS 50/M
RS 70/M
RS 100/M RS 130/M RS 190/M
CO EMISSIONS
50 40 30 20 10 0
dB(A)
RS 28/M
RS 38/M
RS 50/M
RS 70/M
RS 100/M RS 130/M RS 190/M
NOISE EMISSIONS
100 80 60 40 20 0 RS 28/M
RS 38/M
RS 50/M
RS 70/M
RS 100/M RS 130/M RS 190/M
The emission data has been measured in the various models at maximum output, according to EN 676 standard.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS (mm)
BURNERS RS 28/M - 38/M - 50/M
RS 70/M - 100/M - 130/M - 190/M E
A B
E A
F
F
C
G - G (1)
G G (1)
H H
L
D
L
D
I
M
I
M N
N O - O (1)
P
O - O (1)
Model RS 28/M RS 38/M RS 50/M RS 70/M RS 100/M RS 130/M RS 190/M
A
B
C
D
E
F
476 476 476 511 527 553 681
296 312 338 366
215 215 215 315
474 474 474 555 555 555 555
580 580 580 840 840 840 856
164 164 164 214 214 214 230
G - G (1) 216 216 216 250 250 280 372
-
351 351 351 385 385 415 530
H
I
L
M
N
140 140 152 179 179 189 222
352 352 352 430 430 430 430
168 168 168 221 221 221 186
1”1/2 1”1/2 1”1/2 2” 2” 2” DN 80
108 108 108 134 134 134 150
O - O(1)
P
810 - 719 810 - 719 810 - 719 1161 - 1296 1161 - 1296 1161 - 1296 1312 - -
(1) dimension with extended head
BURNER – BOILER MOUNTING FLANGE Model RS 28/M RS 38/M RS 50/M RS 70/M RS 100/M RS 130/M RS 190/M
45°
D1 45°
D2 Ø
D1
D2
Ø
160 160 160 185 185 195 230
224 224 224 275-325 275-325 275-325 325-368
M8 M8 M8 M12 M12 M12 M16
PACKAGING Model
Z Y X - X (1)
RS 28/M RS 38/M RS 50/M RS 70/M RS 100/M RS 130/M RS 190/M
X - X (1) 872 - 1007 872 - 1007 872 - 1007 1190 - 1325 1190 - 1325 1190 - 1325 1250
(1) dimension with extended head
Y
Z
kg
540 540 540 692 692 692 785
550 550 550 740 740 740 725
38 40 41 70 73 76 82
INSTALLATION DESCRIPTION
Installation, start up and maintenance must be carried out by qualified and skilled personnel. All operations must be performed in accordance with the technical handbook supplied with the burner.
BURNER SETTING All the burners have slide bars, for easier installation and maintenance. After drilling the boilerplate, using the supplied gasket as a template, dismantle the blast tube from the burner and fix it to the boiler. Adjust the combustion head. Fit the gas train, choosing this on the basis of the maximum output of the boiler and considering the enclosed diagrams. Refit the burner casing to the slide bars. Close the burner, sliding it up to the flange.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AND START UP
Make the electrical connections to the boiler following the wiring diagrams included in the instruction handbook. Turn the motor to check rotation direction (if it is a three-phase motor). Perform a first ignition calibration on the gas train. On start up, check: - Gas pressure at the combustion head (to max. and min. output) - Combustion quality, in terms of unburned substances and excess air.
ACCESSORIES
Extended heads “Standard head” burners can be transformed into “extended head” versions, by using the special kit. The KITS available for the various burners, giving the original and the extended lengths, are listed below. Combustion head extension kits Burner
RS 28/M RS 38/M RS 50/M RS 70/M RS 100/M RS 130/M RS 190/M
‘Standard head’ length (mm)
‘Extended head’ length (mm)
Kit code
216 216 216 250 250 280 372
351 351 351 385 385 415 530
3010076 3010077 3010078 3010117 3010118 3010119 3010196
Spacer kit If burner head penetration into the combustion chamber needs reducing, varying thickness spacers are available, as given in the following table: Head length reduction kit Burner
S
RS 28/M - 38/M - 50/M RS 70/M - 100/M - 130/M RS 190/M
Spacer thickness S (mm)
Kit code
90 135 110
3010095 3010129 3000722
Continuous ventilation kit If the burner requires continuous ventilation in the stages without flame, a special kit is available as given in the following table: Continuous ventilation kit Burner
Kit code
RS 28/M - 38/M - 50/M RS 70/M - 100/M - 130/M - 190/M
3010094 3010094
Sound proofing box If noise emission needs reducing even further, sound-proofing boxes are available, as given in the following table: Sound proofing box Burner
RS 28/M - 38/M - 50/M RS 70/M - 100/M - 130/M - 190/M
box type
box code
C2 C3
3000777 3000778
Accessories for modulating operation To obtain modulating operation, the RS/M series of burners requires a regulator with three point outlet controls. The relative temperature or pressure probes fitted to the regulator must be chosen on the basis of the application. The following table lists the accessories for modulating operation with their application range. REGULATOR
PROBE
Type
Code
Type
Range (°C) (bar)
Code
RWF 40
3010212
Temperature PT 100 Pressure 4 ÷ 20 mA Pressure 4 ÷ 20 mA
-100 ÷ 500°C 0 ÷ 2,5 bar 0 ÷ 16 bar
3010110 3010213 3010214
Depending on the servomotor fitted to the burner, a three-pole potentiometer (1000 Ω) can be installed to check the position of the servomotor. The KITS available for the various burners are listed below. Potentiometer kit Burner
Kit code
RS 28/M - 38/M - 50/M RS 70/M - 100/M - 130/M - 190/M
3010109 3010021
LPG kit For burning LPG gas, a special kit is available to be fitted to the combustion head on the burner, as given in the following table: LPG kit Burner
RS 28/M RS 38/M RS 50/M RS 70/M RS 100/M RS 130/M RS 190/M
Kit code for ‘standard head’
Kit code for ‘extended head’
3010079 3010081 3010083 3010097 3010099 3010101 3010166
3010080 3010082 3010084 3010098 3010100 3010102 -
GAS TRAIN ACCESSORIES
Adapters When the diameter of the gas train is different from the set diameter of the burners, an adapter must be fitted between the gas train and the burner. The following table lists the adapters for various burners.
Adapters Burner
RS 28/M RS 38/M
Gas train
Dimensions
Adapter code
MBD 407 - 410
3/4"
1" 1/2
3000824
MBD 407 - 410
3/4"
1" 1/2
3000824
1" 1/2
3000822
1" 1/2
3000824
1" 1/2
3000822
2"
3000843
2"
MBD 420 - CB 50/1 MBD 407 - 410
3/4"
RS 50/M MBD 420 - CB 50/1
2"
MBD 415 - CB 40/1
1" 1/2
1" 1/2
RS 70/M
CBF 65/1
DN 65
3000825
2"1/2 2"
CBF 80/1
2"1/2
DN 80
MBD 415 - CB 40/1
1" 1/2
3000826
2"
3000843
2"
1" 1/2
RS 100/M
CBF 65/1
DN 65
3000825
2"1/2 2"
CBF 80/1
2"1/2
DN 80
MBD 415 - CB 40/1
1" 1/2
3000826
2"
3000843
2"
1" 1/2
CBF 65/1
DN 65
3000825
2"1/2 2"
RS 130/M 2"1/2
DN 80
CBF 80/1
DN 100
3000826
2"
3010223
DN 80
CBF 100/1 2"1/2
DN 80
3000826
2"
DN 80
MBD 420 - CB 50/1
DN 65
2"1/2
2"
3010128
DN 80
CBF 65/1
DN 65
CBF 80/1
DN 80
RS 190/M
3000831 DN 80
3000832 DN 80
CBF 100/1
DN 100
3010127
Seal control kit To test the valve seals on the gas train, a special “seal control kit” is available. The valve seal control device is compulsory (EN 676) on gas trains to burners with a maximum output over 1200 kW. The sealing control is type VPS 504. Seal control kit Gas train
kit code
MBD 407 - 410 - 412 - 415 - CB 40/1 MBD 410 - 412 - 415 - 420 - CB 40/1 - 50/1 MBD 410 - 412 - 415 - 420 - CB 40/1 - 50/1 MBD 415 - 420 - CB 40/1 - 50/1 - CBF 65/1 MBD 415 - 420 - CB 40/1 - 50/1 - CBF 65/1 - 80/1 MBD 415 - 420 - CB 40/1 - 50/1 - CBF 65/1 - 80/1 MBD 420 - CB 50/1 - CBF 65/1 - 80/1 - 100/1
3010123 3010123 3010123 3010123 3010123 3010123 3010123
Burner
RS 28/M RS 38/M RS 50/M RS 70/M RS 100/M RS 130/M RS 190/M
Stabiliser spring Accessory springs are available to vary the pressure range of the gas train stabilisers. The following table shows these accessories with their application range Stabiliser springs Gas train
CBF 65/1 - CBF 80/1 CBF 100/1 CBF 65/1 - CBF 80/1 CBF 100/1 CBF 65/1 - CBF 80/1 CBF 100/1
Spring
Code
Red da 25 a 55 mbar Red da 25 a 55 mbar Black da 60 a 110 mbar Black da 60 a 110 mbar Pink da 90 a 150 mbar Pink da 90 a 150 mbar
3010133 3010134 3010135 3010136 3090456 3090489
Please refer to the technical manual for the correct choice of spring.
SPECIFICATION A specific index guides your choice of burner from the various models available in the RS/M series. Below is a clear and detailed specification description of the product.
DESIGNATION OF SERIES R BURNERS Series :
R Fuel :
S L LS N
Natural Gas Light oil Light oil/Methane Heavy oil
Size Setting :
/1 ... /M
Single stage Two stage Modulating
Emission :
... MZ BLU MX
Head :
Class 1 EN267 - EN676 Class 2 EN267 - EN676 Class 3 EN267 - EN676 Class 1 EN267 Class 3 EN676 TC TL
Standard head Extended head
Diagnostic :
LP ST
Led panel Status panel
Flame control system: FS1 Standard (1 stop every 24 h) FS2 Continuous working (1 stop every 72 h) Electrical supply to the system : 1/230/50 1/230V/50Hz 3/230/50 3/230V/50Hz 3/400/50 3N/400V/50Hz 3/230-400/50 3/230V/50Hz - 3N/400V/50Hz 3/220/60 3/220V/60Hz 3/380/60 3N/380V/60Hz 3/220-380/60 3/220/60Hz - 3N/380V/60Hz Auxiliary voltage : 230/50-60 230V/50-60Hz 110/50-60 110V/50-60Hz ID: Differential switch
R
S
50
/M
TC
FS1
3/230-400/50
230/50-60
BASIC DESIGNATION EXTENDED DESIGNATION
LIST OF AVAILABLE MODELS RS RS RS RS
28/M 28/M 28/M 28/M
TC TL TC TL
FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1
1/230/50 1/230/50 1/230/50 1/230/50
230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60
RS RS RS RS
38/M 38/M 38/M 38/M
TC TL TC TL
FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1
3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50
230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60
RS RS RS RS
50/M 50/M 50/M 50/M
TC TL TC TL
FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1
3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50
230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60
Other versions are available on request
ID ID
RS RS RS RS
70/M 70/M 70/M 70/M
TC TL TC TL
FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1
3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50
230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60
ID ID
ID ID
RS RS RS RS
100/M 100/M 100/M 100/M
TC TL TC TL
FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1
3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50
230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60
ID ID
ID ID
RS RS RS RS
130/M 130/M 130/M 130/M
TC TL TC TL
FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1
3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50
230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60
ID ID
RS RS
190/M 190/M
TC TC
FS1 FS1
3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50
230/50-60 230/50-60
ID
PRODUCT SPECIFICATION
Burner: Monoblock forced draught gas burner with two stage progressive or modulating operation, with a specific kit, fully automatic, made up of: - Air suction circuit lined with sound-proofing material - Fan with reverse curve blades (straight blades on the 190/M model) high performance with low sound emissions - Air damper for air flow setting and butterfly valve for regulating fuel output controlled by a servomotor with variable cam - Starting motor at 2800 rpm, three-phase 400V with neutral, 50Hz (single-phase, 230V and 50Hz for the 28/M model) - Combustion head, that can be set on the basis of required output, fitted with: - stainless steel end cone, resistant to corrosion and high temperatures - ignition electrodes - ionisation probe - gas distributor - flame stability disk - Maximum gas pressure switch to stop the burner in the case of excess pressure on the fuel supply line - Minimum air pressure switch stops the burner in case of insufficient air quantity at the combustion head - Flame control panel, fitted with control function for the correct positioning of the servomotor and possibility of post-purge by just changing the electric wiring - Burner on/off selection switch - Manual or automatic output increase/decrease selection switch - Flame inspection window - Slide bars for easier installation and maintenance - Protection filter against radio interference - IP 44 electric protection level. Gas train Fuel supply line, in the MULTIBLOC configuration (from a diameter of 3/4” until a diameter 2”) or COMPOSED configuration (from a diameter of DN 65 until a diameter of DN 100), fitted with: - Filter - Stabiliser - Minimum gas pressure switch - Safety valve - Valve seal control (for output > 1200 kW) - One stage working valve with ignition gas output regulator. Conforming to: - 89/336/EEC directive (electromagnetic compatibility) - 73/23/EEC directive (low voltage) - 92/42/EEC directive (performance) - 90/396/EEC directive (gas) - EN 676 (gas burners). Standard equipment: - 1 gas train gasket - 1 flange gasket - 4 screws for fixing the flange - 1 thermal screen - 4 screws for fixing the burner flange to the boiler - Wiring loom fittings for the electrical connection (RS 28/M - 38/M - 50/M) - 2 slide bar extensions (for extended head models and RS 190/M model) - Instruction handbook for installation, use and maintenance - Spare parts catalogue. Available accessories to be ordered separately: - Head extension kit - Head length reduction kit - Continuous ventilation kit - Sound-proofing box - RWF 40 output regulator - Pressure probe 0 – 2.4 bar - Pressure probe 0 – 16 bar - Temperature probe -100 – 500°C - Potentiometer kit for the servomotor - LPG kit - Gas train adapter - Seal control kit - Stabiliser spring.
Lineagrafica
RIELLO S.p.A.
ISO 9001 Cert. n. 0061
- Via degli Alpini, 1 - 37045 LEGNAGO (VR) Italy Tel. ++39.0442630111 - Fax ++39.044221980 Internet: http://www.rielloburners.com - E-mail:
[email protected] Since the Company is constantly engaged in the production improvement, the aesthetic and dimensional features, the technical data, the equipment and the accessories can be changed. This document contains confidential and proprietary information of RIELLO S.p.A. Unless authorised, this information shall not be divulged, nor duplicated in whole or in part.
MODULATING GAS BURNERS MODUBLOC MB SE SERIES
MB 4 SE MB 6 SE MB 8 SE MB 10 SE
1070 1186 1500 2000
÷ ÷ ÷ ÷
4070 kW 6000 kW 8000 kW 10000 kW
The MODUBLOC MB SE series of burners are characterised by a monoblock structure that means all necessary components can be combined in a single unit, making installation easier and faster. The series covers a firing range from 1070 to 10000 kW, and they have been designed for use in hot water boilers or industrial steam generators. Adjustment is modulating, through an innovative electronic module, which gives control of the air/fuel ratio and PID control of the generator temperature or pressure. The mechanisms of regulation allow to catch up a high modulation ratio on all firing rates range. The burner can, therefore, supply with precision the demanded power, guaranteeing a high efficiency system level and the stability setting, obtaining fuel consumption and operating costs reduction. An exclusive design, with fan unit fitted on line with the combustion head, guarantees low sound emissions, reduced dimensions, easy use and maintenance.
TS0018UK01
TECHNICAL DATA
Model
MB 4 SE
MB 8 SE
MB 6 SE
Setting type
modulating 5÷1
Modulating ratio at max. output
Electrical data
Fuel / air data
Servomotor
type run time
MB 10 SE
MM 10004 (air) - MM 10005 (gas) --
--
s
Heat
kW
1070/2325÷4070
1186/3558÷6000
1500/4500÷8000
2000/6000÷10000
output
Mcal/h
920/2000÷3500
1020/3060÷5160
1290/3870÷6880
1720/5160÷8600
Working temperature
°C min./max.
Net calorific value gas G20
kWh/Nm3
Density gas G20
kg/Nm3
Output gas G20
Nm3/h
150/450÷800
200/600÷1000
Net calorific value gas G25
kWh/Nm3
Density gas G25
kg/Nm3
Output gas G25
Nm3/h
174/523÷930
233/698÷1163
Net calorific value gas LPG
kWh/Nm3
Density gas LPG
kg/Nm3
Output gas LPG
Nm3/h
58/174÷310
78/233÷388
Fan
type
Air temperature
max °C
Electrical supply
Ph/Hz/V
3N/50/230-400~(±10%)
Auxiliary electrical supply
Ph/Hz/V
1/50/230 ~ (±10%)
Control box
type
Total electrical power
kW
13
15
26
Auxiliary electrical power
kW
2
2
0,55
Protection level
IP
Electric motor power
kW
11
13
22
Rated motor current
A
38 - 22
46,7 - 27
67,5 - 39
Motor start current
A
7,3 x I nom
7,6 x I nom
Motor protection level
IP
Ignition
V1 - V2
transformer
I1 - I2
Operation
0/40 10 0,71 107/233÷407
119/356÷600 8,6 0,78
124/270÷473
138/414÷698 25,8 2,02
41,5/90÷158
46/138÷233
reverse curve blades
60
LFL 1.333
40
7,9 x I nom 55
230V - 2x5 kV
230V - 2x6 kV
1,9A - 30mA
1,9A - 30mA
Emissions
Sound pressure
dBA
82
85
Sound output
W
--
--
CO emissions
mg/kWh
NOx emissions
mg/kWh
Approval
Intermittent (at least one stop every 24 h) or Continuous as optional (at least one stop every 72 h)
Directive
--
< 15 < 150 90/396 - 89/336 - 73/23 EEC
According to Certifications
88 --
EN 676 CE 0085AU2367
in progress (CE ...)
Reference conditions: Temperature: 20°C Pressure: 1013.5 mbar Altitude: 100 meters a.s.l. Noise measured at a distance of 1 meter.
Since the Company is constantly engaged in the production improvement, the aesthetic and dimensional features, the technical data, the equipment and the accessories can be changed. This document contains confidential and proprietary information of RIELLO S.p.A. Unless authorised, this information shall not be divulged, nor duplicated in whole or in part.
FIRING RATES
280
28
260
26
240
24
220
22
200
20
180
18
160
16
140
14
120
12
100
10
80
8
60
6
40 20 0
hPa (mbar)
30
mm H2O
300
MB 4 SE
MB 6 SE
MB 8 SE
MB 10 SE
4 2 0 0 0
1000
1000
2000
2000
3000
3000
4000
4000
Useful rate for the choice of the burner Modulating rate Firing rates in progress Test conditions conforming to EN 676: Temperature: 20°C Pressure: 1013.5 mbar Altitude: 100 meters a.s.l.
5000
5000
6000
6000
7000
7000
8000
8000
9000
9000
10000
10000
11000
Mcal/h
12000 kW
FUEL SUPPLY
GAS TRAIN The burners are fitted with a butterfly valve to regulate the fuel, controlled by the main management module of burner through a high precision servomotor. Fuel can be supplied either from the right or left sides, on the basis of the application requirements. A maximum gas pressure switch stops the burner in case of excess pressure in the fuel line. The gas train can be selected to best fit system requirements depending on the fuel output and pressure in the supply line. The gas trains are “Composed” type (assembly of the single components).
Example of the MB 4 SE gas adjustment butterfly valve
COMPOSED gas train with seal control
14 P1 10
9 11
3
1
Manual valve
2
Anti-vibration joint
3
Pressure gauge with pushbutton cock
4
Filter
5
Pressure regulator (vertical)
6
Minimum gas pressure switch
7
VS safety solenoid (vertical)
8
VR regulation solenoid (vertical) Two settings: - firing output (rapid opening) - maximum output (slow opening)
9
Gasket and flange supplied with the burner
6
13
8
12
7
P2
L
5
4
P3
2
1
L1
10 Gas adjustment butterfly valve 11 Burner 12 Seal control mechanism for valves 8-9. According to standard EN 676, the seal control is compulsory for burners with maximum output above 1200 kW 13 Gas train-burner adapter 14 Maximum gas pressure switch P1 Combustion head pressure P2 Pressure downstream from the regulator P3 Pressure upstream from the filter L
Gas train supplied separately, with the code given in the table
L1 Installer’s responsibility
Y
Øi Øo
Z
X
Example of gas train “COMPOSED” type without seal control
Gas trains are approved by standard EN 676 together with the burner. The overall dimensions of the gas train depends on how they are constructed. The following table shows the maximum dimensions of the gas trains that can be fitted to MB SE burners, intake and outlet diameters and seal control if fitted. Please note that the seal control can be installed as an accessory, if not already installed on the gas train. The maximum gas pressure of gas train “Composed” type is 500 mbar.
GAS TRAINS
COMPOSED
Name
Code
Øi
Øo
X mm
Y mm
Z mm
CT
CBF 65/1 CT
3970161
DN 65
DN 65
874
356
285
incorporated
CBF 80/1 CT
3970162
DN 80
DN 80
934
416
285
incorporated
CBF 100/1 CT
3970163
DN 100
DN 100
1054
501
350
incorporated
CBF 125/1 CT
3970196
DN 125
DN 125
1166
686
400
incorporated
“I” type adapter
“Z” type adapter
When the diameter of the gas train is different from the set diameter of the burners, an adapter must be fitted between the gas train and the burner. For further information see paragraph “Accessories”.
PRESSURE DROP DIAGRAMS The diagrams indicate the minimum pressure drop of the burners with the various gas trains that can be matched with them; at the value of these pressure drop add the combustion chamber pressure. The value thus calculated represents the minimum required input pressure to the gas train. NATURAL GAS
LPG
90
110
80
100
70
80 70
50
1 CT 100/ CBF
40
60
5/1 CT CBF 12
30
2325
Gas train
3000
3000
3500
Mcal/h
3500
4070
kW
CBF 65/1 CT
3970161
incorporated
CBF 80/1 CT
3970162
3010222 ( I ) 3010226 ( Z )
incorporated
SC
CT 2325
3000
3000
3500
Mcal/h
3500
4070
kW
Adapter
SC
CBF 100/1 CT
3970163
3010223 ( I ) 3010227 ( Z )
incorporated
CBF 125/1 CT
3970196
3010224 ( I ) 3010228 ( Z )
incorporated
MB 6 SE 65 /1
300
∆P
240
200
260
140
180
120
T 1C
0/
F8
CB
160 140
100
120
60
CBF
140 120 100
T
/1 C
100
160
1 CT 125/
80
100
40 20
20 0
0 3060
3558
Gas train
3500
4000
4000
4500
4500
5000
5500
CBF
60
80 60
40
CT
200
/1
160
180
80
220
F
240
180
CBF
220
280
200
80
LPG
CB
220
320
CB F6 5/ 1C T
G25 CT
G20
CB F
mbar
2500
Code
mbar
MB 6 SE
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
0
Gas train
Adapter
Pressure drop
10
2000
3010221 ( I ) 3010225 ( Z )
240
CT 00/1 CBF 1 5/1 CT CBF 12
2000
Code
∆P
50
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
2000
2500
T
1C
0/
F8
CB
20
Pressure drop
0 2000
60
30
10
0
70
40
20 10
80
40
30
20
90
50
Pressure drop
Pressure drop
90
0/
F8
CB
60
T 1C
100
65 /1
120
110
F
130
mbar
65 /1 CB
F
140
100
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
mbar
110
LPG
120
∆P
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
150
CT
∆P
MB 4 SE G25
G20
120
CB
MB 4 SE
CBF 1
40
6000 kW
3558
Adapter
SC
CBF 65/1 CT
3970161
incorporated
CBF 80/1 CT
3970162
3010222 ( I ) 3010226 ( Z )
incorporated
25/1
T
CT
0 3060
3010221 ( I ) 3010225 ( Z )
/1 C
20
5160 Mcal/h
Code
100
Gas train
3500
4000
4000
4500
4500
5000
5160 Mcal/h
5500
6000
kW
Code
Adapter
SC
CBF 100/1 CT
3970163
3010223 ( I ) 3010227 ( Z )
incorporated
CBF 125/1 CT
3970196
3010224 ( I ) 3010228 ( Z )
incorporated
NATURAL GAS
LPG
MB 8 SE G25
320 300
220
280 200
220
160
200
140
180
IN PROGRESS
120
160 140
100
120 80
40 20
20 0
0
100 80 60
4500
Gas train
5000
5000
5500
5500
6000
6500
6000
7000
6500 6880
7500
8000
kW
CBF 65/1 CT
3970161
incorporated
CBF 80/1 CT
3970162
3010222 ( I ) 3010226 ( Z )
incorporated
SC
MB 10 SE
4500
5000
5000
5500
5500
6000
6500
6000
7000
6500 6880
7500
8000
Mcal/h
kW
Code
Adapter
SC
CBF 100/1 CT
3970163
3010223 ( I ) 3010227 ( Z )
incorporated
CBF 125/1 CT
3970196
3010224 ( I ) 3010228 ( Z )
incorporated
MB 10 SE
G20
G25
320 300
220
280 200
240
∆P
240
180
220
160
200
140
180
IN PROGRESS
160 140
100
120 80
60 40
20
20 0
0 5160
6000
6000
7000
7000
8000
8000
9000
180 160 140
100
40 20 0
8600 Mcal/h
10000
kW
Code
Adapter
SC
CBF 65/1 CT
3970161
3010221 ( I ) 3010225 ( Z )
incorporated
CBF 80/1 CT
3970162
3010222 ( I ) 3010226 ( Z )
incorporated
IN PROGRESS
120
60
80
40
220
80
100
60
LPG
200
260
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
4500
Gas train
Adapter
note
0
4000
3010221 ( I ) 3010225 ( Z )
Gas train
20
3500 3870
Code
120
40
Mcal/h
mbar
4000
4500
IN PROGRESS
120
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
Pressure drop
140
Pressure drop
60
40
mbar
160
80
3500 3870
Pressure drop
180
100
60
240
220
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
240
LPG
200
260
180
∆P
240
∆P
Pressure drop
mbar
∆P
MB 8 SE
G20
mbar
240
5160
6000
6000
7000
Gas train
7000
8000
8000
9000
8600
Mcal/h
10000
kW
Code
Adapter
SC
CBF 100/1 CT
3970163
3010223 ( I ) 3010227 ( Z )
incorporated
CBF 125/1 CT
3970196
3010224 ( I ) 3010228 ( Z )
incorporated
Please contact the Riello Burner Technical Office for different pressure levels from those above indicated.
SELECTING THE FUEL SUPPLY LINES The following diagram enables pressure drop in a pre-existing gas line to be calculated and to select the correct gas train. The diagram can also be used to select a new gas line when fuel output and pipe length are known. The pipe diameter is selected on the basis of the desired pressure drop. The diagram uses methane gas as reference; if another gas is used, conversion coefficient and a simple formula (on the diagram) transform the gas output to a methane equivalent (refer to figure A). Please note that the gas train dimensions must take into account the back pressure of the combustion chamber during operations. Control of the pressure drop in an existing gas line or selecting a new gas supply line. The methane output equivalent is determined by the formula fig. A on the diagram and the conversion coefficient. Once the equivalent output has been determined on the delivery scale ( V ), shown at the top of the diagram, move vertically downwards until you cross the line that represents the pipe diameter; at this point, move horizontally to the left until you meet the line that represents the pipe length. Once this point is established you can verify, by moving vertically downwards, the pipe pressure drop of on the botton scale below (mbar). By subtracting this value from the pressure measured on the gas meter, the correct pressure value will be found for the choice of gas train. Example:
- gas used - gas output - pressure at the gas meter - gas line length - conversion coefficient
- equivalent methane output V =
G25 9.51 mc/h 20 mbar 15 m 0.62 (see figure A)
9.51 0.62
= 15.34 mc/h
- once the value of 15.34 has been identified on the output scale ( V ), moving vertically downwards you cross the line that represents 1" 1/4 (the chosen diameter for the piping); - from this point, move horizontally to the left until you meet the line that represents the length of 15 m of the piping; - move vertically downwards to determine a value of 1.4 mbar in the pressure drop botton scale; - subtract the determined pressure drop from the meter pressure, the correct pressure level will be found for the choice of gas train; - correct pressure = ( 20-1.4 ) = 18.6 mbar
30 22 15 12 9 6
V
45 61 76 95 122 152 1
2
10
20
3
4
15,34
5 6 7 8 10
30 40 50 60
20
80 100
200
400
600 800 1000
3
6"
PIP
EL
EN
GT
4"
H(
m)
2"
4
1 - G20 0,62 - G25 1,18 - G31
2
Figure A 0,1
0,2
PIPE DIAMETER 0,3
0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 1
PRESSURE DROP (mbar)
1,4
2
3
4
5
6
2 1/
3/
{
=
1/
f
1"
f
3"
2"
2 1/ 1" 4 1/ 1"
V = Gas output Nmc/h
VENTILATION
All the burners in the MB series are fitted with fans with reverse curve blades, which give excellent performance and are fitted in line with the combustion head. The air flow and sound-deadening materials that are used in the construction are designed to reduce sound emissions to the minimum and guarantee high levels of performance in terms of output and air pressure. A high precision servomotor through the main management module installed on each burner of MB series, controls the air dampers position constantly, Example of the servomotor and dampers for air setting guaranteeing an optimal fuel-air mix. On request, the Modubloc burners can be supplied with the "inverter" configuration, which means they are fitted with a device for varying the amount of combustion air through a variable speed action of the fan motor. The addition of the interface inverter module means the burner can work at reduced speed, with further benefits in terms of sound emissions, especially during the night when the perception threshold is lower.
COMBUSTION HEAD
Simple adjustment of the combustion head allows to adapt internal geometry of the head to the output of the burner. The same adjustment servomotor for the air damper also varies, depending on the required output, the setting of the combustion head, through a simple lever. This system guarantees excellent mix on all firing rates range.
Example of a MODUBLOC MB SE burner combustion head
Dimensions of the combustion chambers used in the testing laboratory Ø cm 60
80
100
200
10 9 8 7 6
Ø L
5 4
L (m) = 0,23 x
3 L (m)
kW 10
2
Example: Burnt thermal output = 3020 kW; For more detailed evaluations regarding the combinations, consult the Riello Technical manual.
L (m) = 0,23 x 302 = 4 (m); Ø = 100 (cm)
1 Mcal/h 500 6 kW
7 8 9 1000
600 7 8 9 1000
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6 7 8 9 10000
6 7 8 9 10000
SETTING
OUTPUT SETTING
Each MB series burner has a main electronic microprocessor management panel, which controls both the fuel flow servomotor (with a pressure regulator) and air flow servomotor (with air dampers).
Main management module
Hysteresis is prevented by the precise control of the two servomotors and the software link. The high precision regulation is due to the absence of mechanical clearance normally found in
mechanical regulation cams on traditional modulating burners.
The burner can run for a long time on intermediate output settings (see fig. A)
“modulating” setting Checked Variable
Inside each MB series burner main electronic microprocessor management panel, there is a PID regulator to control the boiler temperature or pressure . Variables can be controlled by specific accessory probes (see paragraph “Accessories).
°C bar
time
The main electronic management panel shows all operational parameters in real time, so as to keep a constant check on the burner: - servomotor angle - required set-point and actual set-point - fuel consumption (measured indirectly) - smoke and environmental temperature (with EGA module) - CO2, CO, O2, NO e SO2 value (with EGA module) - burner stage
Output
MAX
MIN
time
Figure A
The main electronic management panel operations can be increased by installing accessory modules as illustrated below. For available module codes see “Accessories”. Special software can be loaded into a portable PC to input and download data through an interface cable to an infrared device on the front panel of the MB series burner. This is useful both during burner start-up and commissioning phases, and maintenance.
D.T.I. module (Data Transfer interface) This electronic module can transfer multiple signals from different local modules to a BMS supervisor software system (Building Management System). Examples of local modules: - main management module on each MB series burner which sends and receives signals to indicate or modify the burner working stage
D.T.I. Module
- modules which send and receive signals from the various devices in the boiler room and system. e.g. - analog modules I/O - digital modules /O - EGA modules (For further information see relative paragraph)
Up to ten MB series burners, with or without the EGA module, ten analog modules I/O and ten digital modules I/O can be linked up. The DTI module uses MODUBUS interface protocol as a standard protocol to external supervisory systems (a type of field bus widely used in industrial communication systems). This type of protocol is used when sample signal rates which need checking are low e.g. for temperature, pressure or pump and fan systems. With special electronic interface boards other communication protocols (e.g. PROFIBUS) can be used. DTI module information is transferred directly or by modem to supervisory systems by RS 232 or RS 422 (in the case of long distance up to 1 km) connections. The supervisory system can also manage a series of MB burners installed in the same system; each main electronic management panel comes with the software needed to manage such a series of burners.
Digital I/O Module Digital modules I/O transfer in-coming and out-going information such as working stages and alarms, from the boiler room or from the system in general where one or more MB series burners are installed to a remote supervisor system. Digital modules I/O manage both input and output signals, e.g.: - n. 16 input signals (free contacts – max. current 1 A) - n. 8 output signals (free contacts – max. current 1 A)
Digital I/O Module
The out-going signals can control any device in the boiler room, e.g. pumps, fans, etc…
The in-coming signals can check any device in the boiler room, e.g. pumps, fans, etc… and receive warning signals such as over heating, excess pressure. Up to ten I/0 digital modules can be linked together. Fig. C shows an example of sequencing I/O digital modules linked to a remote supervisor system by a DTI interface.
Analog I/O module I/O Analog modules transfer in-coming and out-going information about burner working stages and other devices in the boiler room or in the system in general where one or more MB series burners are installed to a remote supervisor system. I/O Analog modules manage both input and output signals, such as 4-20 mA or 0-10 Volt, e.g.: - n. 6 input signals - n. 6 output signals These modules can be connected to the remote supervisor system in two different ways: Analogic I/O Module
- “LOW LEVEL” connection each I/O analog module transmits information from a single burner to a remote supervisor system using 4-20 mA or 0-10 Volt signals, e.g. boiler temperature/pressure, output level, boiler set-point, servomotor angle position, etc. The system becomes operational when each single I/O analog module is programmed by a portable PC and appropriate software. The set point can be modified by a single in-coming 4–20 mA or 0-10 Volt signal from the supervisor system. Here is an example of a “LOW LEVEL” connection between I/O analogue modules and remote supervisor system. (figure B)
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (BMS)
0-10V 4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V 4-20mA
Analog I/O unit
MB n°1
4-20mA
0-10V 4-20mA
Analog I/O unit
MB n°2
4-20mA
0-10V 4-20mA
Analog I/O unit
MB n°3
4-20mA
Analog I/O unit
MB n°4
Figura B - “LOW LEVEL” connection
- “HIGH LEVEL” connection each I/O analog module transmits in-coming and out-going information about boiler room temperature/pressure, pump rpm, set point, to a remote supervisor system using 4-20 mA or 0-10 Volt signals, through DTI interface. Up to ten I/0 digital modules can be linked together.
Here is an example of an “HIGH LEVEL” connection between I/O analogue modules and remote supervisor system. (figure C)
Digital I/O unit
MB n°1
Analog I/O unit
Digital I/O unit
MB n°2
Analog I/O unit
MB n°3
MB n°4
modem RS 232 DTI
RS 232 (Modbus protocol)
Network node
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (BMS)
RS 422
RS 422 (Modbus protocol)
Figura C - “HIGH LEVEL” connection
E.G.A. module (Exhaust Gas Analyser)
E.G.A. Module
EGA modules measure some of the exhaust gas substances. These modules come with an exhaust gas sampler probe and exhaust gas temperature probe (0-400 °C). Four different EGA modules are available depending on the type of substance to be checked. (For further information see “accessories“ paragraph). Thanks to EGA module connected to the main electronic microprocessor management panel on each MB series burner, the burner can adjust its working parameters on the basis of continuous combustion gas analysis. The EGA module creates a closed control link which increases efficiency by up to max 5%.
The following functions are also available: - smoke and environmental temperature measurement - viewing of measured parameters on main management display panel - burner lock-out when some parameters exceed permitted levels (settable) - combustion optimisation with automatic air damper setting (adjustment O2 level) - automatic re-adjustment at each firing The information from EGA modules can be sent to a remote supervisor system in two ways: - through six signals (4-20mA) on a terminal board (see layout fig. B) To activate this operation each single EGA module must be programmed using a PC with appropriate software. - through the DTI interface module (see layout fig. C) Connections between Modules A data cable type BELDEN 9501 or similar, which can be ordered as an accessory (see accessories paragraph), must be used to connect the above modules.
note To develop the various layouts or for further information about single
modules please contact the Riello Burners Technical Office.
The following diagram summarises how MB series burners and modules can be used for the supervision of boiler rooms or systems in general.
EXHAUST GAS SAMPLING PROBE
LOAD SENSOR PRESSURE
AIR SERVOMOTOR
FUEL SERVOMOTOR
STEAM
LOAD SENSOR TEMPERATURE
LAP TOP FOR COMMISSIONING/SERVICE
INFRARED PORT
HOT WATER
MODEM RS 232 (MODBUS PROTOCOL)
BOILER ROOM CONTROLS AND ALARMS ANALOG I/O UNIT
DIGITAL I/O UNIT
OR
MODEM RS 232
RS 232 (MODBUS PROTOCOL) RS 232 (MODBUS PROTOCOL)
OR
RS 422 (MODBUS PROTOCOL)
Example of boiler room management system
IGNITION MB 4-6-8-10 SE 1 - Closing thermostat 2 - Fan motor working 3 - Air damper 4 - Ignition transformer 5 - Valves open 6 - Flame presence
2 3
31,5
max min 0 6
4
3
5
6
3
6 0
time (s)
CUSTOMER BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM NETWORK NODE
LOCAL AREA NETWORK
CUSTOMER BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
LOCAL AREA NETWORK
CUSTOMER BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CUSTOMER BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
RS 422 (MODBUS AND OTHERS PROTOCOL
1
REMOTE MONITORING & SERVICE SUPPORT
NETWORK NODE
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS To be made by the installer
Electrical connections must be made by qualified and skilled personnel, according to the local norms.
Example of the terminal board for electrical connections
THREE PHASE SUPPLY TO THE POWER CIRCUIT AND CONNECTING THE AUXILIARY CONTROLS MB 4-6-8-10 SE L1 L2 L3 N XT1
X1
10 9 8 7 6
5
F
4 3 2 1
IN
S TS
L
TL
ϑP
ϑP
PE L1 L2 L3 N
XT1 X1 TS TL IN S F L
~ ~
3N 50Hz 400/230V 3 50Hz 230V
- General supply terminal board - 10 pin plug - Safety thermostat - Threshold thermostat - Manual switch - External lock-out signal - Fuse (refer to table A) - Lead section (refer to table A)
CONNECTION OF THE PROBES FOR THE CONTROLLED PARAMETER AND DATA CONNECTION FOR THE VARIOUS MODULES (Accessories) MB 4-6-8-10 SE
VR
VS
4 1 2
BT
BP
PG P
S1 XP T8
VPS
T7
T6
B5
N
L1
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
A
X8
B
1
4 3 2
C
10 9 8 7 6 5
D
X2
X2 X8 BT BP PG S1 VPS VR VS XP A B C D
- 10 pin plug - 10 pin plug for connecting accessories - Temperature probe - Pressure probe - Minimum gas pressure switch - Emergency push-button - Seal control - Adjustment valve - Safety valve - Seal control plug - E.G.A. module connections - Main, D.T.I., I/O modules connections - 230 V/50 Hz output for butterfly valve of sequence boilers - Free contacts for lead boiler choice of sequence
SIGNALS FOR WORKING STATUS OF THE MAIN COMPONENTS MB 4-6-8-10 SE SL
~ 50Hz
X8
X7
X6
X5
X1
X2
X3
X4
Fan on
Motor failure
Burner failure
Flame pressure
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Available
X7
X7 - 10 pin output plug, free contacts SL - Layout plug diagram X3,4,5,6 - Plugs for electrical factory-set connections
230V
The following table shows the supply lead sections and the type of fuse to be used.
Model
MB 4 SE 230V
F L
400V
MB 6 SE 230V
400V
MB 8 SE 230V
400V
MB 10 SE 230V
400V
63 gG 50 gG 63 gG 50 gG 80 gG 63 gG 80 gG 63 gG 2 6 4 6 4 10 10 10 10 mm A
Table A
EMISSIONS
mg/kWh
NO2 EMISSIONS 250 200 150 100 50 0 MB 4 SE
MB 6 SE
MB 8 SE
MB 10 SE
mg/kWh
CO EMISSIONS 25 20 15
The emission data has been measured in the various models at maximum output, according to EN 676 standard.
10 5 0 MB 4 SE
MB 6 SE
MB 8 SE
MB 10 SE
SOUND EMISSIONS MB 4 SE
dB
100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 (A)
32
63
125
250
500
1K
2K
4K
8K
16 K
Hz MB 6 SE
dB
100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 (A)
32
63
125
250
500
1K
2K
4K
8K
16 K
Hz MB 8 -10 SE
dB
100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 (A)
32
63
125
250
500
1K
2K
4K
8K
16 K
Hz
(A) Value obtained in dB(A)
Maximum modulation
Minimal modulation
OVERALL DIMENSIONS (mm)
BURNERS F
B
A
MB 4-6-8-10 SE
C
D G E Ø
H
I
I H
Model MB 4 SE MB 6 SE MB 8 SE MB 10 SE
A
B
C
D
1470 1470 1900 1900
511 511 530 530
183 183 208 208
336 336 413 413
E
F
G
H
I
Ø
1330 1330 1740 1740
1205 1205 1570 1570
DN80 DN80 DN80 DN80
D1
D2
Ø
350 350 418 418
496 496 608 608
M20 M20 M20 M20
X
Y
Z
kg
2120 2120 2590 2590
1005 1005 1170 1170
1175 1175 1350 1350
300 39 300 41 450 42 450
490 840 910 490 840 910 575 1007 1079 575 1007 1079
BURNER - BOILER MOUNTING FLANGE
Model MB 4 SE MB 6 SE MB 8 SE MB 10 SE
45°
D1 45°
D2 Ø
PACKAGING
Model
Z Y X
MB 4 SE MB 6 SE MB 8 SE MB 10 SE
INSTALLATION DESCRIPTION
Installation, start up and maintenance must be carried out by qualified and skilled personnel. All operations must be performed in accordance with the technical handbook supplied with the burner. Access to the internal components is very simple, as the back of the burner is hinged which means it can be completely opened. The burners can be supplied with the opening on the right or left, depending on personal requirements.
FIXING THE BURNER TO THE BOILER AND INITIAL SETTINGS All the burners have lifting rings, for easier installation and maintenance. After drilling the boilerplate, using the supplied gasket as template, prepare a suitable lifting system and, after hooking onto the rings, fix burner to the boiler. Install the gas train, choosing it on the basis of the maximum boiler output and on the basis of the diagrams enclosed with the burner instructions. Adjust the combustion head run, using the mechanism lever.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AND START UP Make the electrical connections to the burner following the wiring diagrams included in the instruction handbook. Turning the motor check the led signalling correct rotation direction, at left of the plugs group, is on. Perform a first ignition calibration on the gas train. On start up, check: - gas pressure at the combustion head (to max. and min. output) - combustion quality, in terms of unburned substances and excess air.
ACCESSORIES
DTI Module (Data Transfer Interface) This electronic module can transfer multiple signals from different local modules to a BMS supervisor software system (Building Management System). DTI module Burner
module code
MB 4 - 6 - 8 - 10 SE
3010234
I/O digital module Digital modules I/O transfer in-coming and out-going information such as working stages and alarms, from the boiler room or from the system in general where one or more MB series burners are installed to a remote supervisor system.
I/O digital module Burner
module code
MB 4 - 6 - 8 - 10 SE
3010233
I/O analogic module I/O Analog modules transfer in-coming and out-going information about burner working stages and other devices in the boiler room or in the system in general where one or more MB series burners are installed to a remote supervisor system. I/O Analog modules manage both input and output signals, such as 4-20 mA or 0-10 Volt.
I/O analogic module Burner
MB 4 - 6 - 8 - 10 SE
module code
3010232
EGA module (Exhaust Gas analyser) EGA modules measure some of the exhaust gas substances. These modules come with an exhaust gas sampler probe and exhaust gas temperature probe (0-400 °C). Four different EGA modules are available depending on the type of substance to be checked, as given in the following table:
EGA module Burner
MB 4 - 6 - 8 - 10 SE MB 4 - 6 - 8 - 10 SE MB 4 - 6 - 8 - 10 SE MB 4 - 6 - 8 - 10 SE
Analysed gas
module code
CO, CO2, O2 CO, CO2, O2, NO CO, CO2, O2, SO2
3010235 3010236 3010237 3010238
CO, CO2, O2, NO, SO2
Belden 9501 type leads All the connections for the above modules must be done using a BELDEN 9501 type lead, which is available as an accessory in coils of 50 m. Belden 9501 lead Burner
lead code
MB 4 - 6 - 8 - 10 SE
3010239
Accessories for modulating setting Main management module allows a modulating setting with use of probes chosen on the basis of the application. The following table lists the accessories for modulating setting, with the application field.
PROBE Burner
MB 4 - 6 - 8 - 10 SE MB 4 - 6 - 8 - 10 SE MB 4 - 6 - 8 - 10 SE MB 4 - 6 - 8 - 10 SE
Type
Range (°C) (bar)
Code
Temperature Pressure Pressure Pressure
0 ÷ 400°C 0 ÷ 3 bar 0 ÷ 18 bar 0 ÷ 30 bar
3010187 3010246 3010186 3010188
Kit for transformation to LPG For burning LPG gas, a special kit is available to be fitted to the combustion head of the burner, as given in the following table: LPG transformation kit Burner
Kit code
3010189 3010190 in progress in progress
MB 4 SE MB 6 SE MB 8 SE MB 10 SE
Burner support For easier maintenance, a mobile burner support has been designed, which means the burner can be dismantled without the need for forklift trucks. Support Burner
Support code
MB 4 - 6 SE MB 8 - 10 SE
in progress in progress
GAS TRAIN ACCESSORIES
Adapters In certain cases, an adapter must be fitted between the gas train and the burner, when the diameter of the gas train is different from the set diameter of the burner. Below are given the adapters than can be fitted on the various burners: C
Adapters
øo
Burner B A
øo
Gas train
Adapter type
øi
øi A
MB 4-6-8-10 SE MB 4-6-8-10 SE MB 4-6-8-10 SE MB 4-6-8-10 SE MB 4-6-8-10 SE MB 4-6-8-10 SE MB 4-6-8-10 SE MB 4-6-8-10 SE
CBF 65/1 CT CBF 80/1 CT CBF 100/1 CT CBF 125/1 CT CBF 65/1 CT CBF 80/1 CT CBF 100/1 CT CBF 125/1 CT
I I I I Z Z Z Z
Dimensions Øi DN
Øo DN
A mm
B mm
C mm
65 80 100 125 65 80 100 125
80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
320 320 320 320 400 400 400 500
----480 480 480 480
----225 225 225 300
Adapter code
3010221 3010222 3010223 3010224 3010225 3010226 3010227 3010228
Stabiliser spring To vary the pressure range of the gas train stabilisers, accessory springs are available. The following table shows these accessories with their application range: Stabiliser spring Gas train
CBF 65/1 CT - 80/1 CT CBF 100/1 CT CBF 125/1 CT CBF 65/1 CT - 80/1 CT CBF 100/1 CT CBF 125/1 CT CBF 65/1 CT - 80/1 CT CBF 100/1 CT CBF 125/1 CT
Spring
Code
Red from 25 to 55 mbar Red from 25 to 55 mbar Red from 25 to 55 mbar Black from 60 to 110 mbar Black from 60 to 110 mbar Black from 60 to 110 mbar Pink from 90 to 150 mbar Pink from 90 to 150 mbar Pink from 90 to 150 mbar
3010133 3010134 in progress 3010135 3010136 in progress 3090456 3090489 in progress
Please refer to the technical manual for the correct choice of spring.
SPECIFICATION
A specific index guides your choice of burner from the various models available in the MODUBLOC MB series. Below is a clear and detailed specification description of the product. DESIGNATION OF SERIES MODUBLOC MB BURNERS Series :
MB Size Fuel :
S Natural Gas L Light oil LS Light oil/Methane Setting :
E V
Electronic cam Electronic cam and variable speed (with Inverter)
Emission :
Head :
... Class 1 EN267 - EN676 MZ Class 2 EN267 - EN676 BLU Class 3 EN267 - EN676 Class 1 EN267 MX Class 3 EN676 TC TL
Standard head Extended head
Fuel supply :
FR FL
from the right from the left
Flame control system : FS1 Standard (1 stop every 24 h) FS2 Continuous working (1 stop every 72 h) Electrical supply to the system : 3/400/50 3N/400V/50Hz 3/230/50 3/230V/50Hz Auxiliary voltage : 230/50-60 230V/50-60Hz 110/50-60 110V/50-60Hz
MB
4
S
E
TC
FR
FS1
3/400/50 230/50-60
BASIC DESIGNATION EXTENDED DESIGNATION
LIST OF AVAILABLE MODELS MB4SE MB4SE MB4SE MB4SE
TC TC TC TC
FR FR FL FL
FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1
3/400/50 3/230/50 3/400/50 3/230/50
230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60
MB8SE MB8SE MB8SE MB8SE
TC TC TC TC
FR FR FL FL
FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1
3/400/50 3/230/50 3/400/50 3/230/50
230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60
MB6SE MB6SE MB6SE MB6SE
TC TC TC TC
FR FR FL FL
FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1
3/400/50 3/230/50 3/400/50 3/230/50
230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60
MB10SE MB10SE MB10SE MB10SE
TC TC TC TC
FR FR FL FL
FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1
3/400/50 3/230/50 3/400/50 3/230/50
230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60
Other versions are available on request.
PRODUCT SPECIFICATION
Burner Monoblock forced draught gas burner with modulating setting, fully automatic, made up of: - Fan with reverse curve blades high performance with low sound emissions - Air suction circuit lined with sound-proofing material - Air damper for air setting controlled by a high precision servomotor - Air pressure switch - Fan starting motor at 2900 rpm, three-phase 230/400 - 400/690 V with neutral, 50Hz - Mobile combustion head, that can be set on the basis of required output, fitted with: - stainless steel end cone, resistant to corrosion and high temperatures - ignition electrodes - flame stability disk - Automatic regulator for gas delivery, controlled by a high precision servomotor - Maximum gas pressure switch, with pressure test point, for halting the burner in the case of over pressure on the fuel supply line - Module for air/fuel setting and output modulation with incorporated PID control of temperature or pressure of the heat generator - Flame control panel for controlling the system safety - Photocell for flame detection - Star/triangle starter for the fan motor - Burner on/off switch - Auxiliary voltage led signal - Manual or automatic output increase/decrease switch - Burner working led signal - Contacts motor and thermal relay with release button - Motor failure led signal - Burner failure led signal and lighted release button - Led signal for correct rotation direction of fan motor - Emergency button - Coded connection plugs-sockets - Burner opening hinge - Lifting rings - IP 40 electric protection level. According to: - 89/336/EEC directive (electromagnetic compatibility) - 73/23/EEC directive (low voltage) - 90/396/EEC directive (gas) - EN 676 (gas burners). Standard equipment: - 1 flange gasket - 8 screws for fixing the flange - 1 thermal screen - 4 screws for fixing the burner flange to the boiler - Instruction handbook for installation, use and maintenance - Spare parts catalogue. Available accessories to be ordered separately: - DTI module (Data Transfer Interface) - I/O digital module - I/O analogic module - EGA module (Exhaust Gas Analyser) in the following versions: - EGA - CO, CO2, O2 - EGA - CO, CO2, O2, NO - EGA - CO, CO2, O2, SO2 - EGA - CO, CO2, O2, NO, SO2 - BELDEN 9501 type lead - Pressure probe 0 - 3 bar - Pressure probe 0 - 18 bar - Pressure probe 0 - 30 bar - Temperature probe 0 - 400°C - Kit for transformation to LPG - Burner support - Adapters - Stabiliser spring.
Lineagrafica
RIELLO S.p.A.
ISO 9001 Cert. n. 0061
- Via degli Alpini, 1 - 37045 LEGNAGO (VR) Italy Tel. ++39.0442630111 - Fax ++39.044221980 Internet: http://www.rielloburners.com - E-mail:
[email protected] Since the Company is constantly engaged in the production improvement, the aesthetic and dimensional features, the technical data, the equipment and the accessories can be changed. This document contains confidential and proprietary information of RIELLO S.p.A. Unless authorised, this information shall not be divulged, nor duplicated in whole or in part.
LOW NOx SINGLE-STAGE GAS BURNERS GULLIVER BS SERIES
BS1 BS2 BS3 BS4
16 35 65 110
÷ 52 ÷ 91 ÷ 189 ÷ 246
kW kW kW kW
The Riello Gulliver BS series of single-stage gas burners, is a complete range of Low NOx emission products, developed to respond to any request for home heating, conforming to the most severe standards regarding the reduction of polluting emissions. This series of burners is available in four different models with an output ranging from 16 to 246 kW, divided in four different structures. All the models use the same components designed by Riello for the Gulliver series. The high quality level guarantees safe working. In developing these burners, special attention was paid to reducing noise, the ease of installation and adjustment, to obtaining the smallest size possible to fit into any sort of boiler available on the market. All the models are approved by the EN 676 European Standard and LRV-92 Swiss standards, and conform to BImSchV 1996 and European Directives, Gas Appliance, EMC, Low Voltage, Boiler Efficiency. All the Gulliver BS burners are tested before leaving the factory.
TS0005UK00
TECHNICAL DATA
Model
BS1
BS2
Setting
Servomotor
--
run time
--
Heat
kW
output
Mcal/h
16 - 52
35 - 91
65 - 189
110 - 246
13,8 - 44,7
30,1 - 78,2
55,9 - 162,5
94,6 - 211,6
6,5 - 19
11 - 24,6
7,5 - 22
13 - 28,5
2,5 - 7,3
4,2 - 9,5
0,35
0,43 0,43
0/40
Electrical data
Fuel / air data
Net calorific value G20 gas kWh/Nm3
G20 gas density
kg/Nm3
G20 gas delivery
Nm3/h
10 0,71 1,6 - 5,2
3,5 - 9
Net calorific value G25 gas kWh/Nm3
G25 gas density
kg/Nm3
G25 gas delivery
Nm3/h
8,6 0,78 1,9 - 6
4 - 10,5
Net calorific value LPG gas kWh/Nm3
25,8
LPG gas density
kg/Nm3
LPG gas delivery
Nm3/h
Fan
type
Air temperature
max. °C
40
Electrical supply
Ph/Hz/V
1/50/230 ±10%
Aux. electrical supply
Ph/Hz/V
Control box
type
Total electrical output kW Protection level
1,3 - 3,5
forward tilted blades
-R.B.L. 568 0,15
0,18
IP
Electric motor output kW Rated motor current
2,02 0,6 - 2
A
Motor take-off current A
40 0,15
0,18
0,35
0,64
0,67
1,4
2
3
3
3
8,5
Motor protection level IP
20
Ignition transformer
incorporated in the control box
Operation Emissions
BS4
Single-stage type
Working temperature °C min./max.
Approval
BS3
intermittent (at least one halt every 24 h)
Sound pressure
dB(A)
CO Emissions
mg/kWh
NOx Emissions
mg/kWh
61
66
71
< 40 < 80
Directives
90/396/CEE, 89/336/CEE, 73/23/CEE, 92/42/CEE
Conforming to: Certifications
62
EN 676 - LRV 92 - BImSchV 1996 BUWAL - Nr.100010
CE - 0085 AQ0409 BUWAL - Nr.197011 BUWAL - Nr.100010
BUWAL - Nr.100010
Reference conditions: Temperature: 20°C Pressure: 1013.5 Mbar Altitude: 100 meters a.s.l. Noise measured at a distance of 1 meter.
Since the Company is constantly engaged in the production improvement, the aesthetic and dimensional features, the technical data, the equipment and the accessories can be changed. This document contains confidential and proprietary information of RIELLO S.p.A. Unless authorised, this information shall not be divulged, nor duplicated in whole or in part.
FIRING RATES
EN 676 48
4,8
BS4
BS3 40
4,0
32
3,2
24
2,4
16
1,6
8
0,8
BS2
0
hPa (mbar)
mm H2O
BS1
0 20.000
20
40.000
60.000
60
40
80.000
80
100
100.000
120
120.000
140
140.000
160
160.000
180
200
180.000
220
200.000
240
kcal/h 260 kW
LRV 92 48
4,8
BS4
40
4,0
32
3,2
24
2,4
BS3
BS1 16
1,6
BS2
0
0,8 hPa (mbar)
mm H2O
8
0 20.000
20
40.000
40
60.000
60
80.000
80
Useful working field for choosing the burner Test conditions conforming to EN 676 and LRV 92: Temperature: 20 °C Pressure: 1013.5 mbar Altitude: 100 m a.s.l.
100
100.000
120
120.000
140
140.000
160
160.000
180
200
180.000
220
200.000
240
kcal/h 260 kW
FUEL SUPPLY
GAS TRAINS The burners are set for fuel supply from either the right or left hand sides. Depending on the fuel output and the available pressure in the supply line, you should check the correct gas train to be adapted to the system requirements. The gas train is Multibloc type, containing the main components in a single unit. Except for the MBDLE 055 model, a valve seal control (as accessory) can be fitted to the Multibloc gas trains. The MBDLE 055 Multibloc gas train can be fitted only to the left of the burner. Gas train installed on the burner
MBDLE 403 - 405 - 407 - 410 - 412
L1
L 4 6 7
2
1
P2
3
MULTIBLOC 8
9
11
5
P1
10 LEAK DETECTION CONTROL DEVICE 12
1
Gas delivery pipe
2
Manual valve
3
Vibration damping joint
4
Gas pressure gauge
5
Filter
6
Gas pressure switch
7
Safety solenoid
8
Adjustment solenoid: firing delivery adjustment (rapid opening) maximum delivery adjustment (slow opening)
9
Pressure regulator
MBDLE 055
L1
10 Leak detection control device for valves 7 and 8 (accessory)
L
11 Gas train-burner adapter MULTIBLOC 4 7 1
2
3
P2
5
12 Burner
14
6
13 Shutter with adjustment screws
15 P3
9
13
11
14 Pressure regulator setting device 15 Regulation solenoid
P1
P1 Combustion head pressure P2 Upstream pressure from the filter
13
P3 Upstream pressure from the control valve L 12
Gas train supplied separately
L1 To be performed by the installer
Y Y W W Øo
Øi
Z
Øo
Øi Z
X
X
The dimensions of the gas trains vary depending on their construction features. The following table shows the dimensions of the gas trains that can be fitted to Gulliver BS burners, intake diameter and the coupling flange to the burner.
MULTIBLOC
Name
Code
Øi
Øo
X mm
Y mm
W mm
Z mm
MBDLE 055
3970570
1/2"
FLANGE 1
232
126
45
122
MBDLE 403
3970545
1/2"
FLANGE 1
200
137
45
100
MBDLE 405
3970546
1/2"
FLANGE 1
246
186
45
120
MBDLE 405
3970547
3/4"
FLANGE 2
236
186
47
120
MBDLE 407
3970544
3/4"
FLANGE 2
236
186
47
120
MBDLE 407
3970548
3/4"
FLANGE 3
236
186
47
120
MBDLE 410
3970549
1" 1/4
FLANGE 3
259
215
47
145
MBDLE 412
3970550
1" 1/4
FLANGE 3
259
215
47
145
PRESSURE DROP DIAGRAMS The diagrams indicate the minimum pressure drop of the burners with the various gas trains that can be combined with them; the value thus calculated represents the minimum required input pressure to the gas train. NATURAL GAS
LPG
G20 20
G25 26 24
18
12
18 16 14 12
8
10
6
8
4 2
2 0
0 10
13,8
30
20
20
Gas Train
52
Code
Output
MBDLE 403
3970545
≤ 45 kW *
MBDLE 405
3970546
-
MBDLE 055
3970570
-
05 5 40 3
10 8
4 2 0 10
13,8
60
50
40
30
5 40 LE BD M
12
50 44,7 kcal/h X 1000
40
16
14
6
6
4
M BD LE
16
M BD LE
20
05 E4 DL MB
10
18
combustion head + gas train combustion head
05 5
14
LPG 20
22
MB DL E4 03 M BD LE
combustion head + gas train combustion head
16
Pressure loss
∆P
Pressure loss
mbar
∆P
BS1 mbar
BS1
30
20
20 kW
50
40
30
50 44,7 kcal/h X 1000
40
52
16
60 kW
* with natural gas.
NATURAL GAS
LPG
BS2
BS2
16 DL MB
14
combustion head + gas train combustion head
LPG ∆P
05 E4
20
7 40
18
E DL MB
12
16 14
10 12 8
10 8
6
mbar
G25
16
5 40 7 LE BD E 40 M L BD M
14
combustion head + gas train combustion head
∆P
mbar
G20
12
10
8
6
6 4 4 2
2 0
0 30
30
40
40
50
50
35
Gas Train
Code
MBDLE 405
3970547
MBDLE 407
3970544
60
60
70
Pressure loss
Pressure loss
4
2
0
70 78,2 kcal/h X 1000
80
90 91 kW
30
30
40
40 35
50
50
60
60
70
70 78,2 kcal/h X 1000
80
90 91 kW
NATURAL GAS
LPG
BS3
BS3 G25 40
30
LPG ∆P
mbar
∆P
mbar
G20
30
20 40 7
10 E4 DL MB 12 E4 DL MB
15
M
L BD
25
20
15
combustion head + gas train combustion head
30
E
combustion head + gas train combustion head
35 25
10
25
20
7 40 DLE MB 10 4 D LE MB 412 DLE MB
15
10
5
5
0
0 55,9
70
70
80
80
90
90
100
100
110
120
110
120
130
140
130
150
140
160
Pressure loss
Pressure loss
10 5
0
150 162,5 kcal/h X 1000
170
55,9
180
70 189 kW
65
Gas Train
Code
Output
MBDLE 407
3970548
≤ 150 kW *
MBDLE 410
3970549
-
MBDLE 412
3970550
-
70
80
80
90
90
100
110
100
120
110
120
130
140
130
150
140
160
150 162,5 kcal/h X 1000
170
180 189 kW
65
* with natural gas.
NATURAL GAS
LPG G25 30
MB
15
DL
DL
E4
E
LPG 25
10
25
2 41 20
15 10
20 07
MB
M BD LE 40 7
combustion head + gas train combustion head
20
∆P
mbar
BS4
G20 25
combustion head + gas train combustion head
∆P
mbar
BS4
LE BD M 15
4
10 E4 2 DL 1 B M E4 DL MB
10
5 5
0
0 94,6
110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 211,6 kcal/h X 1000
120
140
160
180
200
220
110
Gas Train
Code
Output
MBDLE 407
3970548
≤ 150 kW *
MBDLE 410
3970549
-
MBDLE 412
3970550
-
240 246 kW
Pressure loss
Pressure loss
10 5
0 94,6
110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 211,6 kcal/h X 1000
120 110
* with natural gas.
note For pressure levels different from those indicated above,
please contact Riello Burners Technical Office.
140
160
180
200
220
240 246 kW
DIMENSIONING OF THE FUEL SUPPLY LINES The following diagram enables pressure drop in a pre-existing gas line to be calculated and to select the correct gas train. The diagram can also be used to select a new gas line when fuel output and pipe length are known. The pipe diameter is selected on the basis of the desired pressure drop. The diagram uses methane gas as reference; if another gas is used, conversion coefficient and a simple formula (on the diagram) transform the gas output to a methane equivalent (refer to figure A). Please note that the gas train dimensions must take into account the back pressure of the combustion chamber during operations. Control of the pressure drop in an existing gas line or selecting a new gas supply line. The methane output equivalent is determined by the formula fig. A on the diagram and the conversion coefficient. Once the equivalent output has been determined on the delivery scale ( V ), shown at the top of the diagram, move vertically downwards until you cross the line that represents the pipe diameter; at this point, move horizontally to the left until you meet the line that represents the pipe length. Once this point is established you can verify, by moving vertically downwards, the pipe pressure drop on the botton scale (mbar). By subtracting this value from the pressure measured on the gas meter, the correct pressure value will be found for the choice of gas train. Example:
- gas used - gas output - pressure at the gas meter - gas line length - conversion coefficient
- equivalent methane output V =
G25 9.51 mc/h 20 mbar 15 m 0.62 (see figure A)
9.51 0.62
= 15.34 mc/h
- once the value of 15.34 has been identified on the output scale ( V ), moving vertically downwards you cross the line that represents 1" 1/4 (the chosen diameter for the piping); - from this point, move horizontally to the left until you meet the line that represents the length of 15 m of the piping; - move vertically downwards to determine a value of 1.4 mbar in the pressure drop botton scale; - subtract the determined pressure drop from the meter pressure, the correct pressure level will be found for the choice of gas train; - correct pressure = ( 20-1.4 ) = 18.6 mbar
30 22 15 12 9 6
V
45 61 76 95 122 152 1
2
10
20
3
4
5 6 7 8 10
15,34
30 40 50 60
20
80 100
200
400
600 800 1000
3
6"
PIP
EL
EN
GT
4"
H(
m)
1 - G20 0,62 - G25 1,18 - G31
Figure A 0,1
0,2
PIPE DIAMETER 0,3
0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 1
PRESSURE DROP (mbar)
1,4
2
3
4
5
6
2 1/
2"
4 3/
{
=
2 1/
f
1"
f
3"
2"
2 1/ 1" 4 1/ 1"
V = Gas output Nmc/h
VENTILATION
The different ventilation circuits always ensure low noise levels with high performance of pressure and air delivery, inspite of their compact size.
Air suction
The burners are fitted with an adjustable air pressure switch, conforming to EN 676 standards.
Air pressure switch
COMBUSTION HEAD
The combustion head in Gulliver BS burners is the result of an innovative design, which allows combustion with low polluting emissions, while being easy to adapt to all the various types of boilers and combustion chambers. Thanks to the use of a mobile coupling flange, the penetration of the head into the combustion chamber can be adjusted. Simple adjustment allows the internal geometry of the combustion head to be adapted to the burner output. Combustion head
Mobile flange
Combustion chamber dimensions used in the test laboratory Ø cm d=25
d=30
d=40
d=50
1,6
Ø
1 0,8 0,6 L(m) 0,5 0,4 0,3
L
0,2 L (m) = 0,23 x 0,1 Mcal/h 10 kW 10
2 20
3 30
4
5
100
40 50
20
100
200
30
kW 10
40
300 400 500
Example: burnt thermal delivery = 105 kW; L (m) = 0,23 x 10,5 = 0,74 (m); Ø = 40 (cm)
With simple adjustments, the burner can be adapted to combustion chambers that are slightly different from those used in the tests.
ADJUSTMENT
BURNER OPERATION MODE All these models are single-stage working.
Checked Variable
Single-stage” operation °C bar
Output
time ON
ON
OFF
OFF time
Air damper adjustment
FIRING Normal
Lock-out due to firing failure
(A)
Correct operations
Thermostat
M
0s
Ignition transformer V1
0s-40s
1
Lock-out
40s 40 s min.
3 s max
40 s min.
The burner begins the firing cycle Pre-purge with the air damper open Ignition.
3 s max
Time (s)
(A) Lock-out is shown by a led on the appliance.
Time (s)
Lock-out due to firing failure If the flame does not light within the safety limit (~ 3s) the burner locks-out.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS to be made by the installer
Electrical connections must be made by qualified and skilled personnel in conformity with the local regulations in force. The 7-pole socket is incorporated in the control box, the 6-pole socket for connection to the gas train is already connected to the equipment and fixed to the outside of the burner. The 7-pin plug is also supplied for connection to the boiler.
Appliance fitted with an ignition transformer
6-pole socket
7-pole socket incorporated in the control box
“SINGLE-STAGE” OPERATIONS Burner electrical wiring
B4 S3 T2 T1 N
7-pole socket
L1
Gas train electrical wiring
3 2 1 N
7-pin plug
Ph 6-pole socket
6-pin plug
C h1 h1 SB TR TS VS V1 P C F
- Single stage hour meter - Lock out led - Regulating thermostat - Safety thermostat (manual reset) - Security valve - One stage valve - Gas pressure switch - Capacitor - Fuse
TS
SB
F
Black 1 2 3
TR VS
~ 50Hz
N
L
PE
230V
The following table shows the supply lead sections and types of fuse to be used. Model
F L
A mm2
F = Fuse
BS1
BS2
BS3
BS4
230V
230V
230V
230V
6 1
6 1
6 1
T6 1
L = Lead section
Grey 1 2 3
V1
P Gas
EMISSIONS
mg/kWh
The burners in the Gulliver BS series guarantee controlled combustion, reducing emissions of both CO and NOx, this combustion control is due to the recirculation of the combustion products in the chamber (thanks to different combustible air flow speeds) and to the fuel staging technique (thanks to the special geometry of the gas nozzles).
NO2 EMISSIONS
76 74 72 70 68 66 64 62 60
mg/kWh
BS1
BS2
BS3
BS4
CO EMISSIONS
25 20 15 10 5 0
dB(A)
BS1
BS2
BS3
BS4
NOISE EMISSIONS (sound pressure)
72 70 68 66 64 62
The emission data have been measured in the various models at maximum output, in conformity with EN 676 standard.
60 58 56 54 BS1
BS2
Special attention has been paid to noise reduction. All models are fitted with sound-proofing material inside the cover.
BS3
BS4
OVERALL DIMENSIONS (mm)
These models are distinguished by their reduced size, in relation to the outputs achieved, which means they can be fitted to any boiler on the market.
BURNER A B
F C
G
H
I D
E
L
M
Model BS1 BS2 BS3 BS4
A
B
C
D
E
F
234 255 300 300
122,0 125,5 150,0 150,0
112,0 125,5 150,0 150,0
295 325 391 392
254 280 345 345
346 352 390 446
G
H
I
230÷276 116÷70 83 238÷252 114÷100 101 262÷280 128÷110 123 278÷301 168÷145 131,5
L
M
210 230 285 286
174 174 196 216
BURNER-BOILER MOUNTING FLANGE N
Model BS1 BS2 BS3 BS4
O 11
P
Q
N
O
P
Q
R
192 192 216 218
66 66 76,5 80,5
167 167 201 203
140 140 160 170
170 170 190 200
X
Y
Z
kg
385 395 440 500
268 288 335 335
340 365 430 430
10 11 15 16,5
R
PACKAGING
Model
Z Y X
BS1 BS2 BS3 BS4
INSTALLATION DESCRIPTION
Installation, start up and maintenance must be carried out by qualified and skilled personnel The burner is set in the factory on standard calibration (minimum output). If necessary adjustments can be made on the basis of the maximum output of the boiler. All operations must be performed as described in the technical handbook supplied with the burner. The mobile flange allows adapting the length of the combustion head to the combustion chamber (flame inversion or 3 smoke cycles) and to the thickness of the boiler panel.
SETTING The air damper position can be adjusted without removing the burner cover.
Head setting is easy and aided by a graduated scale; a test point allows reading the air pressure in the combustion head.
Gulliver BS burners are fitted with an air pressure switch which, in accordance with EN 676 standards, can be adjusted by the installer using a graduated selector, on the basis of the effective working conditions.
MAINTENANCE Maintenance is easily solved because the combustion head can be disassemblyed without having to remove the burner and gas train from the boiler.
ACCESSORIES Remote control release kit for the 568 control box The 568 control box can be remotely released using an electric command kit. This kit must be installed in conformity with current regulations in force.
Remote control release kit for the 568 control box Burner
Kit code
BS1 - BS2 - BS3 - BS4
3001031
Extended heads Standard head" burners can be transformed into "extended head" versions by using the special kit. Below the KITS available for the various burners are listed, showing the original and the extended lengths.
Combustion head extension kit Burner
BS1 BS2 BS3 BS4
Standard head length (mm)
Extended head length (mm)
Kit code
70 ÷ 116 100 ÷ 114 110 ÷ 128 145 ÷ 168
175 ÷ 185 275 ÷ 285 270 ÷ 285 325 ÷ 340
3001007 3001008 3001009 3001016
LPG transformation kit For burning LPG gas, a special kit is available to be fitted to the combustion head on the burner, as shown in the following table:
LPG transformation kit Burner
Kit code
BS1 BS2 BS3 BS4
3001003 3001004 3001005 3001011
Seal control kit To test the valve seals on the gas train, (except for the model with Multibloc MBDLE 055) a special "seal control kit" is available.
Seal control kit Burner
Kit code
BS1 - BS2 - BS3 - BS4
3010123
Kit for alternative combustion heads To extend the adaptability of Gulliver BS burners to any sort of application, alternative combustion heads have been developed, for example, to overcome situations of combustion instability which could arise with certain heat generators. These heads cause a very limited increase in NOx emissions, due to the slower air flow.
Kit for alternative combustion heads Burner
Kit code
BS1 BS2 BS3 BS4
3001059 3001064 3001060 3001070
SPECIFICATION
A special index guides your choice of boiler from the various models available in the BS series. Below there is a clear and detailed specification description of the product.
DESIGNATION OF SERIES Series: R B
Standard emission burner Low NOx burners
Fuel :
S G
Natural gas Light oil
Size
Optional variations: R K S D E
B
S
3
LIST OF AVAILABLE MODELS BS1 BS2 BS3 BS4
16 35 65 110
÷ ÷ ÷ ÷
52 91 189 246
kW kW kW kW
Light oil pre-heater Cone shaped head Reduced output ignition Two stage output adjustment Flame monitor
SPECIFICATION DESCRIPTION
Burner: Monoblock, gas burners, completely automatic, with single stage settings fitted with: - Fan with forward inclined blades - Cover lined with sound-deadening material - Air damper, completely closed in stand by, with external adjustment, with no need to remove the cover - Single phase electric motor 230 V, 50 Hz - Combustion head fitted with: - stainless steel head cone, resistant to high temperatures - ignition electrodes - ionisation probe - gas distributor - flame stability disk - Flame inspection window - Adjustable air pressure switch, with graduated selector, to guarantee burner lock out in the case of insufficient combustible air - Protection filter against radio interference - IP 40 electric protection level.
Gas train: Fuel supply line in the Multibloc configuration, fitted with: - Filter - Pressure stabiliser - Minimum gas pressure switch - Safety valve - Single stage working valve with ignition gas output regulator.
Burner and gas train assembled: Approval: - EN 676 standard - LRV 92 standard. Conforming to European Directives: - 90/396/CEE (gas) - 73/23/CEE (low voltage) - 89/336/CEE (electromagnetic compatibility) - 92/42/CEE (efficiency). Conforming to: - BImSchV 1996. Supplied material: - Sliding flange - Flange insulation screen - Screws and nuts for fixing the flange to the boiler - 7-pin plug with capacitor for EMC - Instruction handbook for installation, use and maintenance - Spare parts catalogue. Available accessories to be ordered separately: - Remote release kit - Head extension kit - LPG transformation kit - Seal control kit - Alternative combustion head kit.
Lineagrafica
RIELLO S.p.A.
ISO 9001 Cert. n. 0061
- Via degli Alpini, 1 - 37045 LEGNAGO (VR) Italy Tel. ++39.0442630111 - Fax ++39.044221980 Internet: http://www.rielloburners.com - E-mail:
[email protected] Since the Company is constantly engaged in the production improvement, the aesthetic and dimensional features, the technical data, the equipment and the accessories can be changed. This document contains confidential and proprietary information of RIELLO S.p.A. Unless authorised, this information shall not be divulged, nor duplicated in whole or in part.
LOW NOx TWO-STAGE GAS BURNERS GULLIVER BSD SERIES
BS1D BS2D BS3D BS4D
16/19 35/40 65/75 110/140
÷ 52 ÷ 91 ÷ 189 ÷ 246
kW kW kW kW
The Riello Gulliver BSD series of two-stage gas burners, is a complete range of Low NOx emission products, developed to respond to any request for home heating, conforming to the most severe standards regarding the reduction of polluting emissions. This series of burners is available in four different models with an output ranging from 16 to 246 kW, divided in four different structures. All the models use the same components designed by Riello for the Gulliver series. The high quality level guarantees safe working. In developing these burners, special attention was paid to reducing noise, the ease of installation and adjustment, to obtaining the smallest size possible to fit into any sort of boiler available on the market. Two stage working guarantees high level performance from the thermal unit. All the models are approved by the EN 676 European Standard and LRV 92 Swiss standards, and conform to BlmSchV 1996 and European Directives, Gas Appliance, EMC, Low Voltage, Boiler Efficiency. All the Gulliver BSD burners are tested before leaving the factory.
TS0007UK00
TECHNICAL DATA
Model
BS1D
BS2D
Setting
Servomotor
R.B.L.
run time
6 ÷ 28
Heat
kW
16/19 - 52
35/40 - 91
65/75 - 189
110/140 - 246
output
Mcal/h
13,8 - 44,7
30,1 - 78,2
55,9 - 162,5
94,6 - 211,6
6,5 - 19
11 - 24,6
7,5 - 22
13 - 28,5
2,5 - 7,3
4,2 - 9,5
0,35
0,43 0,43
0/40
Fuel / air data
Net calorific value G20 gas kWh/Nm3
G20 gas density
kg/Nm3
G20 gas delivery
Nm3/h
10 0,71 1,6 - 5,2
3,5 - 9
Net calorific value G25 gas kWh/Nm3
G25 gas density
kg/Nm3
G25 gas delivery
Nm3/h
8,6 0,78 1,9 - 6
4 - 10,5
Net calorific value LPG gas kWh/Nm3
LPG gas density
kg/Nm3
LPG gas delivery
Nm3/h
Fan
type
Air temperature
°C max
Electrical supply
Ph/Hz/V
25,8 2,02 0,6 - 2
1,3 - 3,5
forward tilted blades 40 1/50/230 ±10%
Aux. electrical supply Ph/Hz/V Control box Electrical data
BS4D
Two stage type
Working temperature °C min./max.
Total electrical output kW Protection level
R.B.L. 568 0,15
0,18
IP
Electric motor output kW Rated motor current
--
type
A
Motor take-off current A
40 0,15
0,18
0,35
0,64
0,67
1,4
2
3
3
3
8,5
Motor protection level IP
20
Ignition transformer
incorporated in the control box
Operation Approval Emissions
BS3D
intermittent (at least one halt every 24 h)
Sound pressure
dB(A)
CO Emissions
mg/kWh
NOx Emissions
mg/kWh
Directives Conforming to: Certifications
61
62
66
71
< 40 < 80 90/396/CEE, 89/336/CEE, 73/23/CEE, 92/42/CEE EN 676 - LRV 92 - BImSchV 1996 CE - 0085 AQ0409 BUWAL - Nr.100010
Reference conditions: Temperature: 20°C Pressure: 1013.5 Mbar Altitude: 100 meters a.s.l. Noise measured at a distance of 1 meter.
Since the Company is constantly engaged in the production improvement, the aesthetic and dimensional features, the technical data, the equipment and the accessories can be changed. This document contains confidential and proprietary information of RIELLO S.p.A. Unless authorised, this information shall not be divulged, nor duplicated in whole or in part.
FIRING RATES
EN 676 48
4,8
BS4D
BS3D 40
4,0
32
3,2
24
2,4
16
1,6
8
0,8
BS2D
0
hPa (mbar)
mm H2O
BS1D
0 20.000
20
40.000
40
60.000
60
80.000
80
100
100.000
120
120.000
140
140.000
160
180
160.000
200
180.000
220
200.000
240
kcal/h 260 kW
LRV 92 48
4,8
BS4D
40
4,0
32
3,2
24
2,4
BS3D
BS1D 16
1,6
BS2D
0
0,8 hPa (mbar)
mm H2O
8
0 20.000
20
40.000
40
60.000
60
80.000
80
Useful working field for choosing the burner Modulation range Test conditions conforming to EN 676 and LRV 92: Temperature: 20 °C Pressure: 1013.5 mbar Altitude: 100 m a.s.l.
100
100.000
120
120.000
140
140.000
160
160.000
180
200
180.000
220
200.000
240
kcal/h 260 kW
FUEL SUPPLY
GAS TRAINS The burners are set for fuel supply from either the right or left hand sides. Depending on the fuel output and the available pressure in the supply line, you should check the correct gas train to be adapted to the system requirements. The gas train is Multibloc type, containing the main components in a single unit and it can be fitted with the valve seal control (as an accessory).
Gas train installed on the burner
MBZRDLE 405 - 407 - 410 - 412
L1
L
MULTIBLOC 8
4 6 7 1
2
3
P2
9 11
5
1
Gas delivery pipe
2
Manual valve
3
Vibration damping joint
4
Gas pressure gauge
5
Filter
6
Gas pressure switch
7
Safety solenoid
8
Adjustment solenoid 1st and 2nd stage: firing delivery adjustment (rapid opening) maximum delivery adjustment (slow opening)
9
Pressure regulator
10 Leak detection control device for valves 7 and 8 (accessory) 11 Gas train-burner adapter
P1
12 Burner P1 Combustion head pressure P2 Upstream pressure from the filter
10 LEAK DETECTION CONTROL DEVICE
L 12
Gas train supplied separately
L1 To be performed by the installer
The dimensions of the gas trains vary depending on their construction features. The following table shows the dimensions of the gas trains that can be fitted to Gulliver BSD burners, intake diameter and the coupling flange to the burner. Y
W Øo
Øi Z
MULTIBLOC
Name
X
Code
Øi
Øo
X mm
Y mm
W mm
Z mm
MBZRDLE 405
3970539
1/2"
FLANGE 1
246
256
45
120
MBZRDLE 405
3970540
3/4"
FLANGE 2
236
256
47
120
MBZRDLE 407
3970538
3/4"
FLANGE 2
236
256
47
120
MBZRDLE 407
3970541
3/4"
FLANGE 3
236
256
47
120
MBZRDLE 410
3970542
1" 1/4
FLANGE 3
259
315
47
145
MBZRDLE 412
3970543
1" 1/4
FLANGE 3
259
315
47
145
PRESSURE DROP DIAGRAMS The diagrams indicate the minimum pressure drop of the burners with the various gas trains that can be matched with them; the value thus calculated represents the minimum required input pressure to the gas train.
LPG
NATURAL GAS G20
G25
16
∆P
20
14
combustion head + gas train combustion head
mbar
∆P
BS1D
16
12 10
M
BZ
5 40 LE RD
14 12
8
10
6
8
LPG 16
14
18
combustion head + gas train combustion head
mbar
BS1D
5 40 LE RD Z B M
12 10
8
6
6 4
4
2
Pressure loss
Pressure loss
4 2 0
0 10
13,8
30
20
20
40
16
Gas Train
0
50 kcal/h X 1000
10
60 kW
50 52
40
30
44,7
2
13,8
30
20
20 16
LPG BS2D G25
16
5 40 LE RD Z MB 07 E4 DL ZR B M
14
12
16
12 10 8
4 LE RD BZ 7 M 40 LE RD
14
18
10
6
16
20
14
8
LPG
∆P
combustion head + gas train combustion head
G20
mbar
BS2D mbar
60 kW
3970539
NATURAL GAS
combustion head + gas train combustion head
50 kcal/h X 1000
50 52
40
30
44,7
Code
MBZRDLE 405
∆P
40
12
05
BZ
M 10
8
6
6 4 4 2
2 0
0 30
30
40
40
50
50
35
Gas Train
Code
MBZRDLE 405
3970540
MBZRDLE 407
3970538
60
60
70
70
80
Pressure loss
Pressure loss
4
2
0 30
78,2 kcal/h X 1000
90 91 kW
30
40
40 35
50
50
60
60
70
70 78,2 kcal/h X 1000
80
90 91 kW
NATURAL GAS
LPG BS3D
G20
G25 40
30
∆P
mbar
∆P
mbar
BS3D
LPG 30
30 20
E4 DL ZR MB
15
0 41 DLE ZR 12 MB 4 LE ZRD MB
07
25
20
15
combustion head + gas train combustion head
combustion head + gas train combustion head
35 25
10
25
20
7 40 DLE ZR 10 4 E MB L ZRD MB 12 LE 4 ZRD MB
15
10
Pressure loss
Pressure loss
10 5 5 0
0 55,9
70
70 65
80
80
90
90
10
11
12
13
14
5
0
15 162,5 kcal/h X 1000
55,9
100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180
70 65
189 kW
Gas Train
Code
Output
MBZRDLE 407
3970541
≤ 150 kW *
MBZRDLE 410
3970542
-
MBZRDLE 412
3970543
-
70
80
80
90
90
10
11
12
13
14
15 162,5 kcal/h X 1000
100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 189 kW
* with natural gas.
NATURAL GAS
LPG G25
∆P
30
E DL ZR MB
20
MB
15
Z
L RD
0 41 25
12 E4 20
7 40 LE RD Z MB
10
mbar
BS4D
G20 25
15
combustion head + gas train combustion head
combustion head + gas train combustion head
∆P
mbar
BS4D
LPG 25
20
M
15
L RD BZ
ZR MB
E DL
Z MB
10
E
7 40
0 41
L RD
E4
12
5 5
0 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 211,6 kcal/h X 1000
0 94,6
120
140
160
180
200
110
Gas Train
Code
Output
MBZRDLE 407
3970541
≤ 150 kW *
MBZRDLE 410
3970542
-
MBZRDLE 412
3970543
-
220
240 246 kW
Pressure loss
Pressure loss
10 5
0 94,6
110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 211,6 kcal/h X 1000
120 110
* with natural gas.
note For pressure levels different from those indicated above,
please contact Riello Burners Technical Office.
140
160
180
200
220
240 246 kW
DIMENSIONING OF THE FUEL SUPPLY LINES The following diagram enables pressure drop in a pre-existing gas line to be calculated and to select the correct gas train. The diagram can also be used to select a new gas line when fuel output and pipe length are known. The pipe diameter is selected on the basis of the desired pressure drop. The diagram uses methane gas as reference; if another gas is used, conversion coefficient and a simple formula (on the diagram) transform the gas output to a methane equivalent (refer to figure A). Please note that the gas train dimensions must take into account the back pressure of the combustion chamber during operations. Control of the pressure drop in an existing gas line or selecting a new gas supply line. The methane output equivalent is determined by the formula fig. A on the diagram and the conversion coefficient. Once the equivalent output has been determined on the delivery scale ( V ), shown at the top of the diagram, move vertically downwards until you cross the line that represents the pipe diameter; at this point, move horizontally to the left until you meet the line that represents the pipe length. Once this point is established you can verify, by moving vertically downwards, the pipe pressure drop on the botton scale (mbar). By subtracting this value from the pressure measured on the gas meter, the correct pressure value will be found for the choice of gas train. Example:
- gas used - gas output - pressure at the gas meter - gas line length - conversion coefficient
- equivalent methane output V =
G25 9.51 mc/h 20 mbar 15 m 0.62 (see figure A)
9.51 0.62
= 15.34 mc/h
- once the value of 15.34 has been identified on the output scale ( V ), moving vertically downwards you cross the line that represents 1" 1/4 (the chosen diameter for the piping); - from this point, move horizontally to the left until you meet the line that represents the length of 15 m of the piping; - move vertically downwards to determine a value of 1.4 mbar in the pressure drop botton scale; - subtract the determined pressure drop from the meter pressure, the correct pressure level will be found for the choice of gas train; - correct pressure = ( 20-1.4 ) = 18.6 mbar
30 22 15 12 9 6
V
45 61 76 95 122 152 1
2
10
20
3
4
15,34
5 6 7 8 10
30 40 50 60
20
80 100
200
400
600 800 1000
3
6"
PIP
EL
EN
GT
4"
H(
m)
2
Figure A 0,1
0,2
PIPE DIAMETER 0,3
0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 1
PRESSURE DROP (mbar)
1,4
2
3
4
5
6
2
4
1 - G20 0,62 - G25 1,18 - G31
1/
2"
3/
{
=
1/
f
1"
f
3"
2"
2 1/ 1" 4 1/ 1"
V = Gas output Nmc/h
VENTILATION
The different ventilation circuits always ensure low noise levels with high performance of pressure and air delivery, inspite of their compact size.
Air suction
The burners are fitted with an adjustable air pressure switch, conforming to EN 676 standards.
Air pressure switch
COMBUSTION HEAD
The combustion head in Gulliver BSD burners is the result of an innovative design, which allows combustion with low polluting emissions, while being easy to adapt to all the various types of boilers and combustion chambers. Thanks to the use of a mobile coupling flange, the penetration of the head into the combustion chamber can be adjusted. Simple adjustment allows the internal geometry of the combustion head to be adapted to the burner output. Combustion head
Mobile flange
Combustion chamber dimensions used in the test laboratory Ø cm d=25
d=30
d=40
d=50
1,6
Ø
1 0,8 0,6 L(m) 0,5 0,4 0,3
L
0,2 L (m) = 0,23 x 0,1 Mcal/h 10
2
kW 10
20
3 30
4
5
100
40 50
100
20 200
30
kW 10
40
300 400 500 Example: burnt thermal delivery = 105 kW; L (m) = 0,23 x 10,5 = 0,74 (m); Ø = 40 (cm)
With simple adjustments, the burner can be adapted to combustion chambers that are slightly different from those used in the tests.
ADJUSTMENT
BURNER OPERATION MODE All these models are two-stage working. The Gulliver BSD series of two stage burners allows operating at both full and reduced output, with consequent reduction in turning the burner on and off, their giving better performance to the boiler. During stand-by, the air damper is completely closed (controlled by an electric servomotor) and prevents heat loss due to the flue draught.
Checked Variable
“Two-stage” operation °C bar 1°st 2°st
Output
time ON
ON
OFF
OFF time
Air damper adjustment
Air-damper opening mechanism
Air-damper opening mechanism
FIRING Normal
Lock-out due to firing failure
(A)
Correct operations
TR
0s
The burner begins the firing cycle. 0s-40s Pre-purge with the air damper open. 40s Ignition 1st stage. 45÷65s Ignition 2nd stage.
M Ignition transformer V1
1 V2 2
Lock-out due to firing failure
Lock-out
40 s min.
5 ÷ 25 s 3 s max
40 s min.
3 s max
time (s)
(A) Lock-out is shown by a led on the appliance.
time (s)
If the flame does not light within the safety limit (~ 3s) the burner locksout.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS to be made by the installer
Electrical connections must be made by qualified and skilled personnel, in conformity with the local regulations in force. The 7-pole socket is incorporated in the control box, the 4pole socket (for connecting the 2nd stage thermostat to the hour meter) and the 6-pole socket (for connection to the gas train) are already connected to the equipment and fixed into the burner. The 7 and 4-pin plugs are also supplied for connection to the boiler.
7-pole socket incorporated in the control box
4-pole socket
6-pole socket
“TWO-STAGE” OPERATIONS Burner electrical wiring L
~ 50Hz
N
Gas train electrical wiring
230V
3 2 1 N
Ph
6-pole socket
Neutral
6-pin plug
TS h1 h2 SB TR TS T2 VS V1 P C F
TR
SB
h1
Black
C
- One stage counter hours (230V 0,1A max.) - Two stage counter hours (230V 0,1A max.) - Remote lock out signal (230V 0,1A max.) - Regulating thermostat - Safety thermostat (manual reset) - Two stage thermostat - Safety valve - One stage valve - Gas pressure switch - Capacitor - Fuse
Grey
1 2 3
7-pin plug
L1
N T1 T2 S3 B4
7-pole socket
VS
h2
1 2 3 V1
V2
T2 4-pin plug
B5 T6 T7 T8 4-pole socket
The following table shows the supply lead sections and types of fuse to be used. Model
F L
A mm2
F = Fuse
BS1D
BS2D
BS3D
BS4D
230V
230V
230V
230V
6 1
6 1
6 1
T6 1
L = Lead section
P Gas
EMISSIONS
mg/kWh
The burners in the Gulliver BSD series guarantee controlled combustion, reducing emissions of both CO and NOx, this combustion control is due to the recirculation of the combustion products in the chamber (thanks to different combustible air flow speeds) and to the fuel staging technique (thanks to the special geometry of the gas nozzles).
NO2 EMISSIONS
76 74 72 70 68 66 64 62 60
mg/kWh
BS1D
BS2D
BS3D
BS4D
CO EMISSIONS
25 20 15 10 5 0
dB(A)
BS1D
BS2D
BS3D
BS4D
NOISE EMISSIONS (sound pressure)
72 70 68 66 64 62
The emission data have been measured in the various models at maximum output, in conformity with EN 676 standard.
60 58 56 54 BS1D
BS2D
Special attention has been paid to noise reduction. All models are fitted with sound-proofing material inside the cover.
BS3D
BS4D
OVERALL DIMENSIONS (mm)
These models are distinguished by their reduced size, in relation to their output, which means they can be fitted to any boiler on the market.
BURNER A B
F C
G
H
I D
E
L
M
Model
A
B
C
D
E
F
BS1D BS2D BS3D BS4D
234 255 300 300
122,0 125,5 150,0 150,0
112,0 125,5 150,0 150,0
295 325 391 392
254 280 345 345
346 352 390 446
G
H
I
230÷276 116÷70 83 238÷252 114÷100 101 262÷280 128÷110 123 278÷301 168÷145 131,5
L
M
210 230 285 286
174 174 196 216
BURNER-BOILER MOUNTING FLANGE N 45° O 11
P
45° Q
Model
N
O
P
Q
R
BS1D BS2D BS3D BS4D
192 192 216 218
66 66 76,5 80,5
167 167 201 203
140 140 160 170
170 170 190 200
Model
X
Y
Z
kg
BS1D BS2D BS3D BS4D
385 395 440 500
268 288 335 335
340 365 430 430
11 12 16 18
R
PACKAGING
Z Y X
INSTALLATION DESCRIPTION
Installation, start up and maintenance must be carried out by qualified and skilled personnel The burner is set in the factory on standard calibration (minimum output). If necessary adjustments can be made on the basis of the maximum output of the boiler. All operations must be performed as described in the technical handbook supplied with the burner. The mobile flange allows adapting the length of the combustion head to the combustion chamber (flame inversion or 3 smoke cycles) and to the thickness of the boiler panel.
BURNER SETTINGS The adjustment of the 1st stage air damper position can be easily carried out by setting the air damper motor and following the manual instruction.
The second stage position of the air damper can be adjusted without removing the burner cover.
Head setting is easy and aided by a graduated scale; a test point allows reading the air pressure in the combustion head.
Gulliver BSD burners are fitted with an air pressure switch which, in accordance with EN 676 standards, can be adjusted by the installer using a graduated selector, on the basis of the effective working conditions.
MAINTENANCE Maintenance is easily solved because the combustion head can be disassemblyed without having to remove the burner and gas train from the boiler.
ACCESSORIES Remote control release kit for the 568 control box. The 568 control box can be remotely released using an electric command kit. This kit must be installed in conformity with current regulations in force.
Remote control release kit for the 568 control box. Burner
Kit Code
BS1D - BS2D - BS3D - BS4D
3001031
Extended heads Standard head" burners can be transformed into "extended head" versions by using the special kit. Below the KITS available for the various burners are listed, showing the original and the extended lengths.
Combustion head extension kit Burner
Standard head length (mm)
Extended head length (mm)
Kit Code
BS1D BS2D BS3D BS4D
70 ÷ 116 100 ÷ 114 110 ÷ 128 145 ÷ 168
175 ÷ 185 275 ÷ 285 270 ÷ 285 325 ÷ 340
3001007 3001008 3001009 3001016
LPG transformation kit For burning LPG gas, a special kit is available to be fitted to the combustion head on the burner, as shown in the following table:
LPG transformation kit Burner
Kit Code
BS1D BS2D BS3D BS4D
3001003 3001004 3001005 3001011
Seal control kit To test the valve seals on the gas train a special "seal control kit" is available.
Seal control kit Burner
Kit Code
BS1D - BS2D - BS3D - BS4D
3010123
Kit for alternative combustion heads To extend the adaptability of Gulliver BSD burners to any sort of application, alternative combustion heads have been developed, for example, to overcome situations of combustion instability which could arise with certain heat generators. These heads cause a very limited increase in NOx emissions, due to the slower air flow.
Kit for alternative combustion heads Burner
Kit Code
BS1D BS2D BS3D BS4D
3001059 3001064 3001060 3001070
SPECIFICATION
A special index guides your choice of boiler from the various models available in the BSD series. Below there is a clear and detailed specification description of the product.
DESIGNATION OF SERIES Series: R B
Standard emission burner Low NOx burners
Fuel :
S G
Natural gas Light oil
Size
Optional variations: R K S D E
B
S
3
D
LIST OF AVAILABLE MODELS BS1D BS2D BS3D BS4D
16/19 35/40 65/75 110/140
÷ ÷ ÷ ÷
52 91 189 246
kW kW kW kW
Light oil pre-heater Cone shaped head Reduced output ignition Two stage output adjustment Flame monitor
SPECIFICATION DESCRIPTION
Burner: Monoblock, gas burners, completely automatic, with two stage settings fitted with: - Fan with forward inclined blades - Cover lined with sound-deadening material - Air damper, completely closed in stand by, driven by an electric servomotor - Air damper with 1st and 2nd stage adjustment (2nd stage external adjustment, with no need to remove the cover) - Single phase electric motor 230 V, 50 Hz - Combustion head fitted with: - stainless steel head cone, resistant to high temperatures - ignition electrodes - ionisation probe - gas distributor - flame stability disk - Flame inspection window - Adjustable air pressure switch, with graduated selector, to guarantee burner lock out in the case of insufficient combustible air - Protection filter against radio interference - IP 40 electric protection level.
Gas train: Fuel supply line in the Multibloc configuration, fitted with: - Filter - Pressure stabiliser - Minimum gas pressure switch - Safety valve - Two stage working valve with ignition gas output regulator.
Burner and gas train assembled: Approval: - EN 676 standard - LRV 92 standard. Conforming to European Directives: - 90/396/CEE (gas) - 73/23/CEE (low voltage) - 89/336/CEE (electromagnetic compatibility) - 92/42/CEE (efficiency) Conforming to: - BImSchV 1996 Supplied material - Sliding flange - Flange insulation screen - Screws and nuts for fixing the flange to the boiler - 7-pin plug with capacitor for EMC - 4-pin plug - Instruction handbook for installation, use and maintenance - Spare parts catalogue. Available accessories to be ordered separately: - Remote release kit - Head extension kit - LPG transformation kit - Seal control kit - Alternative combustion head kit.
Lineagrafica
RIELLO S.p.A.
ISO 9001 Cert. n. 0061
- Via degli Alpini, 1 - 37045 LEGNAGO (VR) Italy Tel. ++39.0442630111 - Fax ++39.044221980 Internet: http://www.rielloburners.com - E-mail:
[email protected] Since the Company is constantly engaged in the production improvement, the aesthetic and dimensional features, the technical data, the equipment and the accessories can be changed. This document contains confidential and proprietary information of RIELLO S.p.A. Unless authorised, this information shall not be divulged, nor duplicated in whole or in part.
MODULATING LOW NOx GAS BURNERS RS/M BLU SERIES
RS 45/M BLU RS 68/M BLU RS 120/M BLU RS 160/M BLU
90 ÷ 150 ÷ 300 ÷ 300 ÷
550 kW 860 kW 1300 kW 1860 kW
The RS/M BLU series of burners covers a firing range from 90 to 1860 kW, and they have been designed for use in hot or superheated water boilers, hot air or steam generators, diathermic oil boilers. Setting Adjustment can be “two stage progressive” or, alternatively, “modulating” with the installation of a PID logic regulator and respective probes. RS/M BLU series burners guarantees high efficiency levels in all the various applications, thus reducing fuel consumption and running costs. Optimisation of sound emissions is guaranteed by the use of fans with forward inclined blades and sound deadening material incorporated in the air suction circuit. The exclusive design ensures reduced dimensions, simple use and maintenance. A wide range of accessories guarantees elevated working flexibility.
TS0016UK01
TECHNICAL DATA
Model
RS68/M BLU
RS45/M BLU
Setting type Type Run time
Electrical data
Fuel / air data
Heat output
3÷1
4÷1 SQN31
SQN90 s
24
42
kW
90/190÷550
150/350÷860
300/600÷1300
300/930÷1860
Mcal/h
77/164÷473
129/301÷740
258/516÷1118
258/800÷1600
30/60÷130
30/93÷180
35/70÷151
35/108÷216
--
--
Working temperature
°C min./max.
Net calorific value gas G20
kWh/Nmc
Density gas G20
kg/Nmc
Output gas G20
Nmc/h
Net calorific value gas G25
kWh/Nmc
Density gas G25
kg/Nmc
Output gas G25
Nmc/h
Net calorific value LPG gas
kWh/Nmc
Density LPG gas
kg/Nmc
Output LPG gas
Nmc/h
Fan
type
Air temperature
°C max
Electrical supply
Ph/Hz/V
Auxiliary electrical supply
Ph/Hz/V
Control box
type
Total electrical power
kW
0,6
2,1
2,6
4,8
Auxiliary electrical power
kW
0,18
0,3
0,3
0,3
Protection level
IP
Motor electric power
kW
0,42
1,5
2,2
4,5
Rated motor current
A
2,9
5,9 - 3,4
8,8 - 5,1
15,8 - 9,1
Motor start current
A
9,2
32,8 - 19
55,4 - 32
126 - 72,8
0/40 10 0,71 9/19÷55
15/35÷86 8,6 0,78
10,5/22÷64
17,5/41÷100 25,8 2,02
--
--
Centrifugal with reverse curve blades
60 1/50/230~(±10%)
3N/50/230-400~(±10%)
Ignition transformer
V1 - V2 I1 - I2
Operation
3/50/230~(±10%)
1/50/230 ~ (±10%) LMG22 (intermittent operation) - LGK16 (continuous operation)
44
Motor protection level IP
Approval Emissions
RS160/M BLU
Modulating (with regulator and probes accessories)
Modulation ratio at max. output
Servomotor
RS120/M BLU
54 230/240V - 1x15 kV
230V - 1x8 kV
45vA - 25 mA
1A - 20 mA
Intermittent (at least one stop every 24 h) - Continuous (at least one stop every 72 h)
Sound pressure
dBA
74
77
78,5
80,5
Sound output
W
--
--
--
--
CO Emission
mg/kWh
NOx Emission
mg/kWh
Directive
< 20 < 80 90/396 - 89/336 - 73/23 - 92/42 EEC
90/396 - 89/336 - 73/23 EEC
According to
EN 676 - LRV 92
EN 676
Certification
in progress (CE … BUWAL n°…)
in progress (CE ...)
Reference conditions: Temperature: 20°C Pressure: 1013.5 mbar Altitude: 100 meters a.s.l. Noise measured at a distance of 1 meter.
Since the Company is constantly engaged in the production improvement, the aesthetic and dimensional features, the technical data, the equipment and the accessories can be changed. This document contains confidential and proprietary information of RIELLO S.p.A. Unless authorised, this information shall not be divulged, nor duplicated in whole or in part.
FIRING RATES
110
11
100
10
90
9
80
8
70
7
60
6
50
5
40
4
30
3
20
2
10 0
hPa (mbar)
12
mm H2O
120
RS 160/M BLU RS 120/M BLU RS 68/M BLU
RS 45/M BLU
1 0 0 0
100
200 200
300
400
400
500 600
Useful rate for the choice of the burner Modulating rate
Test conditions conforming to EN 676: Temperature: 20°C Pressure: 1013.5 mbar Altitude: 100 meters a.s.l.
600
700 800
800
900 1000
1000 1200
1100
1200 1400
1300
1400 1600
1500
1600
1800
1700 2000
1800 Mcal/h kW
FUEL SUPPLY
GAS TRAIN The burners are fitted with a butterfly valve to regulate the fuel, controlled by a variable profile cam servomotor. Fuel can be supplied either from the right or left hand sides. A maximum gas pressure switch stops the burner in case of excess pressure in the fuel line. The gas train can be selected to best fit system requirements depending on the fuel output and pressure in the supply line. The gas train can be “Multibloc” type (containing the main components in a single unit) or “Composed” type (assembly of the single components). Example of the variable profile cam on RS 68-120/M BLU burners.
Example of the variable profile cam on RS 160/M BLU burners.
MULTIBLOC gas train without seal control
12 P1 4
11
15
10
MULTIBLOC
7
14
9
8
P2
6
5
P3
3
L
2
1
1
Gas input pipework
2
Manual valve
3
Anti-vibration joint
4
Pressure gauge with pushbutton cock
5
Filter
6
Pressure regulator (vertical)
7
Minimum gas pressure switch
8
VS safety solenoid (vertical)
9
VR regulation solenoid (vertical) Two settings: - firing output (rapid opening) - maximum output (slow opening)
L1
10 Gasket and flange supplied with the burner
MULTIBLOC gas train with seal control
11 Gas adjustment butterfly valve 12 Burner 13 Seal control mechanism for valves 8-9. According to standard EN 676, the seal control is compulsory for burners with maximum output above 1200 kW 14 Gas train-burner adapter.
12
15 Maximum gas pressure switch
P1 4
11
15
10
14
9
13
8
P2
P1 Combustion head pressure
MULTIBLOC
7
6
5
P2 Pressure downstream from the regulator P3
3
2
1
P3 Pressure upstream from the filter L
L
L1
Gas train supplied separately, with the code given in the table
L1 Installer’s responsibility
COMPOSED gas train without seal control
COMPOSED gas train with seal control
12
12
P1 15
P1 4
11 10
14
15
9
8
P2
L
4
11 10
7
6
5
P3
3
2
L1
1
14
7
9
13
8
P2
L
6
5
P3
3
2
L1
1
Example of gas train “COMPOSED” type without seal control
Y
Øi Øo
Z
X
Example of gas train “MULTIBLOC” type without seal control
Y Øo
Øi Z
X
Gas trains are approved by standard EN 676 together with the burner. The overall dimensions of the gas train depends on how they are constructed. The following table shows the maximum dimensions of the gas trains that can be fitted to RS/M BLU burners, intake and outlet diameters and seal control if fitted. Please note that the seal control can be installed as an accessory, if not already installed on the gas train. The maximum gas pressure of gas train “Multibloc” type is 300 mbar, and that one of gas train “Composed” type is 500 mbar.
GAS TRAINS
COMPOSED
GAS TRAINS
MULTIBLOC
Name
Code
Øi
Øo
X mm
Y mm
Z mm
SC
MBD 407
3970076
3/4”
3/4”
371
196
120
-
MBD 410
3970077
1”
3/4”
405
217
145
-
MBD 412
3970144
1”1/4
1”1/2
433
217
145
-
MBD 412 CT
3970197
1”1/4
1”1/2
433
217
262
Incorporated
MBD 415
3970180
1”1/2
1”1/2
523
250
100
-
MBD 415 CT
3970198
1”1/2
1”1/2
523
250
227
Incorporated
MBD 420
3970181
2”
2”
523
300
100
-
MBD 420 CT
3970182
2”
2”
523
300
227
Incorporated
CB 40/1
3970145
1”1/2
1”1/2
891
261
195
-
CB 50/1
3970146
2”
2”
986
328
250
-
CB 50/1 CT
3970160
2”
2”
986
328
250
Incorporated
CBF 65/1
3970147
DN 65
DN 65
874
356
285
-
CBF 65/1 CT
3970161
DN 65
DN 65
874
356
285
Incorporated
CBF 80/1
3970148
DN 80
DN 80
934
416
285
-
CBF 80/1 CT
3970162
DN 80
DN 80
934
416
285
Incorporated
CBF 100/1
3970149
DN 100
DN 100
1054
501
350
-
CBF 100/1 CT
3970163
DN 100
DN 100
1054
501
350
Incorporated
PRESSURE DROP DIAGRAMS The diagrams indicate the minimum pressure drop of the burners with the various gas trains that can be matched with them; at the value of these pressure drop add the combustion chamber pressure. The value thus calculated represents the minimum required input pressure to the gas train. NATURAL GAS RS 45/M BLU G25
G20
∆P
40
7
160 150
D
120
MB
mbar
130
140
110
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
Code
Adapter
SC
MBD 407
3970076
3000824
Accessory
MBD 410
3970077
3000824
Accessory
Gas train
Code
Adapter
SC
MBD 412
3970144
-
Accessory
MBD 412 CT
3970197
-
Incorporated
CB 40/1
3970145
-
Accessory
MBD 415
3970180
-
Accessory
MBD 415 CT
3970198
-
Incorporated
CB 50/1
3970146
3000822
Accessory
CB 50/1 CT
3970160
3000822
Incorporated
MBD 420
3970181
3000822
Accessory
MBD 420 CT
3970182
3000822
Incorporated
130
100
120 90
110
80
100 90
70
80
60
70
0 D 41
MB
50
60
40
50 40
30
Pressure drop
Gas train
30
20
20 10
10
0
0 164
200
190
250
250
300
300
350
350
400
400
450
473 500 kcal/h X 1000
500
550
kW
RS 45/M BLU G25
G20 mbar
∆P
50 60
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
40
50
CT 12 -4 12 4 /1 D 40 MB CB
30
D MB
5-
41
40
T 5C
41
30
T
C 420
420 T /1 C MBD - 50 1 / 0 CB 5
20
20
Pressure drop
10 10
0
0 164
190
200
250
250
300
300
350
350
400
400
450
473 500 kcal/h X 1000
500
550
kW
NATURAL GAS RS 68/M BLU G20
mbar
∆P
G25
60
2
55
2
BD
50
41
M
CT
/1 40
CB
45
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
1 -4
75
Gas train
Code
Adapter
70
MBD 412
3970144
3000843
Accessory
65
MBD 412 CT
3970197
3000843
Incorporated
60
CB 40/1
3970145
3000843
Accessory
55
MBD 415
3970180
3000843
Accessory
50
MBD 415 CT
3970198
3000843
Incorporated
45
CB 50/1
3970146
-
Accessory
40
CB 50/1 CT
3970160
-
Incorporated
35
MBD 420
3970181
-
Accessory
30
MBD 420 CT
3970182
-
Incorporated
25
CBF 65/1
3970147
3000825
Accessory
20
CBF 65/1 CT
3970161
3000825
Incorporated
40
T
35
15
4 BD
30
C 15
-4
M
CT 0/1 -5 1 T / 50 0C CB - 42 420 D MB 1 CT - 65/ 5/1 BF 6
25 20 15
C
15
10
Pressure drop
SC
10 5
5 0
0 301
350
400
400
500
500
600
600
700 740 kcal/h X 1000
700
800
860 kW
RS 120/M BLU G20
G25
100 mbar
∆P
CB
90
/1 40
Code
Adapter
SC
MBD 412
3970144
3000843
Accessory
MBD 412 CT
3970197
3000843
Incorporated
CB 40/1
3970145
3000843
Accessory
90
MBD 415
3970180
3000843
Accessory
80
MBD 415 CT
3970198
3000843
Incorporated
CB 50/1
3970146
-
Accessory
CB 50/1 CT
3970160
-
Incorporated
110
80
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
Gas train
120
100
70
T
60
15
D4
MB
50
BD M
40
2 41
12 -4
CT CB
50
/
D MB
C 15
-4
5 1-
0 42
0/
1C
20
-4
T
CT
CT 5/1 1-6 65/ CT 1 / CBF 0 -8 80/1 CBF
30
70 60
MBD 420
3970181
-
Accessory
50
MBD 420 CT
3970182
-
Incorporated
40
CBF 65/1
3970147
3000825
Accessory
CBF 65/1 CT
3970161
3000825
Incorporated
CBF 80/1
3970148
3000826
Accessory
CBF 80/1 CT
3970162
3000826
Incorporated
30
Pressure drop
20
20 10
10 0
0 516
650
550 600 650
750
750
850
850
950
1050 1118 kcal/h X 1000
950
1050
1150
1300 kW
NATURAL GAS RS 160/M BLU G20
∆P
G25 110
CT
mbar
90
0/
1
80
0
0
60
BD M
40
F CB
CBF CBF
20
1-
80/
-
Accessory
80
MBD 420 CT
3970182
-
Incorporated
CBF 65/1
3970147
3000825
Accessory Incorporated
CBF 65/1 CT
3970161
3000825
60
CBF 80/1
3970148
3000826
Accessory
50
CBF 80/1 CT
3970162
3000826
Incorporated
CBF 100/1
3970149
3010127
Accessory
/1 -
100
CBF 100/1 CT
3970163
3010127
Incorporated
T
1C
80/
40
T /1 C
100
Incorporated
-
3970181
70
/1 65
Accessory
3970160
CT
T 1C 5/ -6
SC
-
MBD 420
50
30
Pressure drop
42
2 -4
Adapter
3970146
CB 50/1 CT
50 CB
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
70
Code
CB 50/1 90
/1
-5
100
Gas train
30 20
10
10 0
0 800
930
900
1000
1100
1100
1200
1300
1300
1500
1400
1500
1700
1600 1700 kcal/h X 1000
1860
kW
note Please contact the Riello Burner Technical Office for different pressure levels from those
above indicated.
SELECTING THE FUEL SUPPLY LINES The following diagram enables pressure drop in a pre-existing gas line to be calculated and to select the correct gas train. The diagram can also be used to select a new gas line when fuel output and pipe length are known. The pipe diameter is selected on the basis of the desired pressure drop. The diagram uses methane gas as reference; if another gas is used, conversion coefficient and a simple formula (on the diagram) transform the gas output to a methane equivalent (refer to figure A). Please note that the gas train dimensions must take into account the back pressure of the combustion chamber during operations. Control of the pressure drop in an existing gas line or selecting a new gas supply line. The methane output equivalent is determined by the formula fig. A on the diagram and the conversion coefficient. Once the equivalent output has been determined on the delivery scale ( V ), shown at the top of the diagram, move vertically downwards until you cross the line that represents the pipe diameter; at this point, move horizontally to the left until you meet the line that represents the pipe length. Once this point is established you can verify, by moving vertically downwards, the pipe pressure drop on the botton scale (mbar). By subtracting this value from the pressure measured on the gas meter, the correct pressure value will be found for the choice of gas train. Example:
- gas used - gas output - pressure at the gas meter - gas line length - conversion coefficient
- equivalent methane output V =
G25 9.51 mc/h 20 mbar 15 m 0.62 (see figure A)
9.51 0.62
= 15.34 mc/h
- once the value of 15.34 has been identified on the output scale ( V ), moving vertically downwards you cross the line that represents 1" 1/4 (the chosen diameter for the piping); - from this point, move horizontally to the left until you meet the line that represents the length of 15 m of the piping; - move vertically downwards to determine a value of 1.4 mbar in the pressure drop botton scale; - subtract the determined pressure drop from the meter pressure, the correct pressure level will be found for the choice of gas train; - correct pressure = ( 20-1.4 ) = 18.6 mbar
30 22 15 12 9 6
V
45 61 76 95 122 152 1
2
10
20
3
4
15,34
5 6 7 8 10
30 40 50 60
20
80 100
200
400
600 800 1000
3
6"
PIP
EL
EN
GT
4"
H(
m)
4
1 - G20 0,62 - G25 1,18 - G31
2
Figure A 0,1
0,2
PIPE DIAMETER 0,3
0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 1
PRESSURE DROP (mbar)
1,4
2
3
4
5
6
2 1/
2"
3/
{
=
1/
f
1"
f
3"
2"
2 1/ 1" 4 1/ 1"
V = Gas output Nmc/h
VENTILATION
The ventilation circuit produces low noise levels with high performance pressure and air output, in despite of the compact dimensions. Except for the RS 160/M BLU model, the use of reverse curve blades and soundproofing material keeps noise level very low. In the RS 160/M model, noise has been reduced by the special design of the air suction circuit. A variable profile cam connects the fuel and air regulations, ensuring high fuel efficiency at all firing ranges. A minimum air pressure switch stops the burner when there is an insufficient quantity of air at the combustion head. Models with a special control panel and servomotor are suitable for steam generators which conform to TRD 604 (Germany) and NBN (Belgium). Example of the servomotor for air/gas setting
COMBUSTION HEAD
Different lengths of the combustion head can be chosen for the RS/M series of burners. The choice depends on the thickness of the front panel and the type of boiler. Depending on the type of generator, check that the penetration of the head into the combustion chamber is correct. The internal positioning of the combustion head can easily be adjusted to the maximum defined output by adjusting a screw fixed to the flange. Example of a RS 45/M BLU burner combustion head
Example of a RS 68-120-160/M BLU burner combustion head
Dimensions of the combustion chambers used in the testing laboratory Ø cm 40
50
60
80
100
6 5 4
Ø
3 L (m)
L
2 L (m) = 0,23 x
1
0,5 Mcal/h 100 kW
100
2 2
3 3
4 4
5
5
1000 1000
With simple setting operations, the burners can be also adapted to combustion chambers that are slightly different with respect to the ones used in the tests.
2 2
3 3
kW 10
4 5000 4 5000
Example: Burnt thermal output = 756 kW; L (m) = 0,23 x 75,6 = 2 (m); Ø = 60 (cm)
SETTING
OUTPUT SETTING The RS/M BLU series of burners can have “two-stage progressive” or “modulating” setting.
On “two-stage progressive” setting, the burner gradually adapts the output to the requested level, by varying between two pre-set levels (see figure A).
On “modulating” setting, “Modulating” setting normally required in steam °C generators, in superheater bar boilers or diathermic oil burners, a specific regulator and probes are required. These are supplied as accessories that must be MAX ordered separately. The burner can work for long MIN periods at intermediate output levels (see figure B). Controlled variable
Controlled variable
“Two-stage progressive” setting
Example of a regulator
°C bar
time MAX
Output
Output
MIN
time
time
Figure A
time
Figure B
FIRING
RS 45/M - 68/M - 120/M - 160/M BLU 0” 2,5”-26,5”
TL TR M 82,5 VS VR
26,5
max M
min 0 max
87,5
85,5 52,5 71 96
2,5
min
D A
0
85,5
BC
E F
G H
96
0
time (s)
The burner begins the firing cycle The servomotor opens the air damper at the maximum output 26,5”-52,5” The motor starts : pre-purge phase 52,5”-71” The servomotor sets the air damper and the butterfly valve at minimum output 82,5”-85,5” Pre-ignition 85,5” Firing : all the solenoid gas valves are supplied 85,5”-87,5” After-ignition 96” Output can be increased
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS To be made by the installer
Electrical connections must be made by qualified and skilled personnel, according to the local regulations.
Example of the terminal board for electrical connections for the RS 68-120-160/M BLU models
“TWO-STAGE PROGRESSIVE” SETTING RS 68/M - 120/M - 160/M BLU Without seal control
RS 45/M BLU Without seal control MB
8 9 10 11
PS
B5 T6 T7 T8
B4 S3 T2 T1
X4
h2
N
h1
ϑP
3 2 1 N
X7
P
IN
S
TR
L1
Ph
N
P
MB
X6
L1 L2 L3 N L
F
V
T6A TS
T6A
ϑP
L
~ ~
~
PS
h2
TR ϑP
S h1
P
ϑP
VS
N
L1
3 2 1 N
Ph
N
T8
MB
X6
L1 L2 L3 N L
~
1 2 3 T6A TS
VS
ϑP
TS ϑP
4 5 BL V
P
L
XP T8
h1 - Hour meter VPS h2 - Hour meter IN - Manual switch MB - Burner auxiliary terminal board XP - Seal control plug X4 - 4 pin plug X6 - 6 pin plug X7 - 7 pin plug PG - Minimum gas pressure switch PS - Lock-out reset button S - External lock-out signal S1 - External lock-out signal on the seal control TR - High/low flame setting thermostat TL - Threshold thermostat TS - Safety thermostat VPS - Seal control VR - Adjustment valve VS - Safety valve T6A - 6A fuse
T7
T6
B5
N
N
TR
ϑP
VS L
PG
PS
IN
P
S1 VR
XP T8
S1 230V
N N U M B1 B3 B4 W1W2 Q H C AL AL1
V
ϑP
S
F
1,5 mm2 PE N
- Burner terminal board - Safety thermostat - External lock-out signal - Manual switch - Threshold thermostat - High/low flame setting thermostat - 6A fuse - Fuse (see table A) - Lead section (see table A) - Minimum gas pressure switch - Lock-out reset button - Adjustment valve - Safety valve
TL
PG
~ 50Hz
MB TS S IN TL TR
T8 T6
V
VR
T6A
TL
M
RS 68/M - 120/M - 160/M BLU With seal control
X7
ϑP
3
T6A F L PG PS VR VS
T6
IN
230V
3N 50Hz 400/230V 3 50Hz 230V
RS 45/M BLU With seal control B4 S3 T2 T1
~ 50Hz
PE L1 L2 L3
- Hour meter 50Hz 230V - Hour meter - Manual switch - Burner auxiliary terminal board - 4 pin plug - 6 pin plug - 7 pin plug - Minimum gas pressure switch - Lock-out reset button - External lock-out signal - High/low flame setting thermostat - Threshold thermostat - Safety thermostat - Adjustment valve - Safety valve - 6A fuse
X4
TR
VR
PS
N L
PE N
B5 T6 T7 T8
N
L
1,5 mm2
8 9 10 11
N N U M B1 B3 B4 W1W2 Q H C AL AL1
VS
P
MB
V
PG IN
VR
BL V
P P ϑP
S
ϑP
PG
4 5 TL
TS
TL ϑP
h1 h2 IN MB X4 X6 X7 PG PS S TR TL TS VR VS T6A
1 2 3
PE L1 L2 L3
L1
~ ~
~
3N 50Hz 400/230V 3 50Hz 230V
T7
T6
N L 50Hz 230V 3
M
~
VPS
MB - Burner terminal board TS - Safety thermostat S - External lock-out signal S1 - External lock-out signal on the seal control IN - Manual switch TL - Threshold thermostat TR - High/low flame setting thermostat T6A - 6A fuse F - Fuse (see table A) L - Lead section (see table A) PG - Minimum gas pressure switch PS - Lock-out reset button VR - Adjustment valve VS - Safety valve VPS - Seal control XP - Seal control plug
B5
N
L1
“MODULATING” SETTING – temperature probe
RS 68/M - 120/M - 160/M BLU
RS 45/M BLU RWF 40
RWF 40
Q Y1 Y2 Q13 Q14 TE L1 N M1 I1 G1+ G- G+
X4
B5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
N L1 M1 I1 G1+ U1 G- G+ Q Y1 Y2 Q13 Q14 TE 8 9 10 11 MB
B4 S3 T2 T1
L1 X7
N
3 2 1 N
Ph X6
T6 T7 T8 a b
c d
h2
BT
PS
P
IN
S
P
N
L1 L2 L3 N L
MB
V
T6A TS
T6A
h1
1 2 3
TS
ϑP
ϑP
VR
PG
VS
4 5
BL V
P P
V
BT h1 h2 IN MB X4 X6 X7 PG PS RWF40 S T6A TS VR VS
AL1
N a b
c d
S
IN
BT
PG
F
P
P
VR
PS
1,5 mm2
N N U M B1 B3 B4 W1W2 Q H C AL
VS
L PE N
L
~ 50Hz
230V
N L
~ 50Hz
PE L1 L2 L3
~ ~
230V
3N 50Hz 400/230V 3 50Hz 230V
- Temperature probe - Hour meter - Hour meter - Manual switch - Burner auxiliary terminal board - 4 pin plug - 6 pin plug - 7 pin plug - Minimum gas pressure switch - Lock-out reset button - Regulator (installed on the burner) - External lock-out signal - 6A fuse - Safety thermostat - Adjustment valve - Safety valve
MB TS S IN BT T6A F L RWF40 PG PS VR VS
3
M
~
- Burner auxiliary terminal board - Safety thermostat - External lock-out signal - Manual switch - Temperature probe - 6A fuse - Fuse (see table A) - Lead section (see table A) - Regulator (installed on the burner) - Minimum gas pressure switch - Lock-out reset button - Adjustment valve - Safety valve
"MODULATING" SETTING – pressure probe
RS 45/M BLU
RS 68/M - 120/M - 160/M BLU
RWF 40
RWF 40
Q Y1 Y2 Q13 Q14 TE L1 N M1 I1 G1+ G- G+
X4
B5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
N L1 M1 I1 G1+ U1 G- G+ Q Y1 Y2 Q13 Q14 TE 8 9 10 11 MB
B4 S3 T2 T1
L1 X7
N
3 2 1 N
Ph X6
h2
BP
2 1 4/20mA
PS
S
P
IN
P
N
L1 L2 L3 N L
MB
T6 T7 T8
P P
T6A TS
T6A
h1
TS
ϑP
ϑP
VR
PG
4 5 BL V
1 2 3
V
VS
P
BP
PS
BP h1 h2 IN MB X4 X6 X7 PG PS RWF40 S T6A TS VR VS
PE N
L
230V
VR
L N L
PE L1 L2 L3
~ ~
- Pressure probe - Hour meter - Hour meter - Manual switch - Burner auxiliary terminal board - 4 pin plug - 6 pin plug - 7 pin plug - Minimum gas pressure switch - Lock-out reset button - Regulator (installed on the burner) - External lock-out signal - 6A fuse - Safety thermostat - Adjustment valve - Safety valve
~ 50Hz
230V
3N 50Hz 400/230V 3 50Hz 230V
3
M
~
MB TS S IN
- Burner auxiliary terminal board - Safety thermostat - External lock-out signal - Manual switch BP - Pressure probe T6A - 6A fuse F - Fuse (see table A) L - Lead section (see table A) RWF40 - Regulator (installed on the burner) PG - Minimum gas pressure switch PS - Lock-out reset button VR - Adjustment valve VS - Safety valve
The following table shows the supply lead sections and the type of fuse to be used. RS 45/M BLU
F L
A mm2
Table A
RS 68/M BLU
2 1 4/20mA
F
1,5 mm2
RS 120/M BLU
RS 160/M BLU
230V
230V
400V
230V
400V
230V
400V
T6 1,5
T16 1,5
T10 1,5
T16 1,5
T10 1,5
T25 2,5
T20 2,5
AL1
N
PG S
P
~ 50Hz
N N U M B1 B3 B4 W1W2 Q H C AL
V
VS
IN
mg/kWh
EMISSIONS
NO2 EMISSIONS
120 100 80 60
MIN
MAX
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MIN
MAX
40 20 0
mg/kWh
RS 45/M BLU RS 68/M BLU RS 120/M BLU
RS 160/M BLU
CO EMISSIONS
25 20
MIN
15 10 MIN
MIN
5
MAX
MIN
MAX
MAX
MAX
0
dB(A)
RS 45/M BLU RS 68/M BLU RS 120/M BLU
100
The NO 2 and CO emissions have been measured in various models at minimum and maximum output, according to EN 676 standard.
RS 160/M BLU
NOISE EMISSIONS
80 60 40 20
The noise emission have been measured at maximum output.
0 RS 45/M BLU RS 68/M BLU RS 120/M BLU
RS 160/M BLU
The RS/M BLU series combustion heads reduce polluting emissions thanks to their special design which optimises the air fuel mix.
Combustion head operating diagram of RS 45/M BLU model
The RS 45/M BLU model has an oblique radial pipe distributor through which gas is injected directly into the passing air flow for a perfect distribution. This prevents no homogeneous concentrations in the flame with areas of high oxidation; part of the premixed gas/air is injected into the centre of the flame. These methods produce a very stable flame with gradual and progressive combustion as the flame develops, thus giving polluting emission values below even the most restrictive norm values.
Combustion head operating diagram of RS 68/M – 120/M – 160/M BLU models
In RS 68/M – 120/M – 160/M BLU models part of the gas is distributed through outlets which are perpendicular to the air flow, while the remaining gas is injected directly into the centre of the flame. This prevents no homogeneous concentrations in the flame with areas of high oxidation, producing very stable flame with gradual and progressive combustion as the flame develops, thus giving polluting emission values below even the most restrictive norm values.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS (mm)
BURNERS RS 45/M BLU
RS 68/M - 120/M - 160/M BLU E
A B
E A
F
F
C
G - G (1)
G G (1)
H H
L
D
L
D
I
M
I
M N
N
O - O (1)
P
O - O (1)
Model
A
RS 45/M BLU RS 68/M BLU RS 120/M BLU RS 160/M BLU
B
C
D
476 - 474 511 296 215 555 553 338 215 555 681 366 315 555
E
F
580 840 840 847
164 214 214 221
G - G (1) 229 255 255 373
-
354 390 390 503
H
I
160 189 189 221
352 430 430 430
L
M
N
O - O(1)
P
168 1”1/2 108 810 - 810 719 221 2” 134 1161 - 1296 221 2” 134 1161 - 1296 186 2” 141 1395 - 1535 -
(1) dimension with extended head
BURNER – BOILER MOUNTING FLANGE
Model RS 45/M BLU RS 68/M BLU RS 120/M BLU RS 160/M BLU
45°
D1 45°
D2 Ø
D1
D2
Ø
165 195 195 230
224 275-325 275-325 325-368
M8 M12 M12 M16
PACKAGING
X - X (1)
Model
Z Y X - X (1)
RS 45/M BLU RS 68/M BLU RS 120/M BLU RS 160/M BLU
1015 - 1015 1190 - 1340 1190 - 1340 1250 - 1400
(1) dimension with extended head
Y
Z
kg
500 692 692 785
630 740 740 725
41 70 76 89
INSTALLATION DESCRIPTION
Installation, start up and maintenance must be carried out by qualified and skilled personnel. All operations must be performed in accordance with the technical handbook supplied with the burner.
FIXING THE BURNER TO THE BOILER AND INITIAL SETTINGS All the burners have slide bars, for easier installation and maintenance. After drilling the boilerplate, using the supplied gasket as a template, dismantle the blast tube from the burner and fix it to the boiler. Adjust the combustion head. Fit the gas train, choosing this on the basis of the maximum output of the boiler and considering the enclosed diagrams. Refit the burner casing to the slide bars. Close the burner, sliding it up to the flange.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AND START UP Make the electrical connections to the boiler following the wiring diagrams included in the instruction handbook. Turn the motor to check rotation direction (if it is a three-phase motor). Perform a first ignition calibration on the gas train. On start up, check: - Gas pressure at the combustion head (to max. and min. output) - Combustion quality, in terms of unburned substances and excess air.
ACCESSORIES
Extended heads “Standard head” burners can be transformed into “extended head” versions, by using the special kit. The KITS available for the various burners, giving the original and the extended lengths, are listed below.
Combustion head extension kits Burner
‘Standard head’ length (mm)
‘Extended head’ length (mm)
Kit code
229 255 255 373
354 390 390 503
3010240 3010177 3010177 3010193
RS 45/M BLU RS 68/M BLU RS 120/M BLU RS 160/M BLU
Spacer kit If burner head penetration into the combustion chamber needs reducing, varying thickness spacers are available, as given in the following table: Head length reduction kit Burner
S
RS 45/M BLU RS 68/M - 120/M BLU RS 160/M BLU
Spacer thickness S (mm)
Kit code
90 135 110
3010095 3010129 3000722
Continuous ventilation kit If the burner requires continuous ventilation in the stages without flame, a special kit is available as given in the following table: Continuous ventilation kit Burner
Kit code
RS 45/M BLU RS 68/M - 120/M - 160/M BLU
3010094 3010094
Sound proofing box If noise emission needs reducing even further, sound-proofing boxes are available, as given in the following table: Sound proofing box Burner
RS 45/M BLU RS 68/M - 120/M - 160/M BLU
Box type
Box code
C2 C3
3000777 3000778
Head kit for “reverse flame chamber” In certain cases, the use of the burner on reverse flame boilers can be improved by using an additional Pipes Kit. Head kit for “reverse flame chamber” Burner
Kit code
RS 68/M BLU RS 120/M BLU RS 160/M BLU
3010247 3010248 3010249
Accessories for modulating setting To obtain modulating setting, the RS/M BLU series of burners requires a regulator with three point outlet controls. The relative temperature or pressure probes fitted to the regulator must be chosen on the basis of the application. The following table lists the accessories for modulating setting with their application range. REGULATOR
PROBE
Type
Code
Type
Range (°C) (bar)
Code
RWF 40
3010212
Temperature PT 100 Pressure 4 ÷ 20 mA Pressure 4 ÷ 20 mA
-100 ÷ 500°C 0 ÷ 2,5 bar 0 ÷ 16 bar
3010110 3010213 3010214
Depending on the servomotor fitted to the burner, a three-pole potentiometer (1000 Ω) can be installed to check the position of the servomotor. The KITS available for the various burners are listed below. Potentiometer kit Burner
Kit code
RS 45/M BLU RS 68/M - 120/M - 160/M BLU
3010109 3010021
GAS TRAIN ACCESSORIES
Adapters When the diameter of the gas train is different from the set diameter of the burners, an adapter must be fitted between the gas train and the burner. The following table lists the adapters for various burners. Adapters Burner
Gas train
Dimensions
Adapter code
MBD 407 - MBD 410
3/4"
1" 1/2
3000824
MBD 420 - CB 50/1
2"
1" 1/2
3000822
RS 45/M BLU
MBD 412 - MBD 415 - CB 40/1
1" 1/2
3000843
2"
RS 68/M BLU
1" 1/2
CBF 65/1
DN 65
3000825
2"1/2 2"
MBD 415 - CB 40/1
1" 1/2
3000843
2"
1" 1/2
RS 120/M BLU CBF 65/1
DN 65
3000825
2"1/2 2"
CBF 80/1
DN 80
2"1/2
2"
3000826
1" 1/2
CBF 65/1
DN 65
3000825
2"1/2 2"
RS 160/M BLU CBF 80/1
DN 80
2"1/2
2"
3000826
DN 80
CBF 100/1
DN 100
3010127
Seal control kit To test the valve seals on the gas train, a special “seal control kit” is available. The valve seal control device is compulsory (EN 676) on gas trains to burners with a maximum output over 1200 kW. The seal control is type VPS 504. Seal control kit Burner
Gas train
RS 45/M BLU CB 40/1 - CB 50/1 - MBD 407 - 410 - 412 - 415 - 420 RS 68/M BLU CB 40/1 - CB 50/1 - MBD 412 - 415 - 420 - CBF 65/1 RS 120/M BLU CB 40/1 - CB 50/1 - MBD 415 - 420 - CBF 65/1 - CBF 80/1 RS 160/M BLU CB 50/1 - MBD 420 - CBF 65/1 - CBF 80/1
Kit code
3010123 3010123 3010123 3010123
Stabiliser spring Accessory springs are available to vary the pressure range of the gas train stabilisers. The following table shows these accessories with their application range Stabiliser springs Gas train
CBF 65/1 - CBF 80/1 CBF 100/1 CBF 65/1 - CBF 80/1 CBF 100/1 CBF 65/1 - CBF 80/1 CBF 100/1
Spring
Code
Red from 25 to 55 mbar Red from 25 to 55 mbar Black from 60 to 110 mbar Black from 60 to 110 mbar Pink from 90 to 150 mbar Pink from 90 to 150 mbar
3010133 3010134 3010135 3010136 3090456 3090489
Please refer to the technical manual for the correct choice of spring.
SPECIFICATION
A specific index guides your choice of burner from the various models available in the RS/M BLU series. Below is a clear and detailed specification description of the product.
DESIGNATION OF SERIES R BURNERS Series :
R Fuel :
S L LS N
Natural Gas Light oil Light oil/Methane Heavy oil
Size Setting :
/1 Single stage ... Two stage /M Modulating
Emission :
... Class 1 EN267 - EN676 MZ Class 2 EN267 - EN676 BLU Class 3 EN267 - EN676 Class 1 EN267 MX Class 3 EN676
Head :
TC TL
Standard head Extended head
Diagnostic :
LP ST
Led panel Status panel
Flame control system : FS1 Standard (1 stop every 24 h) FS2 Continuous working (1 stop every 72 h) Electrical supply to the system : 1/230/50 1/230V/50Hz 3/230/50 3/230V/50Hz 3/400/50 3N/400V/50Hz 3/230-400/50 3/230V/50Hz - 3N/400V/50Hz 3/220/60 3/220V/60Hz 3/380/60 3N/380V/60Hz 3/220-380/60 3/220/60Hz - 3N/380V/60Hz Auxiliary voltage : 230/50-60 230V/50-60Hz 110/50-60 110V/50-60Hz ID: Differential switch
R
S
120
/M
BLU
TC
FS1
3/230-400/50
230/50-60
BASIC DESIGNATION EXTENDED DESIGNATION
LIST OF AVAILABLE MODELS RS RS RS RS
45/M 45/M 45/M 45/M
BLU BLU BLU BLU
TC TL TC TL
FS1 FS1 FS2 FS2
1/230/50 1/230/50 1/230/50 1/230/50
230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60
RS RS RS RS
45/M 45/M 45/M 45/M
BLU BLU BLU BLU
TC TL TC TL
FS1 FS1 FS2 FS2
1/230/50 1/230/50 1/230/50 1/230/50
230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60
RS RS RS RS
68/M 68/M 68/M 68/M
BLU BLU BLU BLU
TC TL TC TL
FS1 FS1 FS2 FS2
3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50
230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60
Other versions are available on request
ID ID ID ID
RS RS RS RS
120/M 120/M 120/M 120/M
BLU BLU BLU BLU
TC TL TC TL
FS1 FS1 FS2 FS2
3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50
230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60
RS RS RS RS
160/M 160/M 160/M 160/M
BLU BLU BLU BLU
TC TL TC TL
FS1 FS1 FS2 FS2
3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50 3/230-400/50
230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Burner: Monoblock forced draught LOW NOx gas burner with two stage progressive or modulating setting, with a specific kit, fully automatic, made up of: - air suction circuit lined with sound-proofing material - fan with reverse curve blades (straight blades on the 160/M BLU model) high performance with low sound emissions - air damper for air flow setting and butterfly valve for regulating fuel output controlled by a servomotor with variable cam - starting motor at 2800 rpm, three-phase 400V with neutral, 50Hz (single-phase, 230V and 50Hz for the 45/M BLU model) - low emission combustion head, that can be set on the basis of required output, fitted with: - stainless steel end cone, resistant to corrosion and high temperatures - ignition electrodes - ionisation probe - gas distributor - flame stability disk - maximum gas pressure switch to stop the burner in the case of excess pressure on the fuel supply line - minimum air pressure switch stops the burner in case of insufficient air quantity at the combustion head - flame control panel, fitted with control functions for the correct positioning of the servomotor - burner on/off selection switch - manual or automatic output increase/decrease selection switch - flame inspection window - slide bars for easier installation and maintenance - protection filter against radio interference - IP 44 electric protection level. Gas train: Fuel supply line, in the MULTIBLOC configuration (from a diameter of 3/4” until a diameter of 2") or COMPOSED configuration (from a diameter of DN 65 until a diameter of DN 100), fitted with: - filter - stabiliser - minimum gas pressure switch - safety valve - valve seal control (for output > 1200 kW) - one stage working valve with ignition gas output regulator. According to: - 89/336/EEC directive (electromagnetic compatibility) - 73/23/EEC directive (low voltage) - 92/42/EEC directive (performance) - 90/396/EEC directive (gas) - EN 676 (gas burners). Standard equipment: - 1 gas train gasket - 1 flange gasket - 4 screws for fixing the flange - 1 thermal screen - 4 screws for fixing the burner flange to the boiler - wiring loom fittings for the electrical connection (for RS 45/M BLU model) - 2 slide bar extensions (for extended head models and RS 160/M BLU) - instruction handbook for installation, use and maintenance - spare parts catalogue. Available accessories to be ordered separately: - Head extension kit - Head length reduction kit - Continuous ventilation kit - Sound-proofing box - RWF 40 output regulator - Pressure probe 0 ÷ 2.4 bar - Pressure probe 0 ÷ 16 bar - Temperature probe -100 ÷ 500°C - Potentiometer kit for the servomotor - Gas train adapter - Seal control kit - Stabiliser spring.
Lineagrafica
RIELLO S.p.A.
ISO 9001 Cert. n. 0061
- Via degli Alpini, 1 - 37045 LEGNAGO (VR) Italy Tel. ++39.0442630111 - Fax ++39.044221980 Internet: http://www.rielloburners.com - E-mail:
[email protected] Since the Company is constantly engaged in the production improvement, the aesthetic and dimensional features, the technical data, the equipment and the accessories can be changed. This document contains confidential and proprietary information of RIELLO S.p.A. Unless authorised, this information shall not be divulged, nor duplicated in whole or in part.
MODULATING LOW NOx GAS BURNERS MODUBLOC MB SE BLU SERIES
MB 4 SE BLU MB 6 SE BLU MB 8 SE BLU MB 10 SE BLU
1000 ÷ 1100 ÷ 1500 ÷ 2000 ÷
4600 kW 5900 kW 7500 kW 8500 kW
The MODUBLOC MB SE BLU series of burners are characterised by a monoblock structure that means all necessary components can be combined in a single unit, making installation easier and faster. The series covers a firing range from 1000 to 8500 kW, and they have been designed for use in hot water boilers or industrial steam generators. Adjustment is modulating, through an innovative electronic module, which gives control of the air/fuel ratio and PID control of the generator temperature or pressure. The mechanisms of regulation allow to catch up a high modulation ratio on all firing rates range. The burner can, therefore, supply with precision the demanded power, guaranteeing a high efficiency system level and the stability setting, obtaining fuel consumption and operating costs reduction. The combustion head, studied with advances simulation devices, guarantees reduced polluting emissions. An exclusive design, with fan unit fitted on line with the combustion head, guarantees low sound emissions, reduced dimensions, easy use and maintenance. TS0020UK01
TECHNICAL DATA
MB 4 SE BLU
Model
MB 8 SE BLU
MB 6 SE BLU modulating
Setting type
5÷1
Modulating ratio at max. output
Fuel / air data
Servomotor
MM 10004 (air) - MM 10005 (gas)
type run time
--
--
s
Heat
kW
1000/2450÷4600
1100/3600÷5900
1500/4500÷7500
2000/6000÷8500
output
Mcal/h
860/2107÷3956
946/3096÷5074
1290/3870÷6450
1720/5160÷7310
Working temperature
°C min./max.
Net calorific value gas G20
kWh/Nmc
Density gas G20
kg/Nmc
Output gas G20
Nmc/h
150/450÷750
200/600÷850
Net calorific value gas G25
kWh/Nmc
Density gas G25
kg/Nmc
Output gas G25
Nmc/h
174/523÷872
233/698÷988
Net calorific value gas LPG
kWh/Nmc
Density gas LPG
kg/Nmc
Output gas LPG
Nmc/h
--
--
Fan
type
Air temperature
°C max
Electrical supply
Ph/Hz/V
0/40 10 0,71 100/245÷460
110/360÷590 8,6 0,78
116/285÷535
128/419÷686 25,8 2,02
--
-reverse curve blades
60 3N/50/230-400~(±10%)
Electrical data
Auxiliary electrical supply Ph/Hz/V
Emissions
1/50/230 ~ (±10%)
Control box
type
Total electrical power
kW
13
15
26
Auxiliary electrical power kW
2
2
0,55
11
13
22 67,5 - 39
LFL 1.333
Protection level
IP
Electric motor power
kW
Rated motor current
A
38 - 22
46,7 - 27
Motor start current
A
7,3 x I nom
7,6 x I nom
Motor protection level
IP
Ignition transformer
V1 - V2
230V - 2x5 kV
230V - 2x6 kV
I1 - I2
1,9A - 30mA
1,9A - 30mA
40
7,9 x I nom 55
Intermittent (at least one stop every 24 h) or Continuous as optional (at least one stop every 72 h)
Operation
Approval
MB 10 SE BLU
Sound pressure
dBA
82
85
Sound output
W
--
--
CO emissions
mg/kWh
NOx emissions
mg/kWh
Directive
88 --
--
< 10 < 80 90/396 - 89/336 - 73/23 EEC
According to
EN 676
Certifications
in progress (CE ...)
Reference conditions: Temperature: 20°C Pressure: 1013.5 mbar Altitude: 100 meters a.s.l. Noise measured at a distance of 1 meter.
Since the Company is constantly engaged in the production improvement, the aesthetic and dimensional features, the technical data, the equipment and the accessories can be changed. This document contains confidential and proprietary information of RIELLO S.p.A. Unless authorised, this information shall not be divulged, nor duplicated in whole or in part.
FIRING RATES
300
30
280
28
260
26
240
24
220
22
200
20
180
18
160
16
140
14
120
12
100
10
80
8
60
6
40 20 0
hPa (mbar)
mm H2O
MB 4 SE BLU
MB 6 SE BLU MB 8 SE BLU MB 10 SE BLU
4 2 0 0 0
1000
1000
2000
2000
3000
3000
Useful rate for the choice of the burner Modulating rate Firing rates IN PROGRESS Test conditions conforming to EN 676: Temperature: 20°C Pressure: 1013.5 mbar Altitude: 100 meters a.s.l.
4000
4000
5000
5000
6000
6000
7000
7000
8000
8000
9000
9000
10000
10000
11000
Mcal/h
12000 kW
FUEL SUPPLY
GAS TRAIN The burners are fitted with a butterfly valve to regulate the fuel, controlled by the main management module of burner through a high precision servomotor. Fuel can be supplied either from the right or left sides, on the basis of the application requirements. A maximum gas pressure switch stops the burner in case of excess pressure in the fuel line. The gas train can be selected to best fit system requirements depending on the fuel output and pressure in the supply line. The gas trains are “Composed” type (assembly of the single components).
Example of the MB 4 SE BLU gas adjustment butterfly valve
COMPOSED gas train with seal control
14 P1 10
9 11
3
1
Manual valve
2
Anti-vibration joint
3
Pressure gauge with pushbutton cock
4
Filter
5
Pressure regulator (vertical)
6
Minimum gas pressure switch
7
VS safety solenoid (vertical)
8
VR regulation solenoid (vertical) Two settings: - firing output (rapid opening) - maximum output (slow opening)
9
Gasket and flange supplied with the burner
6
13
8
12
7
P2
L
5
4
P3
2
1
L1
10 Gas adjustment butterfly valve 11 Burner 12 Seal control mechanism for valves 8-9. According to standard EN 676, the seal control is compulsory for burners with maximum output above 1200 kW 13 Gas train-burner adapter 14 Maximum gas pressure switch P1 Combustion head pressure P2 Pressure downstream from the regulator P3 Pressure upstream from the filter L
Gas train supplied separately, with the code given in the table
L1 Installer’s responsibility
Y
Øi Øo
Z
X
Example of gas train “COMPOSED” type without seal control
Gas trains are approved by standard EN 676 together with the burner. The overall dimensions of the gas train depends on how they are constructed. The following table shows the maximum dimensions of the gas trains that can be fitted to MB SE BLU burners, intake and outlet diameters and seal control if fitted. Please note that the seal control can be installed as an accessory, if not already installed on the gas train. The maximum gas pressure of gas train “Composed” type is 500 mbar. Code
Øi
Øo
X mm
Y mm
Z mm
SC
CBF 65/1 CT
3970161
DN 65
DN 65
874
356
285
incorporated
CBF 80/1 CT
3970162
DN 80
DN 80
934
416
285
incorporated
CBF 100/1 CT
3970163
DN 100
DN 100
1054
501
350
incorporated
CBF 125/1 CT
3970196
DN 125
DN 125
1166
686
400
incorporated
GAS TRAINS
COMPOSED
Name
“I” type adapter
“Z” type adapter
When the diameter of the gas train is different from the set diameter of the burners, an adapter must be fitted between the gas train and the burner. For further information see paragraph “Accessories”.
PRESSURE DROP DIAGRAMS The diagrams indicate the minimum pressure drop of the burners with the various gas trains that can be matched with them; at the value of these pressure drop add the combustion chamber pressure. The value thus calculated represents the minimum required input pressure to the gas train. NATURAL GAS MB 4 SE BLU 150
130
100
Pressure drop
Gas train
Code
Adapter
SC
CBF 65/1 CT
3970161
3010221 ( I ) 3010225 ( Z )
incorporated
CBF 80/1 CT
3970162
3010222 ( I ) 3010226 ( Z )
incorporated
CBF 100/1 CT
3970163
3010223 ( I ) 3010227 ( Z )
incorporated
CBF 125/1 CT
3970196
3010224 ( I ) 3010228 ( Z )
incorporated
Code
Adapter
SC
CBF 65/1 CT
3970161
3010221 ( I ) 3010225 ( Z )
incorporated
CBF 80/1 CT
3970162
3010222 ( I ) 3010226 ( Z )
incorporated
CBF 100/1 CT
3970163
3010223 ( I ) 3010227 ( Z )
incorporated
CBF 125/1 CT
3970196
3010224 ( I ) 3010228 ( Z )
incorporated
140
110
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
mbar
G25
G20
120
∆P
120 90
110
80
100
70
90 80
IN PROGRESS
60
70 50
60
40
50
30
40 30
20
20 10
10 0
0 2000
2000
3000
2500
3000
2500
Mcal/h
3500
3500
kW
4000
MB 6 SE BLU 240 mbar
∆P
G20
G25
300
220
280
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
200
Gas train
260 240
180
220
160
200 140
180
120
160
IN PROGRESS
140
100
120 80
100
60
Pressure drop
320
80 60
40
40 20
20 0
0 3000
3500
3500
4000
4000
4500
4500
5000
5000
5500
Mcal/h
6000 kW
NATURAL GAS MB 8 SE BLU 240 mbar
∆P
G20
G25
300
220
280
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
200
Gas train
Code
Adapter
SC
CBF 65/1 CT
3970161
3010221 ( I ) 3010225 ( Z )
incorporated
CBF 80/1 CT
3970162
3010222 ( I ) 3010226 ( Z )
incorporated
CBF 100/1 CT
3970163
3010223 ( I ) 3010227 ( Z )
incorporated
CBF 125/1 CT
3970196
3010224 ( I ) 3010228 ( Z )
incorporated
Code
Adapter
SC
CBF 65/1 CT
3970161
3010221 ( I ) 3010225 ( Z )
incorporated
CBF 80/1 CT
3970162
3010222 ( I ) 3010226 ( Z )
incorporated
CBF 100/1 CT
3970163
3010223 ( I ) 3010227 ( Z )
incorporated
CBF 125/1 CT
3970196
3010224 ( I ) 3010228 ( Z )
incorporated
260 240
180
220
160
200 140
180
IN PROGRESS
120
160 140
100
120 80
100
60
80 60
40
Pressure drop
320
40 20
20 0
0 4000
3500
4000
4500
4500
5000
5500
5000
5500
6000
6500
6000
6500
7000
7500
7000 Mcal/h
8000
kW
MB 10 SE BLU 240 mbar
∆P
G20
G25
300
220
280
Combustion head and gas train Combustion head
200
Gas train
260 240
180
220
160
200 140
180
IN PROGRESS
120
160 140
100
120 80
100
60
Pressure drop
320
80 60
40
40 20
20 0
0 5000
6000
6000
7000
7000
8000
8000
9000
Mcal/h
10000
kW
note Please contact the Riello Burner Technical Office for different pressure levels from those above
indicated.
SELECTING THE FUEL SUPPLY LINES The following diagram enables pressure drop in a pre-existing gas line to be calculated and to select the correct gas train. The diagram can also be used to select a new gas line when fuel output and pipe length are known. The pipe diameter is selected on the basis of the desired pressure drop. The diagram uses methane gas as reference; if another gas is used, conversion coefficient and a simple formula (on the diagram) transform the gas output to a methane equivalent (refer to figure A). Please note that the gas train dimensions must take into account the back pressure of the combustion chamber during operations. Control of the pressure drop in an existing gas line or selecting a new gas supply line. The methane output equivalent is determined by the formula fig. A on the diagram and the conversion coefficient. Once the equivalent output has been determined on the delivery scale ( V ), shown at the top of the diagram, move vertically downwards until you cross the line that represents the pipe diameter; at this point, move horizontally to the left until you meet the line that represents the pipe length. Once this point is established you can verify, by moving vertically downwards, the pipe pressure drop of on the botton scale below (mbar). By subtracting this value from the pressure measured on the gas meter, the correct pressure value will be found for the choice of gas train. Example:
- gas used - gas output - pressure at the gas meter - gas line length - conversion coefficient
- equivalent methane output V =
G25 9.51 mc/h 20 mbar 15 m 0.62 (see figure A)
9.51 0.62
= 15.34 mc/h
- once the value of 15.34 has been identified on the output scale ( V ), moving vertically downwards you cross the line that represents 1" 1/4 (the chosen diameter for the piping); - from this point, move horizontally to the left until you meet the line that represents the length of 15 m of the piping; - move vertically downwards to determine a value of 1.4 mbar in the pressure drop botton scale; - subtract the determined pressure drop from the meter pressure, the correct pressure level will be found for the choice of gas train; - correct pressure = ( 20-1.4 ) = 18.6 mbar
30 22 15 12 9 6
V
45 61 76 95 122 152 1
2
10
20
3
4
15,34
5 6 7 8 10
20
30 40 50 60
80 100
200
400
600 800 1000
3
6"
PIP
EN
GT
4"
EL
H(
2" 2"
4 3/
{
1 - G20 0,62 - G25 1,18 - G31
2
=
1/
f
1"
f
Figure A PIPE DIAMETER 0,1
0,2
0,3
0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 1
PRESSURE DROP (mbar)
1,4
2
3
4
5
6
2 1/
2 1/ 1" 4 1/ 1"
V = Gas output Nmc/h
3"
m)
VENTILATION
All the burners in the MB series are fitted with fans with reverse curve blades, which give excellent performance and are fitted in line with the combustion head. The air flow and sound-deadening materials that are used in the construction are designed to reduce sound emissions to the minimum and guarantee high levels of performance in terms of output and air pressure. A high precision servomotor through the main management module installed on each burner of MB series, controls the air dampers position constantly, Example of the servomotor and dampers for air setting guaranteeing an optimal fuel-air mix. On request, the Modubloc burners can be supplied with the "inverter" configuration, which means they are fitted with a device for varying the amount of combustion air through a variable speed action of the fan motor. The addition of the interface inverter module means the burner can work at reduced speed, with further benefits in terms of sound emissions, especially during the night when the perception threshold is lower.
COMBUSTION HEAD
Simple adjustment of the combustion head allows to adapt internal geometry of the head to the output of the burner. The same adjustment servomotor for the air damper also varies, depending on the required output, the setting of the combustion head, through a simple lever. This system guarantees excellent mix on all firing rates range.
Example of a MODUBLOC MB SE BLU burner combustion head
Dimensions of the combustion chambers used in the testing laboratory Ø cm 60
80
100
200
10 9 8 7 6
Ø L
5 4
L (m) = 0,23 x
3 L (m)
For more detailed evaluations regarding the combinations, consult the Riello Technical manual.
kW 10
2
Example: Burnt thermal output = 3020 kW; L (m) = 0,23 x 302 = 4 (m); Ø = 100 (cm)
1 Mcal/h 500 6 kW
7 8 9 1000
600 7 8 9 1000
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6 7 8 9 10000
6 7 8 9 10000
SETTING
OUTPUT SETTING
Each MB series burner has a main electronic microprocessor management panel, which controls both the fuel flow servomotor (with a pressure regulator) and air flow servomotor (with air dampers).
Main management module
Hysteresis is prevented by the precise control of the two servomotors and the software link. The high precision regulation is due to the absence of mechanical clearance normally found in
mechanical regulation cams on traditional modulating burners.
The burner can run for a long time on intermediate output settings (see fig. A)
“modulating” setting Checked Variable
Inside each MB series burner main electronic microprocessor management panel, there is a PID regulator to control the boiler temperature or pressure . Variables can be controlled by specific accessory probes (see paragraph “Accessories).
°C bar
time
The main electronic management panel shows all operational parameters in real time, so as to keep a constant check on the burner: - servomotor angle - required set-point and actual set-point - fuel consumption (measured indirectly) - smoke and environmental temperature (with EGA module) - CO2, CO, O2, NO e SO2 value (with EGA module) - burner stage
Output
MAX
MIN
time
Figure A
The main electronic management panel operations can be increased by installing accessory modules as illustrated below. For available module codes see “Accessories”. Special software can be loaded into a portable PC to input and download data through an interface cable to an infrared device on the front panel of the MB series burner. This is useful both during burner start-up and commissioning phases, and maintenance.
D.T.I. module (Data Transfer interface) This electronic module can transfer multiple signals from different local modules to a BMS supervisor software system (Building Management System). Examples of local modules: - main management module on each MB series burner which sends and receives signals to indicate or modify the burner working stage
D.T.I. Module
- modules which send and receive signals from the various devices in the boiler room and system. e.g. - analog modules I/O - digital modules /O - EGA modules (For further information see relative paragraph)
Up to ten MB series burners, with or without the EGA module, ten analog modules I/O and ten digital modules I/O can be linked up. The DTI module uses MODUBUS interface protocol as a standard protocol to external supervisory systems (a type of field bus widely used in industrial communication systems). This type of protocol is used when sample signal rates which need checking are low e.g. for temperature, pressure or pump and fan systems. With special electronic interface boards other communication protocols (e.g. PROFIBUS) can be used. DTI module information is transferred directly or by modem to supervisory systems by RS 232 or RS 422 (in the case of long distance up to 1 km) connections. The supervisory system can also manage a series of MB burners installed in the same system; each main electronic management panel comes with the software needed to manage such a series of burners.
Digital I/O Module Digital modules I/O transfer in-coming and out-going information such as working stages and alarms, from the boiler room or from the system in general where one or more MB series burners are installed to a remote supervisor system. Digital modules I/O manage both input and output signals, e.g.: - n. 16 input signals (free contacts – max. current 1 A) - n. 8 output signals (free contacts – max. current 1 A)
Digital I/O Module
The out-going signals can control any device in the boiler room, e.g. pumps, fans, etc…
The in-coming signals can check any device in the boiler room, e.g. pumps, fans, etc… and receive warning signals such as over heating, excess pressure. Up to ten I/0 digital modules can be linked together. Fig. C shows an example of sequencing I/O digital modules linked to a remote supervisor system by a DTI interface.
Analog I/O module I/O Analog modules transfer in-coming and out-going information about burner working stages and other devices in the boiler room or in the system in general where one or more MB series burners are installed to a remote supervisor system. I/O Analog modules manage both input and output signals, such as 4-20 mA or 0-10 Volt, e.g.: - n. 6 input signals - n. 6 output signals These modules can be connected to the remote supervisor system in two different ways: Analogic I/O Module
- “LOW LEVEL” connection each I/O analog module transmits information from a single burner to a remote supervisor system using 4-20 mA or 0-10 Volt signals, e.g. boiler temperature/pressure, output level, boiler set-point, servomotor angle position, etc. The system becomes operational when each single I/O analog module is programmed by a portable PC and appropriate software. The set point can be modified by a single in-coming 4–20 mA or 0-10 Volt signal from the supervisor system.
Here is an example of a “LOW LEVEL” connection between I/O analogue modules and remote supervisor system. (figure B)
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (BMS)
0-10V 4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V 4-20mA
Analog I/O unit
MB n°1
4-20mA
0-10V 4-20mA
Analog I/O unit
MB n°2
4-20mA
0-10V 4-20mA
Analog I/O unit
MB n°3
4-20mA
Analog I/O unit
MB n°4
Figura B - “LOW LEVEL” connection
- “HIGH LEVEL” connection each I/O analog module transmits in-coming and out-going information about boiler room temperature/pressure, pump rpm, set point, to a remote supervisor system using 4-20 mA or 0-10 Volt signals, through DTI interface. Up to ten I/0 digital modules can be linked together.
Here is an example of an “HIGH LEVEL” connection between I/O analogue modules and remote supervisor system. (figure C)
Digital I/O unit
MB n°1
Analog I/O unit
Digital I/O unit
MB n°2
Analog I/O unit
MB n°3
MB n°4
modem RS 232 DTI
RS 232 (Modbus protocol)
Network node
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (BMS)
RS 422
RS 422 (Modbus protocol)
Figure C - “HIGH LEVEL” connection
E.G.A. module (Exhaust Gas Analyser)
E.G.A. Module
EGA modules measure some of the exhaust gas substances. These modules come with an exhaust gas sampler probe and exhaust gas temperature probe (0-400 °C). Four different EGA modules are available depending on the type of substance to be checked. (For further information see “accessories“ paragraph). Thanks to EGA module connected to the main electronic microprocessor management panel on each MB series burner, the burner can adjust its working parameters on the basis of continuous combustion gas analysis. The EGA module creates a closed control link which increases efficiency by up to max 5%.
The following functions are also available: - smoke and environmental temperature measurement - viewing of measured parameters on main management display panel - burner lock-out when some parameters exceed permitted levels (settable) - combustion optimisation with automatic air damper setting (adjustment O2 level) - automatic re-adjustment at each firing The information from EGA modules can be sent to a remote supervisor system in two ways: - through six signals (4-20mA) on a terminal board (see layout fig. B) To activate this operation each single EGA module must be programmed using a PC with appropriate software. - through the DTI interface module (see layout fig. C) Connections between Modules A data cable type BELDEN 9501 or similar, which can be ordered as an accessory (see accessories paragraph), must be used to connect the above modules.
note To develop the various layouts or for further information about single
modules please contact the Riello Burners Technical Office.
The following diagram summarises how MB series burners and modules can be used for the supervision of boiler rooms or systems in general.
EXHAUST GAS SAMPLING PROBE
LOAD SENSOR PRESSURE
AIR SERVOMOTOR
FUEL SERVOMOTOR
STEAM
LOAD SENSOR TEMPERATURE
LAP TOP FOR COMMISSIONING/SERVICE
INFRARED PORT
HOT WATER
MODEM RS 232 (MODBUS PROTOCOL)
BOILER ROOM CONTROLS AND ALARMS ANALOG I/O UNIT
DIGITAL I/O UNIT
OR
MODEM RS 232
RS 232 (MODBUS PROTOCOL) RS 232 (MODBUS PROTOCOL)
OR
RS 422 (MODBUS PROTOCOL)
Example of boiler room management system
IGNITION MB 4-6-8-10 SE BLU 1 - Closing thermostat 2 - Fan motor working 3 - Air damper 4 - Ignition transformer 5 - Valves open 6 - Flame presence
2 3
31,5
max min 0 6
4
3
5
6
3
6 0
time (s)
CUSTOMER BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM NETWORK NODE
LOCAL AREA NETWORK
CUSTOMER BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
LOCAL AREA NETWORK
CUSTOMER BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CUSTOMER BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
RS 422 (MODBUS AND OTHERS PROTOCOL
1
REMOTE MONITORING & SERVICE SUPPORT
NETWORK NODE
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS To be made by the installer
Electrical connections must be made by qualified and skilled personnel, according to the local norms.
Example of the terminal board for electrical connections
THREE PHASE SUPPLY TO THE POWER CIRCUIT AND CONNECTING THE AUXILIARY CONTROLS MB 4-6-8-10 SE BLU L1 L2 L3 N XT1
X1
10 9 8 7 6
5
F
IN
S L
TS
TL
ϑP
PE L1 L2 L3 N
XT1 X1 TS TL IN S F L
4 3 2 1
- General supply terminal board - 10 pin plug - Safety thermostat - Threshold thermostat - Manual switch - External lock-out signal - Fuse (refer to table A) - Lead section (refer to table A)
ϑP
~ ~
3N 50Hz 400/230V 3 50Hz 230V
CONNECTION OF THE PROBES FOR THE CONTROLLED PARAMETER AND DATA CONNECTION FOR THE VARIOUS MODULES (Accessories) MB 4-6-8-10 SE BLU 1
X8
VS D
VR
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
A
4 3 2
B
10 9 8 7 6 5
C
X2
4 1 2
PG
BP
BT
P
S1 T8
T7
XP T6
B5
N
X2 X8 BT BP PG S1 VPS VR VS XP A B C
L1
D
- 10 pin plug - 10 pin plug for connecting accessories - Temperature probe - Pressure probe - Minimum gas pressure switch - Emergency push-button - Seal control - Adjustment valve - Safety valve - Seal control plug - E.G.A. module connections - Main, D.T.I., I/O modules connections - 230 V/50 Hz output for butterfly valve of sequence boilers - Free contacts for lead boiler choice of sequence
VPS
SIGNALS FOR WORKING STATUS OF THE MAIN COMPONENTS MB 4-6-8-10 SE BLU
~ 50Hz
SL
X8
X7
X6
X5
X1
X2
X3
X4
X7 - 10 pin output plug, free contacts SL - Layout plug diagram X3,4,5,6 - Plugs for electrical factory-set connections
Fan on
Motor failure
Burner failure
Available
Flame pressure
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
X7
230V
The following table shows the supply lead sections and the type of fuse to be used. Model
MB 4 SE BLU 230V
F L
A mm2
400V
MB 6 SE BLU 230V
400V
MB 8 SE BLU 230V
400V
MB 10 SE BLU 230V
400V
63 gG 50 gG 63 gG 50 gG 80 gG 63 gG 80 gG 63 gG 6 4 6 4 10 10 10 10
Table A
EMISSIONS
mg/kWh
NO2 EMISSIONS 125 100 75 50 25 0 MB 4 SE BLU
MB 6 SE BLU
MB 8 SE BLU
MB 10 SE BLU
mg/kWh
CO EMISSIONS 12,5 10 7,5
The emissions have been obtained, for the various models, on the basis of EN 676 standard.
5 2,5 0 MB 4 SE BLU
MB 6 SE BLU
MB 8 SE BLU
MB 10 SE BLU
The MB SE BLU series reduce polluting emissions with its exclusive design which optimises air/fuel mixture. The gas in the combustion heads is distributed through openings which are perpendicular to the air flow; part of the fuel is injected directly into the centre of the flame. This results in low flame temperature combustion to prevent the formation of NO. Gradual and progressive combustion throughout the flame prevents areas of high oxidation inside the flame. Emissions are further reduced by the re-circulation of combustion gases due to the high velocity of air leaving the combustion head. Pollution levels are below even the most severe requirement standards.
SOUND EMISSIONS MB 4 SE BLU
dB
100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 (A)
32
63
125
250
500
1K
2K
4K
8K
16 K
Hz MB 6 SE BLU
dB
100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 (A)
32
63
125
250
500
1K
2K
4K
8K
16 K
Hz MB 8 -10 SE BLU
dB
100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 (A)
32
63
125
250
500
1K
2K
4K
8K
16 K
Hz
(A) Value obtained in dB(A)
Maximum modulation
Minimal modulation
OVERALL DIMENSIONS (mm)
BURNERS MB 4-6-8-10 SE BLU F
B
A C
D G E Ø
H
I
I H
Model MB 4 SE BLU MB 6 SE BLU MB 8 SE BLU MB 10 SE BLU
A
B
C
D
1470 1470 1900 1900
511 511 530 530
183 183 208 208
336 336 413 413
E
F
G
H
I
Ø
1330 1330 1740 1740
1205 1205 1570 1570
DN80 DN80 DN80 DN80
D1
D2
Ø
350 350 418 418
496 496 608 608
M20 M20 M20 M20
X
Y
Z
kg
2120 2120 2590 2590
1005 1005 1170 1170
1175 1175 1350 1350
300 300 450 450
490 840 910 490 840 910 575 1007 1079 575 1007 1079
BURNER - BOILER MOUNTING FLANGE
Model MB 4 SE BLU MB 6 SE BLU MB 8 SE BLU MB 10 SE BLU
45°
D1 45°
D2 Ø
PACKAGING
Model
Z Y X
MB 4 SE BLU MB 6 SE BLU MB 8 SE BLU MB 10 SE BLU
INSTALLATION DESCRIPTION
Installation, start up and maintenance must be carried out by qualified and skilled personnel. All operations must be performed in accordance with the technical handbook supplied with the burner. Access to the internal components is very simple, as the back of the burner is hinged which means it can be completely opened. The burners can be supplied with the opening on the right or left, depending on personal requirements.
FIXING THE BURNER TO THE BOILER AND INITIAL SETTINGS All the burners have lifting rings, for easier installation and maintenance. After drilling the boilerplate, using the supplied gasket as template, prepare a suitable lifting system and, after hooking onto the rings, fix burner to the boiler. Install the gas train, choosing it on the basis of the maximum boiler output and on the basis of the diagrams enclosed with the burner instructions. Adjust the combustion head run, using the mechanism lever.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AND START UP Make the electrical connections to the burner following the wiring diagrams included in the instruction handbook. Turning the motor check the led signalling correct rotation direction, at left of the plugs group, is on. Perform a first ignition calibration on the gas train. On start up, check: - gas pressure at the combustion head (to max. and min. output) - combustion quality, in terms of unburned substances and excess air.
ACCESSORIES
DTI Module (Data Transfer Interface) This electronic module can transfer multiple signals from different local modules to a BMS supervisor software system (Building Management System). DTI module Burner
Module code
MB 4 - 6 - 8 - 10 SE BLU
3010234
I/O digital module Digital modules I/O transfer in-coming and out-going information such as working stages and alarms, from the boiler room or from the system in general where one or more MB series burners are installed to a remote supervisor system. I/O digital module Burner
Module code
MB 4 - 6 - 8 - 10 SE BLU
3010233
I/O analogic module I/O Analog modules transfer in-coming and out-going information about burner working stages and other devices in the boiler room or in the system in general where one or more MB series burners are installed to a remote supervisor system. I/O Analog modules manage both input and output signals, such as 4-20 mA or 0-10 Volt. I/O analogic module Burner
MB 4 - 6 - 8 - 10 SE BLU
Module code
3010232
EGA module (Exhaust Gas analyser) EGA modules measure some of the exhaust gas substances. These modules come with an exhaust gas sampler probe and exhaust gas temperature probe (0-400 °C). Four different EGA modules are available depending on the type of substance to be checked, as given in the following table:
EGA module Burner
MB 4 - 6 - 8 - 10 SE BLU MB 4 - 6 - 8 - 10 SE BLU MB 4 - 6 - 8 - 10 SE BLU MB 4 - 6 - 8 - 10 SE BLU
Analysed gas
Module code
CO, CO2, O2 CO, CO2, O2, NO CO, CO2, O2, SO2
3010235 3010236 3010237 3010238
CO, CO2, O2, NO, SO2
Belden 9501 type leads All the connections for the above modules must be done using a BELDEN 9501 type lead, which is available as an accessory in coils of 50 m.
Belden 9501 lead Burner
Lead code
MB 4 - 6 - 8 - 10 SE BLU
3010239
Accessories for modulating setting Main management module allows a modulating setting with use of probes chosen on the basis of the application. The following table lists the accessories for modulating setting, with the application field.
Probe Burner
MB 4 - 6 - 8 - 10 SE BLU MB 4 - 6 - 8 - 10 SE BLU MB 4 - 6 - 8 - 10 SE BLU MB 4 - 6 - 8 - 10 SE BLU
Type
Range (°C) (bar)
Code
Temperature Pressure Pressure Pressure
0 ÷ 400°C 0 ÷ 3 bar 0 ÷ 18 bar 0 ÷ 30 bar
3010187 3010246 3010186 3010188
Burner support For easier maintenance, a mobile burner support has been designed, which means the burner can be dismantled without the need for forklift trucks. Support Burner
Support code
MB 4 - 6 SE BLU MB 8 - 10 SE BLU
in progress in progress
GAS TRAIN ACCESSORIES
Adapters In certain cases, an adapter must be fitted between the gas train and the burner, when the diameter of the gas train is different from the set diameter of the burner. Below are given the adapters than can be fitted on the various burners: C
Adapters
øo
Burner B A
øo
Gas train
Adapter type
øi
øi A
MB 4-6-8-10 SE BLU MB 4-6-8-10 SE BLU MB 4-6-8-10 SE BLU MB 4-6-8-10 SE BLU MB 4-6-8-10 SE BLU MB 4-6-8-10 SE BLU MB 4-6-8-10 SE BLU MB 4-6-8-10 SE BLU
CBF 65/1 CT CBF 80/1 CT CBF 100/1 CT CBF 125/1 CT CBF 65/1 CT CBF 80/1 CT CBF 100/1 CT CBF 125/1 CT
I I I I Z Z Z Z
Dimensions Øi DN
Øo DN
A B C mm mm mm
65 80 100 125 65 80 100 125
80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
320 320 320 320 400 400 400 500
----480 480 480 480
----225 225 225 300
Adapter code
3010221 3010222 3010223 3010224 3010225 3010226 3010227 3010228
Stabiliser spring To vary the pressure range of the gas train stabilisers, accessory springs are available. The following table shows these accessories with their application range: Stabiliser spring Gas train
CBF 65/1 CT - 80/1 CT CBF 100/1 CT CBF 125/1 CT CBF 65/1 CT - 80/1 CT CBF 100/1 CT CBF 125/1 CT CBF 65/1 CT - 80/1 CT CBF 100/1 CT CBF 125/1 CT
Spring
Code
Red from 25 to 55 mbar Red from 25 to 55 mbar Red from 25 to 55 mbar Black from 60 to 110 mbar Black from 60 to 110 mbar Black from 60 to 110 mbar Pink from 90 to 150 mbar Pink from 90 to 150 mbar Pink from 90 to 150 mbar
3010133 3010134 in progress 3010135 3010136 in progress 3090456 3090489 in progress
Please refer to the technical manual for the correct choice of spring.
SPECIFICATION
A specific index guides your choice of burner from the various models available in the MODUBLOC MB series. Below is a clear and detailed specification description of the product. DESIGNATION OF SERIES MODUBLOC MB BURNERS Series :
MB Size Fuel :
S Natural Gas L Light oil LS Light oil/Methane Setting :
E V
Electronic cam Electronic cam and variable speed (with Inverter)
Emission :
Head :
... Class 1 EN267 - EN676 MZ Class 2 EN267 - EN676 BLU Class 3 EN267 - EN676 Class 1 EN267 MX Class 3 EN676 TC TL
Standard head Extended head
Fuel supply :
FR FL
from the right from the left
Flame control system : FS1 Standard (1 stop every 24 h) FS2 Continuous working (1 stop every 72 h) Electrical supply to the system : 3/400/50 3N/400V/50Hz 3/230/50 3/230V/50Hz Auxiliary voltage : 230/50-60 230V/50-60Hz 110/50-60 110V/50-60Hz
MB
4
S
E
BLU
TC
FR
FS1
3/400/50 230/50-60
BASIC DESIGNATION EXTENDED DESIGNATION
LIST OF AVAILABLE MODELS MB4SE MB4SE MB4SE MB4SE
BLU BLU BLU BLU
TC TC TC TC
FR FR FL FL
FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1
3/400/50 3/230/50 3/400/50 3/230/50
230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60
MB8SE MB8SE MB8SE MB8SE
BLU BLU BLU BLU
TC TC TC TC
FR FR FL FL
FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1
3/400/50 3/230/50 3/400/50 3/230/50
230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60
MB6SE MB6SE MB6SE MB6SE
BLU BLU BLU BLU
TC TC TC TC
FR FR FL FL
FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1
3/400/50 3/230/50 3/400/50 3/230/50
230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60
MB10SE MB10SE MB10SE MB10SE
BLU BLU BLU BLU
TC TC TC TC
FR FR FL FL
FS1 FS1 FS1 FS1
3/400/50 3/230/50 3/400/50 3/230/50
230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60
Other versions are available on request.
PRODUCT SPECIFICATION
Burner Monoblock forced draught gas burner with modulating setting, fully automatic, made up of: - Fan with reverse curve blades high performance with low sound emissions - Air suction circuit lined with sound-proofing material - Air damper for air setting controlled by a high precision servomotor - Air pressure switch - Fan starting motor at 2900 rpm, three-phase 230/400 - 400/690 V with neutral, 50Hz - Low emission mobile combustion head, that can be set on the basis of required output, fitted with: - stainless steel end cone, resistant to corrosion and high temperatures - ignition electrodes - flame stability disk - Automatic regulator for gas delivery, controlled by a high precision servomotor - Maximum gas pressure switch, with pressure test point, for halting the burner in the case of over pressure on the fuel supply line - Module for air/fuel setting and output modulation with incorporated PID control of temperature or pressure of the heat generator - Flame control panel for controlling the system safety - Photocell for flame detection - Star/triangle starter for the fan motor - Burner on/off switch - Auxiliary voltage led signal - Manual or automatic output increase/decrease switch - Burner working led signal - Contacts motor and thermal relay with release button - Motor failure led signal - Burner failure led signal and lighted release button - Led signal for correct rotation direction of fan motor - Emergency button - Coded connection plugs-sockets - Burner opening hinge - Lifting rings - IP 40 electric protection level. According to: - 89/336/EEC directive (electromagnetic compatibility) - 73/23/EEC directive (low voltage) - 90/396/EEC directive (gas) - EN 676 (gas burners). Standard equipment: - 1 flange gasket - 8 screws for fixing the flange - 1 thermal screen - 4 screws for fixing the burner flange to the boiler - Instruction handbook for installation, use and maintenance - Spare parts catalogue. Available accessories to be ordered separately: - DTI module (Data Transfer Interface) - I/O digital module - I/O analogic module - EGA module (Exhaust Gas Analyser) in the following versions: - EGA - CO, CO2, O2 - EGA - CO, CO2, O2, NO - EGA - CO, CO2, O2, SO2 - EGA - CO, CO2, O2, NO, SO2 - BELDEN 9501 type lead - Pressure probe 0 - 3 bar - Pressure probe 0 - 18 bar - Pressure probe 0 - 30 bar - Temperature probe 0 - 400°C - Burner support - Adapters - Stabiliser spring.
Lineagrafica
RIELLO S.p.A.
ISO 9001 Cert. n. 0061
- Via degli Alpini, 1 - 37045 LEGNAGO (VR) Italy Tel. ++39.0442630111 - Fax ++39.044221980 Internet: http://www.rielloburners.com - E-mail:
[email protected] Since the Company is constantly engaged in the production improvement, the aesthetic and dimensional features, the technical data, the equipment and the accessories can be changed. This document contains confidential and proprietary information of RIELLO S.p.A. Unless authorised, this information shall not be divulged, nor duplicated in whole or in part.
